Business 2012 Uk

Routledge View any
product
online
using the urls
below each
listing
Business
New Titles and Key Backlist 2012
www.routledge.com/business
Welcome to Routledge
Business Studies
New Titles and Key Backlist 2012
conSideRing BookS
contentS foR couRSe uSe?
Strategic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
This symbol shows books that are
International Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Corporate Social Responsibility
available as complimentary exam copies
Entrepreneurship & Small Business & Business Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
for lecturers or faculty considering them
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Business History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 for course adoption. To obtain your copy
Production, Operations & Information Accounting & Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 visit the URL listed beneath the title in the
Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 catalog and select your choice of print or
Research Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
electronic copy. Visit www.routledge.com
Human Resource Management and Technology & Innovation Management . . .62 or in the US you can call 1-800-634-7064.
Employment Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Business Communication . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 This symbol shows books that are available
CRC Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 as electronic inspection copies only.
Public & Non-Profit Management . . . . . 27
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Organizational Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Order Form . . . . . . . . . . . . Back of Catalog The Easy Way to Order
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply
follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively,
you can call, fax, or see order form at the back
of this catalog.
contactS UK and Rest of world
Call: +44 (0)1235 400524
MaRketing jouRnalS Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699
alex Robinson – Marketing Manager UK and Rest of World:
Email: alex.robinson@tandf.co.uk US, Canada and Latin america
Online: www.tandfonline.com
James Driscoll – Marketing Executive Call: 1-800-634-7064
email: tf.enquiries@informa.com
Email: chris.green@tandf.co.uk Fax: 1-800-248-4724
Call: +44 (0)20 7017 5544
editoRial US, Canada and Latin America: eUpdates

Online: www.tandfonline.com Register your email address at
UK and Rest of World: email: customerservice@taylorandfrancis.com www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive
Terry Clague – Publisher Call: Toll Free: 1-800-354-1420 information on books, journals and other news
Email: terry.clague@tandf.co.uk Overseas: 1-215-625-8900 within your area of interest.
David Varley – Editor
Email: david.varley@tandf.co.uk
eBook and online SaleS Trade Customers’ Representatives,
amy Laurens – Associate Editor
Email: amy.laurens@tandf.co.uk UK and Rest of World: Agents and Distribution
email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk For a complete list, visit:
US, Canada and Latin America: www.routledge.com/representatives.
Call: +44 (0)20 7017 6062
John Szilagyi – Publisher
Email: john.szilagyi@taylorandfrancis.com US, Canada and Latin America: eBooks
Laura Stearns – Publisher email: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com There are over 23,000 eBooks available across the
Email: laura.stearns@taylorandfrancis.com Call: 1-888-318-2367 humanities, social sciences, behavioural sciences,
Sharon Golan – Editor built environment, STM and law from some of
Email: sharon.golan@taylorandfrancis.com the world’s leading imprints for individual and
institutional purchase.
– Individuals
Download full titles or just the pages or chapters
needed. You can also print or copy pages or
chapters of choice, compile your own eBook
or rent a title for 1 day, right up to 6 months.
Full details are on www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.
– Libraries and Institutions
Subscribe or purchase a ready made package
or pick & mix your own from our complete
collection (50 title minimum). 30 day free trials
are available. For more information, visit:
www.ebooksubscriptions.com or contact your
Prices, publication dates and content are correct at time of going to press, but may be subject to change without notice. local sales team.
s tr ate g i c man ag e m e n t 1
strategic 3rd Edition

Corporate Financial Strategy
New iN 2013
The Ambidextrous
management Ruth Bender and Keith Ward Organization
Corporate Financial Strategy The Strategic Management of Learning,
presents a practical guide to
how corporate finance can be Knowledge, and Innovation
New used to add value to a business. Patrick Reinmoeller, Erasmus Universiteit,
Explaining the elements of a
Strategic Management financial strategy, it shows how
Rotterdam, the Netherlands
There is a growing interest in
The Challenge of Creating Value these can be tailored to suit the
‘ambidextrous’ organizations
needs of an organisation and
Peter FitzRoy, Monash University, Australia, complement its business strategy. that can achieve harmony
James Hulbert, Columbia University, USA and between the opposing demands
The third edition of this they face internally and
Abby Ghobadian, University of Reading, UK bestselling textbook brings externally (such as exploration
Students trying to navigate the together the extensive commercial and academic and exploitation; change and
strategy jungle may lose sight experience of Dr Bender and Professor Ward. Including stability; customization and
of the fact that strategic an abundance of diagrams and examples, the book standardization; the
management is about creating explains the business and financial issues which underlie development of new
value in an organization. the investment cases and business plans used in making competencies and further
Understanding strategic strategic decisions and in raising finance from lenders refinement of existing ones).
management is a core part of and investors. This book is an essential read for all those This interest is being fuelled by
all business qualifications and involved in designing and implementing corporate and a wider debate and interest in learning and knowledge
this textbook brings a new and financial strategy. as engines of organizational growth and sustainable
easy-to-follow understanding
competitive advantage.
of this vital business function. 2008: 246 x 189: 408pp
Hb: 978-0-7506-8665-5: £33.99 Numerous books on organizational learning and
In addition to walking the
eBook: 978-0-08-094284-1 knowledge management have appeared in recent years.
student through the basics of the subject, the authors
For more information, visit: However, none combines strategy, learning, knowledge,
provide an array of analytical tools to help facilitate a
www.routledge.com/9780750686655 and innovation into a single coherent framework of
thorough understanding of strategic management.
ambidexterity. This book explores insights from the
The book addresses thoroughly the impact of financial
extensive body of research that has been conducted over
markets on a firm’s strategic capabilities, as well as
looking at other challenging environmental factors. Corporate Level Strategy the last few years into the issues of exploratory versus
exploitative learning, and how to manage the two
Aided by an array of student-friendly features, such as: Theory and Applications within the context of an ambidextrous organization.
learning objectives, ’strategic management in practice’ Olivier Furrer, Radboud University Nijmegen, It goes beyond the usual focus on intangible concepts
case studies and review questions in each chapter, and ideas relating to learning and knowledge, and
the Netherlands
Strategic Management will help students to excel in their identifies actionable responses to contextual challenges,
strategic management classes and better prepare them In Corporate Level Strategy, and how to develop an ambidextrous firm.
for the real business world. Furrer guides the reader in
developing the ability to Accessible and practical, this significant text explains
A comprehensive companion website, containing a key principles, with emphasis on developing students’
consider the impact of change
wealth of supplementary materials for students and understanding of organizational learning, knowledge,
and other important
lecturers alike, is available at: innovation, and ambidexterity, and combines them with
environmental forces on the
http://www.routledge.com/cw/fitzroy. real-life company examples to illustrate the practical
opportunities for establishing
Selected Contents: 1. Managing Strategically 2. Strategic and sustaining competitive application, utility, and limitations of concepts and
Management Fundamentals 3. External Analysis: The advantage in diversified theories. For students of strategic management,
Business Environment 4. External Analysis: The Financial corporations as a whole. organizational behaviour and knowledge management
Environment 5. Internal Analysis: Managing Capabilities, this is essential reading.
Costs and Knowledge 6. Creating Future Direction Selected Contents: 1. What is
Corporate-Level Strategy? Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Issues
7. Business Level Strategy 8. Corporate Level Strategy 1. Competitive Advantage, Productivity and Innovation
9. Managing Innovation and the Dynamic Scope of the 2. Why Do Multibusiness Firms Exist?: Theoretical
Approaches to Corporate-Level Strategy 3. Defining the 2. The Innovation Paradox: Specialization and Integration
Firm 10. Leading Organizational Change 11. Designing 3. Extant Syntheses Part 2: Solutions 4. Ambidexterity 1.0
Organizational Architecture 12. Measuring Organizational Business 4. Diversification Strategies: Creating Corporate
Value 5. The Issue of Relatedness 6. Diversification and 5. Ambidexterity 2.0 6. Towards a Context for Ambidexterity
Performance 13. Corporate Governance and Social Part 3: Implementation 7. Organizational Strategy
Responsibility 14. Postscript Performance: Limits to the Scope of the Firm 7. The Role of
the Parent: Managing the Multibusiness Firm 8. Organizing 8. Internationalization and Open Strategy 9. Professional
and Structuring the Multibusiness Firm 9. Vertical Ambidexterity 10. Conclusions
2011: 246 x 189: 704pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56763-3: £130.00 Integration: Coordinating the Value Chain 10. The Growth
of the Firm: Internal Development, Mergers & Acquisitions, January 2013: 234 x 156: 224pp
Pb: 978-0-415-56764-0: £39.99
Hb: 978-0-415-40310-8: £95.00
eBook: 978-0-203-80440-7 and Strategic Alliances 11. Restructuring Strategies:
Pb: 978-0-415-40311-5: £28.99
For more information, visit: Reducing the Scope of the Firm 12. Multipoint Competition:
Managing Market Power 13. International Diversification: For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415567640
Global Integration and Local Responsiveness 14. Corporate www.routledge.com/9780415403115
Governance: Controlling Top Managers and Meeting
Corporate Social Responsibilities
2010: 246 x 174: 264pp At Routledge we always look for

Hb: 978-0-415-55341-4: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-55342-1: £33.99
innovative ways to support and
For more information, visit:
collaborate with our readers and the
www.routledge.com/9780415553421 organizations they represent.
If you or your organization
would like to discuss partnership
opportunities, from reciprocal marketing
activities to commercial enterprises,
please do get in touch.
partnerships@routledge.com
Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

2 st rat egic man ag e men t
The Cores of Strategic Strategy Execution The Essential Drucker

Management Translating Strategy into Action Peter Drucker
Katsuhiko Shimizu, University of Texas San
in Complex Organizations Peter Drucker’s wide-ranging
Antonio, USA Andrew MacLennan, Heriot-Watt University, UK book, drawn from his best
work, looks at management,
The Cores of Strategic Strategy execution is one of the the individual and society. He
Management is a study of the most important and exciting connects these themes of
analytic tools and processes topics in management. today’s world with his usual
involved in the formulation and Implementing strategy in clear-sighted and far-reaching
implementation of strategic today’s complex organizations style to create a work which
choices in realistic is an enormous challenge but encapsulates his essential
organizational settings. one that all leaders must tackle. and strongest writings in
Students are required to This lively book is an essential one volume.
integrate their functional guide to strategy execution for
knowledge and understanding practicing managers and those Under the three headings,
of the global environment with in advanced management Drucker covers aspects such
the concepts and principles of education. It combines the as what the non-profits are teaching business and the
strategic management to rigour of advanced research information that executives need today. In his section
determine effective ways to resolve complex problems with the accessibility of practical experience and on the individual he gives advice on knowing your own
concerning the relationship between the total application to lead readers through the subject. strengths and values, your time and, intriguingly, the
organization and its environment. Creative analytical second half of your life. The third part on society
Drawing together existing knowledge and reporting encompasses the coming of the entrepreneurial society
skills and effective communication in light of current findings from his own research, Andrew MacLennan
management thinking are emphasized. and citizenship through the social sector.
brings this often neglected topic sharply into focus.
After introducing and defining strategy execution, the 2007: 234 x 156: 288pp
2011: 229 x 152: 152pp
book presents a series of systematic frameworks to help Pb: 978-0-7506-8506-1: £17.99
Hb: 978-0-415-88699-4: £47.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88700-7: £14.99 managers and leaders: For more information, visit:
• identify common strategy execution barriers and www.routledge.com/9780750685061
www.routledge.com/9780415887007 diagnose performance problems in particular situations
• translate conceptual strategies into concrete activities
Innovation and
New • align emergent activities and projects with strategic
objectives Entrepreneurship
Strategic Alliance Management • support critical activities by aligning organizational Peter Drucker
designs and systems.
Brian Tjemkes, VU Amsterdam, the Netherlands,
Strategy Execution is an insightful, engaging and practical 2007: 234 x 156: 272pp
Pepijn Vos, TNO, the Netherlands and Koen Burgers Pb: 978-0-7506-8508-5: £17.99
book. The models are supplemented throughout with real
Strategic alliances - voluntary, world examples, summaries of key issues and signposts to
long-term collaborations further readings. It is a comprehensive, easy to use book
between firms to achieve their offering students and practitioners a systematic approach
objectives - are attracting to strategy implementation.
increasing attention in business
schools because of their Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is Strategy
Execution? 3. The Strategy Execution Challenge
growing prevalence among
4. Diagnosing Strategy Execution Problems 5. A Framework
organizations today. for Strategy Execution 6. Translating Strategy into Action
Mastering the art of managing 7. Aligning Action with Strategy 8. Aligning Organizational
strategic alliances allows Designs and Systems 9. Conclusion For more information, visit:
firms to radically improve www.routledge.com/9780750685085
their performance and this 2010: 234 x 156: 248pp
Hb: 978-0-415-38055-3: £105.00
book provides a detailed,
evidence-based approach outlining the design,
Pb: 978-0-415-38056-0: £29.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84733-6
The Effective Executive
management, and evaluation of these alliances. Peter Drucker
Elaborating on the decision-making structures apparent
during each stage in the alliance life-cycle and in 2007: 234 x 156: 184pp
elucidating cases from across the world, Strategic Pb: 978-0-7506-8507-8: £17.99
Alliance Management offers a systematic framework
that provides insights into the development and Strategic Management
deployment of alliances. From Theory to Practice
Concluding with the three alliance paradoxes managers Allen Amason, University of Georgia, USA
must address to design and manage their alliances
effectively and efficiently, this text offers a profound Leadership, adaptability, value
vision of the key decision-making rationales and creation. These are the skills
processes inherently related to strategic alliances. As necessary for tomorrow’s
such, it will be required reading for students studying managers. This book is
the subject and a valuable supplementary reading source designed to help students think For more information, visit:
to those studying strategic management more generally. critically and understand fully www.routledge.com/9780750685078
how to strategically manage
February 2012: 234 x 156: 368pp their future firms.
Hb: 978-0-415-68128-5: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-68129-2: £34.99
eBook: 978-0-203-12794-0
2010: 254 x 178: 320pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87172-3: £65.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87169-3: £33.99
complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

Managing in the Next Society New iN 2013 New

Peter Drucker Strategic Management Management Frameworks
2007: 234 x 156: 248pp A Research Methods Handbook Towards Performance Excellence
Pb: 978-0-7506-8505-4: £17.99
Edited by Giovanni B. Dagnino, University of Jacques Kemp, Andreas Schotter, Thunderbird
Catania, Italy and Maria Cristina Cinici, University School of Global Management, USA and
of Messina, Italy Morgen Witzel, University of Exeter, UK
The field of strategic management has developed When the tide of cheap finance
significantly since its birth from ’business policy’ and went out due to the financial
’business planning’ in the 1960s. Pioneering studies crisis, it was clear that many
were essentially normative and prescriptive and often corporations were stuck in the
based on in-depth case studies. The evolution of sands of complexity and were
strategic management into a respected field of academic no longer fit for the purpose of
For more information, visit: study resulted from the adoption of research methods value creation. Specifically, a lack
www.routledge.com/9780750685054 previously employed in economics. Today, research in of alignment between strategy,
strategic management is likely to employ a mixture of planning and execution is
methods which can be confusing to researchers new to apparent in the business world,
Management Challenges for the field. which can harm the business
further and destroy value - a real
the 21st Century This book provides the reader with a broad introduction
to the array of qualitative and quantitative research corporate crime. Management
Peter Drucker methods required to investigate strategic management. frameworks are tools which help to simplify and
Throughout the book, strong emphasis is placed on standardize management processes and can be applied to
2007: 234 x 156: 208pp practical applications that transcend the mere analysis any business, in any sector. By reducing complexity, they
Pb: 978-0-7506-8509-2: £17.99 of the theoretical roots of single research methods. The enable managers to see clearly what is going on around
underlying result is a book which encourages and aids them, enabling them to be more efficient and effective.
readers to ’learn by doing’ - in applying the implications This book describes what management frameworks
of each chapter to their own research. are, how they work and how the MBA student can
adapt them to their business needs. Management
January 2013: 229 x 152: 272pp frameworks come in a variety of brands - from the
Hb: 978-0-415-50620-5: £80.00 ’balanced scorecard’ to an exciting new framework
For more information, visit: called ’towards performance excellence’ or TPE. A key
www.routledge.com/9780415506205 aim of the book is to help readers understand how
frameworks function and what the features of different
For more information, visit: frameworks are, so that they are able to choose what is
www.routledge.com/9780750685092 New right for them. In addition, the authors provide hands
on tools and templates so that students can apply TPE
Strategic Management frameworks to real life situations.
Learning to Think Strategically in the Arts This practical and insightful book will be required
Julia Sloan reading for executive education classes in strategic
Lidia Varbanova, Concordia University, Canada management and will find a ready audience with
2006: 229 x 152: 312pp Strategic Planning for Cultural Organizations looks at thinking managers everywhere.
Pb: 978-0-7506-7879-7: £29.99 the unique characteristics of cultural organizations and Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Towards Performance
For more information, visit: shows readers how to tailor a strategic plan to help Excellence 3. Portfolio Drivers 4. Marketing Drivers
www.routledge.com/9780750678797 these organizations meet their objectives. 5. Organizational Drivers 6. Operational Drivers
Varbanova reviews the existing theories and models of 7. Reputational Drivers 8. Financial Drivers 9. Conclusion
strategic planning and then relates these specifically to
Strategic Management and cultural organizations. Also included are sections on
October 2012: 234 x 156: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78164-0: £90.00
entrepreneurship and the concept of a ‘learning
Business Analysis organization’ – the ability of the organization to adapt its
Pb: 978-0-415-78165-7: £24.99
David Williamson, Peter Cooke, Wyn Jenkins strategy within a constantly changing, complex www.routledge.com/9780415781657
and Keith Michael Moreton environment. The book is structured to walk the reader
through each element of the strategic plan systematically.
2003: 246 x 189: 278pp
Pb: 978-0-7506-4295-8: £34.99
With key questions, examples, cases to connect theory Strategic Thinking
with practice and suggestions for further reading, this
For more information, visit: book is designed to accompany classes on strategic Today’s Business Imperative
www.routledge.com/9780750642958 planning, cultural management or arts management. Irene M. Duhaime, Georgia State University, USA
Selected Contents: 1. Rationalizing Culture: Policies, and Larry Stimpert and Julie Chesley, both at
Organizations, Managers 2. What is Strategic Planning? Colorado College, USA
Essence, Role and Components of the Strategic Planning
As other books on business policy
related journal Process 3. Strategic Plan: Characteristics and Basic Structure
4. Vision, Mission and Objectives 5. The Cultural and strategy cover a broad range
Organization and its Environment 6. Thinking and Acting of topics, models, frameworks,
Technology Analysis Strategically 7. Technologies, Production and Creativity: and theories, the unique feature
& Strategic Management Technology and Production Plan 8. Markets and Creativity: of this book is that it covers all
Programming, Marketing and Communications Plan this, but also focuses on how
Editor: Harry Rothman, University of Manchester, UK 9. People and Creativity: Human Resource Management Plan managers of business firms
Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences 10. Money and Creativity: Financial and Fundraising Plan understand their business
Citation Index® 11. Implementation, Monitoring and Risk Management environments, assess and marshal
www.tandfonline.com/ctas their firms’ resources, and strive
November 2012: 229 x 152: 320pp
for advantage in the competitive
Hb: 978-0-415-53002-6: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-53003-3: £31.99 marketplace.
eBook: 978-0-203-11717-0
2011: 235 x 187: 344pp
For more information, visit: Hb: 978-0-415-87502-8: £70.00
www.routledge.com/9780415530033 Pb: 978-0-415-87503-5: £34.99

4 st rat egic man ag e men t
New The Geometry of Strategy

Redefining Business Models Concepts for Strategic Management
Strategies for a Financialized World Robert W. Keidel, Drexel University, USA
Keidel’s work offers a
Colin Haslam, University of Hertfordshire, UK, Tord Andersson, Nicholas Tsitsianis and Ya Ping Yin,
framework for integrating
University of Hertfordshire, UK
strategic planning and strategic
The world has moved on in the advanced economies where credit based financial systems coupled with malleable thinking that takes advantage
accounting systems disconnect capitalization and wealth accumulation from GDP trajectories and financial surplus. of the strengths of both. The
This, the book argues, is the product of economic, financial and cultural imperatives that privilege and encourage key to this work is his
financial leverage for wealth accumulation. application of various
This text re-works business models for a financialized world and presents a distinctive insight into the way in which geometries – 2X2 matrices
national, corporate and focal firm business models have adapted and evolved. It also shows how, in the current and triangles – that help leaders
financial crisis, financial disturbances can be amplified, transmitted and made porous, by accounting systems, and strategists in organizations
threatening economic stability. By making visible the tensions and contradictions embedded in this process of create a structure for their
economic development, the authors have constructed a loose business model conceptual framework that is also thinking and planning.
grounded in accounting.
This is a valuable resource for practitioners, academics and policy makers with an interest in management, accounting 2010: 229 x 152: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99924-3: £90.00
and economic policy.
Pb: 978-0-415-99925-0: £24.99
July 2012: 234 x 156: 296pp For more information, visit:
Hb: 978-0-415-67440-9: £85.00 • eBook: 978-0-203-11250-2 www.routledge.com/9780415999250
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415674409
Return on Strategy
Risk Management in New How to Achieve it!
Michael Moesgaard and Flemming Poulfelt,
Organizations Strategy for Sustainable both at Copenhagen School of Business, Denmark,
An Integrated Case Study Approach Competitive Advantage and Morten Froholdt
Margaret Woods, Aston University, UK Surviving Declining Demand and China’s The book focuses on execution
of new business models with
In any organization, risk plays a Global Development disruptive elements and/or
huge role in the success or failure
of any business endeavour. Ian Chaston, University of Plymouth, UK unprecedented strategic
Measuring and managing risk is a perspective. This is elucidated
Series: Routledge Research in Organizational Behavior
difficult and often complicated by including the newest
and Strategy literature on strategy and
task and the global financial crisis
Due to the adverse outcomes of the recent global visualized in the case
of the late noughties can be
recession and the public deficit crisis in the USA and descriptions and analyses
traced to a worldwide deficiency
Europe, Western companies can expect flattening or throughout most of the
in risk management regimes.
declining sales in their domestic markets. They will also chapters in the book.
One of the problems in
face growing competition as Chinese firms seek to block
understanding how best to
the activities of foreign companies in their domestic
manage risk is a lack of detailed
market and expand their own operations in overseas 2009: 229 x 152: 328pp
examples of real world practice.
markets. Survival and growth for Western companies is Hb: 978-0-415-80509-4: £24.99
In this accessible textbook the author sets the world unlikely to come from sustaining current business
of risk management in the context of the broader practices based upon utilization of conventional www.routledge.com/9780415805094
corporate governance agenda, as well as explaining approaches to strategic management; success will
the core elements of a risk management system. depend on exploiting new knowledge to stay ahead of
Material on the differences between risk management
and internal auditing is supplemented by a section
competition. This book examines the strategic issues
associated with the entrepreneurial utilization of new
Management Consulting
on the professionalization of risk – a relatively knowledge to create innovative products and services, Today and Tomorrow
contemporary evolution. Enterprise risk management accompanied by the development of leading edge,
is also fully covered. highly productive internal organizational processes.
Perspectives and Advice from 27 Leading
With a detailed array of risk management cases – Through the use of appropriate theories and illustrative World Experts
including Tesco, RBS and the UK government – lecturers case examples, the text is designed to assist managers in
Edited by Larry E. Greiner, University of Southern
will find this a uniquely well researched resource, Western organizations and business school students
California, USA and Flemming Poulfelt,
supplemented by materials that enable the cases to be understand how to counter the increasing threats that
are posed by the globalization of companies from Copenhagen Business School, Denmark
easily integrated into the classroom. Risk managers will
be delighted with the case materials made available for emerging countries such as the BRIC nations. This book provides a thorough
the first time with the publication of this book. Selected Contents: 1. A Very Uncertain World 2. Knowledge examination of a variety of
and Competitive Advantage 3. Strategic Planning 4. Assessing specialties within the broad
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. How To Use This Book
External Environments 5. Internal Competence 6. Gap range of management
2. Risk and Governance 3. Risk and Control 4. Case Study:
Tesco PLC 5. Case Study: Royal Bank of Scotland 6. Case Assessment 7. Issues, Objectives and Stakeholders 8. Strategy consulting.
Study: Department of Culture Media and Sport 7. Case Study: 9. Technology Strategies 10. Knowledge, Networks and
Birmingham City Council 8. Lessons from the Case Studies Innovation 11. Public Sector Planning 12. Organisational
Structure 13. Implementing Strategy 14. Implementation
2011: 234 x 156: 192pp Errors 15. Riding the Smart Wave. Notes. Index
Hb: 978-0-415-59172-0: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-59173-7: £27.99 February 2012: 229 x 152: 314pp
Hb: 978-0-415-52274-8: £80.00
eBook: 978-0-203-12112-2
For more information, visit: 2010: 229 x 152: 528pp
www.routledge.com/9780415522748 Hb: 978-0-415-80359-5: £60.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80358-8: £25.99

Management Consulting Today New Corporate Sustainability

and Tomorrow Casebook Tom Peters Management
Enhancing Skills to Become Edited by John C. Wood The Art and Science of Managing
Better Professionals Hailed as the ’uber guru’ by the Economist¸ Tom Peters Non-Financial Performance
Edited by Larry E. Greiner and Thomas H. Olson, (b. 1942) is one of the most influential business thinkers Mark W. McElroy, Center
both at University of Southern California, USA and of our age. He is the subject of this new collection from for Sustainable Organizations,
Flemming Poulfelt, Copenhagen Business School, Routledges acclaimed Critical Evaluations in Business and Vermont, USA and creator of
Management series. It brings together in two volumes
Denmark the Social Footprint Method
the best critical assessments of his work. The collection is
This book complements and J.M.L. van Engelen,
supplemented with the editors expert introduction which
Management Consulting Today places the gathered materials in their historical and Delft University of Technology,
and Tomorrow but can also be intellectual context. the Netherlands
studied separately. The book
consists of 20 cases, including December 2012 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp
those from Harvard and Hb: 978-0-415-32581-3: £325.00 Hb: 978-1-84407-911-7: £29.99
eBook: 978-0-203-12181-8
Stanford. The cases present the For more information, visit:
broad range of topics that are www.routledge.com/9780415325813
pertinent to current
management consulting. Each www.routledge.com/9781844079117
of the four parts of the text New
presents a cogent introduction
by the editors, delineating Agribusiness Management From Red to Green?
topics that are critical for today’s consultants. The cases
represent major practice areas of consulting and afford Freddie L. Barnard, Jay T. Akridge, How the Financial Credit Crunch Could
new insights into change processes and other current Frank J. Dooley, all at Purdue University, USA and
John C. Foltz, University of Idaho, USA
Bankrupt the Environment
management issues facing consulting firms. This
casebook, together with the handbook, will prepare Series: Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Paul Donovan and Julie Hudson, both at UBS
consultants and other business managers for a successful Agricultural Economics Investment Bank
future in a highly competitive consulting environment. Written by an economist and an
Today’s food and agribusiness
managers operate in a rapidly investment professional, this
2010: 229 x 152: 512pp book addresses the twin crises
Hb: 978-0-415-80357-1: £60.00 changing, highly volatile,
international, high technology, that the world is facing in the
Pb: 978-0-415-80356-4: £25.99
consumer-focused world. This form of a simultaneous financial
For more information, visit: and environmental credit crunch.
www.routledge.com/9780415803564 new edition of Agribusiness
Management was written to Financially, consumers are less
help prepare students and able to consume now, and pay
later. Environmentally, we may
New managers for a successful
career in this new world of have already reached our credit
4th Edition food and fiber production and limit and the bill for past
marketing. financial and environmental
Managerial Economics consumption is falling due.
Ivan Png, National University of Singapore June 2012: 246 x 174: 464pp Whether the financial credit crunch constrains
Hb: 978-0-415-59695-4: £110.00 consumers in a way that will be environmentally
Now in its fourth edition, Ivan Pb: 978-0-415-59696-1: £44.99 supportive, naturally slowing the consumption of finite
Png’s Managerial Economics has For more information, visit: resources, or hinders any effective resolution of the
been extensively revised with: www.routledge.com/9780415596961 environmental credit crunch is of crucial importance.
• a completely new introductory Policy responses to the financial crisis are likely to be
chapter emphasizing constrained by the political need to support the
decision-making and New economic status quo, and when combined with a global
behavioral biases reduction in available investment capital there are
• intensive application to
The Business Case for serious challenges ahead if the economic and
current issues including the Sustainable Finance environmental damage of the environmental credit
crunch is to be minimised.
sub-prime financial crisis and
global competition Edited by Iveta Cherneva This book asks whether financial crunch-induced
• streamlined presentation focusing on the economics Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics changes in consumer behaviour will be enough to avoid,
that managers need to know. This edited volume brings together finance industry or reduce, the environmental crunch many believe is just
perspectives from top global institutions, which focus round the corner. Donovan and Hudson combine their
As always, the text presents the key concepts of
on the bottom line for integrating ESG factors into the respective economic and environmental perspectives to
micro-economics intuitively, without requiring any
operations of the finance industry. Executives and senior address this key question, reviewing this ’tale of two
sophisticated mathematics. Throughout, it emphasizes
practitioners answer the question: ’does following crunches’ from the perspective of different economic
actual management application, and links to other
sustainable finance principles make commercial sense for sectors. The answer to the conundrum this book poses
functions including marketing and finance.
a commercially-oriented financial institution, and if so, may lie in the only unlimited resource on the planet -
The new fourth edition is updated with fresh up-to-date human ingenuity.
what evidence is there?’
discussion questions from all over the world and Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Food 2. Water
enhanced with detailed instructor supplements. It is an June 2012: 234 x 156: 144pp 3. Energy 4. Infrastructure 5. Housing 6. Consumer
ideal text for any course focusing on the practical Hb: 978-0-415-53673-8: £85.00 Durable Goods 7. Fast Moving Consumer Goods 8. Health
application of micro-economic principles to management. 9. Education, Work and Leisure. Conclusions. Bibliography.
www.routledge.com/9780415536738 Index
May 2012: 246 x 174: 390pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80948-1: £100.00 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp
Pb: 978-0-415-80949-8: £39.99 Hb: 978-1-84971-414-3: £24.99
For more information, visit: eBook: 978-1-84977-686-8
www.routledge.com/9780415809498 For more information, visit:

6 i n t ernat ion al busin e ss
international New
International
New
International Business
business Organizational Behavior and Strategy
Transcending Borders and Cultures Cases and Readings
Dean McFarlin and Paul Sweeney, both at Edited by Peter J. Buckley, University of Leeds, UK
2nd Edition University of Dayton, USA and Pervez Ghauri, Kings College London, UK
International Business International Organizational For business to be successful on a global level, the need
Behavior focuses on to internationalize and exploit emerging market
Themes and Issues in the understanding and managing opportunities has never been more stark thanks to
Modern Global Economy organizational behavior in an stagnated demand in many home economies. The
international context. The process of internationalization raises a number of
Debra Johnson, University of Hull, UK and
theme is reflected in its questions, such as: Can firms use their experiential
Colin Turner, Heriot-Watt University, UK
title-Transcending Borders knowledge and learning from one market to the next,
This new edition of International and Cultures. Managers and thereby shortening the internationalization process? Can
Business examines the impact employees alike need to be firms pursue internationalization on several fronts at the
of globalization on key aspects able to transcend the challenges same time? How can firms handle cultural and
of the business environment. that inevitably arise when institutional distances between home and host markets?
It offers a comprehensive borders - and cultural This textbook provides students with all of the core
overview of this phenomenon boundaries - are crossed. Indeed, in today’s increasingly research that has already been completed in these
that is altering corporate diverse, multicultural business world, managers and important areas, supplemented with critical commentaries,
strategy fundamentally, employees alike need to transcend many borders materials on the future of research and a range of
critiquing the complexities of (literally or figuratively) and grasp a wide variety of integrative case studies. Each part starts with a presentation
globalization and its impact on cultural nuances on a routine basis. Doing this well of the issues and the controversies in that particular area
international business. requires both a sophisticated understanding of followed by a synthesis of the research which provides
International Business offers cultural differences as well as a repertoire of skills and normative conclusions and avenues of future research. To
a holistic examination of the management tactics that can be brought to bear to encourage further debate and learning, each part will end
processes that influence the evolution of strategy in the build and maintain a competitive global workforce. with at least one up-to-date case study.
modern global economy. It is divided into three sections: International Organizational Behavior provides both Compiled by two of the world’s leading scholars of
• impact of globalization: how globalization has driven the conceptual framework needed for a transcendent international business, this comprehensive textbook
the processes of regional integration and the understanding of culture along with plenty of practical provides advanced students of international business and
emergence of transnational governance structures advice for managing international challenges with strategy with a resource that will serve their needs well.
organizational behavior. In doing so, the text emphasizes
• environmental drivers: how international strategy is
that firms need to develop corporate leaders with December 2012: 246 x 174: 512pp
shaped and the emergence of internationalized
cross-cultural management skills and offer attractive Hb: 978-0-415-62469-5: £100.00
businesses
international career paths. After all, experience shows that Pb: 978-0-415-62470-1: £39.99
• resource issues: how resources can determine success many international business opportunities derail because For more information, visit:
in the global economy or impede firm evolution. they fail to anticipate people-related complexities. www.routledge.com/9780415624701
Featuring a wealth of new case studies, updated
pedagogy and a fresh new design, this new textbook July 2012: 254 x 178: 384pp
will prove essential reading for all those studying Hb: 978-0-415-89255-1: £75.00 3rd Edition
Pb: 978-0-415-89256-8: £44.99
international business. eBook: 978-0-203-10782-9 European Business
A companion website provides additional material for For more information, visit:
lecturers and students alike: www.routledge.com/9780415892568 Debra Johnson, University of Hull, UK and
www.routledge.com/textbooks/9780415437646. Colin Turner, Heriot-Watt University, UK
Selected Contents: Part 1: Globalization and the This new edition has been fully updated in order to
International Business Environment 1. Globalization and 4th Edition reflect the fast moving changes and economic instability
the Changing Business Environment 2. Regional Integration that has occurred in European Business over the last
and Globalization 3. Governance Issues in an Integrating International Management few years. With a raft of pedagogical features including:
World Economy 4. Development and International Strategic Opportunities & Cultural Challenges case studies, discussion questions and a companion
Production Part 2: Enterprise Issues in the Global website, this key text remains a must-read for students
Economy 5. Multinationals: Conduits of Globalization Dean McFarlin and Paul D. Sweeney, both at of the discipline.
6. Globalizing Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises: The University of Dayton, USA
Emergence of Micronationals 7. The Global Trading
McFarlin and Sweeney provide February 2013: 246 x 174: 480pp
Environment within Product Markets 8. The Global Trading
students with an accessible, Hb: 978-0-415-61716-1: £110.00
Environment within Service Markets 9. Global Competition
application-oriented approach Pb: 978-0-415-61717-8: £42.99
Issues 10. Culture and Ethics Part 3: Challenges for the eBook: 978-0-203-69692-7
Global Resource Base 11. Labour Issues in the Global to international management,
Economy 12. The International Monetary System 13. The focusing on key challenges For more information, visit:
Global Economy as an Information Economy 14. Greening including motivation, www.routledge.com/9780415617178
International Business: Boon or Bust? 15. Energy: The Case leadership, and communication
of a Global and Globalizing Industry 16. International across cultural boundaries.
Business in a Changing World
2010: 246 x 189: 528pp

Hb: 978-0-415-43763-9: £120.00
Pb: 978-0-415-43764-6: £40.99
eBook: 978-0-203-86161-5
2010: 279 x 216: 592pp Order Yours Today!
For more information, visit: Hb: 978-0-415-80297-0: £75.00 For simple and secure online ordering,
please visit www.routledge.com/business
www.routledge.com/9780415802994 Or use the order form at the back
of this catalog.

i n te r n ati on al bus i ne s s 7
New International Business New

2nd Edition Strategy and the Multinational Company Case Studies in Crisis
Global Business John B. Cullen, Washington State University, USA Communication
and K. Praveen Parboteeah, University of
Managing Risk and Responsibility Wisconsin, Whitewater, USA International Perspectives on Hits and Misses
Across Borders This book covers the same Edited by Amiso M. George, Texas Christian
Rob van Tulder, Erasmus University, the Netherlands material and more when University, USA and Cornelius B. Pratt, Temple
This new and thoroughly revised textbook starts with compared with other University, USA
the basics of international business, before moving international business texts,
Case Studies in Crisis Communication: International
quickly on to discuss and analyze the dilemmas yet it is priced for the student’s
Perspectives on Hits and Misses was created to fill the
associated with international corporate responsibilities. pocketbook.
gap for a much-needed textbook in case studies in crisis
In bridging the gap between globalization and corporate A new international business communication from international perspectives. The
responsibility, this edition establishes itself as uniquely text for a new and ever events of September 11, 2001, other major world crises,
well positioned to introduce and move beyond the core changing global environment. and the ongoing macroeconomic challenges of financial
concepts required for a class in international business. With a unique chapter covering institutions, justify the need for this book. While existing
International E-Commerce, textbooks on the subject focus on U.S. corporate cases,
October 2013: 246 x 189: 480pp Cullen is written in a unique way. Issues link the they may not appeal equally to students and practitioners
Hb: 978-0-415-60035-4: £100.00 chapters. The logic is that to choose and implement in other countries, hence the need to analyze cases from
Pb: 978-0-415-60037-8: £39.99 strategies in international business, you need to the United States and from other world regions.
For more information, visit: understand the global, institutional, and cultural
The variety and the international focus of the cases, be
environment. In turn, you need to align functional
they environmental, health or management successes or
strategies to support the more general multinational
failures, makes this book more appealing to a wider
strategies. From the student’s point of view, the
audience. These cases examine socio-cultural issues
Global Business approach is designed to answer the questions of ’why
associated with responding to a variety of crises.
do I really need to know all of this stuff?’
Positioning Ventures Ahead
Log on to International Business’ companion website March 2012: 254 x 178: 576pp
Michael R. Czinkota and Ilkka A. Ronkainen, for student and instructor resources, featuring Lecture Hb: 978-0-415-88989-6: £65.00
both at Georgetown University, USA Notes, Lecture Slides, a TestBank, Practice Quizzes, Flash Pb: 978-0-415-88990-2: £31.99
Cards, and useful links: www.cullenib.com. eBook: 978-0-203-19066-1
Authors Czinkota and
Ronkainen bring readers For more information, visit:
Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Competing
quickly up to speed on the www.routledge.com/9780415889902
in the Global Marketplace 2. Strategy and the MNC
essentials of international Part 2: The Global Context of Multinational
marketing that will make for Competitive Strategy 3. Global and Regional Economic
smoother sailing overseas. Integration: An Evolving Competitive Landscape 4. Global New
Trade and Foreign Direct Investment 5. Foreign Exchange
Markets 6. Global Capital Markets Part 3: The Management
Institutional and Cultural Context of Multinational
Competitive Strategy 7. Culture and International
A Developing Country Perspective
Business 8. The Strategic Implications of Economic, Legal, Betty Jane Punnett, University of the West Indies,
and Religious Institutions for International Business Barbados
Part 4: Multinational Operational and Functional
Strategies 9. Entry Strategies for MNCs 10. International The global business world
2010: 229 x 152: 272pp Marketing and Supply-chain Management for MNCs appears to be changing and
Hb: 978-0-415-80194-2: £39.99 11. Financial Management for MNCs 12. Accounting for there is an ever greater focus
For more information, visit: Multinational Operations 13. Organizational Structures for on developing countries.
www.routledge.com/9780415801942 MNCs 14. International Human Resource Management Management: A Developing
15. E-commerce and the MNC Part 5: Ethical Country Perspective introduces
Management in the International Context the core management themes,
The Future of Global Business 16. Managing Ethical and Social Responsibility in an MNC issues and controversies using
examples from developing
A Reader 2010: 279 x 216: 528pp
countries throughout the world,
Hb: 978-0-415-80057-0: £50.00
Edited by Michael Czinkota and Ilkka A. Ronkainen, making it a key text for
For more information, visit: international business and development studies students.
both at Georgetown University, USA www.routledge.com/9780415800570
A selection of readings from Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview
a distinguished group of 2. Terminology of Development 3. Characteristics of
New Developing Countries 4. Management Issues and Examples
international marketing
5. Explanations of Economic Development 6. Planning
researchers and educators are
presented for use in the
2nd Edition and Strategic Management in Developing Countries
7. Organizing and Operating an International Company
classroom or professional
reading.
Cross-Cultural Competence 8. Human Resource Management 9. Managing an
International Workforce 10. Motivation in Developing
Slawomir Magala, Erasmus University, the Countries 11. Leadership in Developing Countries
Netherlands 12. Special Issues for Managers in Developing Countries
Cross-Cultural Competence is a skillful textbook built on a
2011: 246 x 174: 200pp
passion for diversity, respectful recognition of difference, Hb: 978-0-415-59068-6: £85.00
and manageable interactions, all of which are of interest Pb: 978-0-415-59069-3: £24.99
2011: 229 x 152: 768pp to managers, consultants, professionals and students. eBook: 978-0-203-15205-8
Hb: 978-0-415-80093-8: £31.99 For more information, visit:
December 2012: 234 x 156: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58829-4: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58830-0: £34.99

New International Business and The Management of

Cross-Cultural Management Global Climate Change Non-Governmental
Culture and Management Across the World Jonatan Pinkse and Ans Kolk Development Organizations
Edited by Eduardo Davel, University of Québec at ’Ans Kolk and Jonatan Pinkse David Lewis
Montréal, Canada, Jean-Pierre Dupuis, HEC are the world’s leading
thinkers on the interface ’A must read for scholars because of the breadth
Montréal, Canada and Jean-François Chanlat, of literature covered and for students because it
between international
University of Paris IX Dauphine, France gives them an in-depth view of the complexity of
business and global climate
The telecommunication revolution that changed the change. This well-written the subject and provides examples of how that
nature of global capitalism in recent decades has also book will greatly benefit complexity plays itself out in the day-to-day
posed interesting questions for how to run and manage any scholar or manager realities of NGO life.’ - Ann Marie Thomson, Indiana
organizations. Globalization has enhanced the ability of looking for state-of-the-art University Bloomington, USA
employees to work in cultures other than their own and knowledge on corporate ’...this is a very impressive and useful summary of
’cross-cultural management’ has become ill-equipped to responses to the defining the literature.’ - Sylvia I. Bergh, Voluntas
deal with the reality of working life today. environmental challenge of Revealing the distinctive organizational challenges faced
This edited textbook sets itself apart from existing our generation.’ - Alain by NGOs, this second edition provides a fully updated
cross-cultural management texts by avoiding the mistake Verbeke, University of Calgary, USA and revised text that will prove invaluable to all those
of starting off with the assumption that there is a set of Climate change has become an important topic on the studying or working in NGOs, the voluntary sector or
’best practises’ which can be followed globally. In taking business agenda with strong pressure being placed on development studies.
a comprehensive and holistic look at management and companies to respond and contribute to finding solutions
culture, this textbook provides a real alternative to to this urgent problem. This text provides a comprehensive 2006: 246 x 174: 285pp
dominant and outmoded perspectives. analysis of international business responses to global Hb: 978-0-415-37092-9: £110.00
climate change and climate change policy. Pb: 978-0-415-37093-6: £34.99
With a great cross-section of national contents covered in eBook: 978-0-203-03070-7
separate chapters, including testimonies from experienced Embedded in relevant management literature, this book
executives, this new textbook shows the importance of gives a concise treatment of developments in policy www.routledge.com/9780415370936
understanding the specific cultural meanings and codes and business activity on global, regional and national
developed in various cultural contexts. levels, using examples and systematic data from a large
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Approaches
1. Intercultural Analysis and Human Sciences 2. Intercultural
number of international companies. The first part
outlines the international climate policy landscape and
Ethics for International Business
Analysis in Management: Decompartmentalize the Classical voluntary initiatives taken by companies, both alone and Decision-Making in a Global Political Economy
Approaches 3. Intercultural Analysis in Management: An together with others. The second part examines
Interactionist Approach Part 2: Issues 4. Cultures, John Kline, Georgetown University, USA
companies’ strategies, covering innovation for climate
Organization and Strategy 5. International Manager change, as well as compensation via emissions trading The newly-updated version of
6. International Negotiation 7. Cultures and Business Ethics and carbon offsetting. this groundbreaking textbook
Part 3: Practices 8. Management of Intercultural Teams continues to provide a topical
9. Management of Multicultural Workforce 10. Management Written by well-known experts in the field, International
and relevant analysis of the
of International Alliances Part 4: Studies in America Business and Global Climate Change illustrates how an
ethical dimensions of conducting
11. Culture and Management in Quebec 12. Culture and environmental topic becomes strategically important in a
business in a global political
Management in Mexico 13. Culture and Management in mainstream sense, affecting corporate decision-making,
Colombia 14. Culture and Management in Brazil 15. Culture
economy. From a starting point
business processes, products, reputation, advertising,
and Management in Argentina Part 5: Studies in Europe of applied ethics, the book
communication, accounting and finance. This is a
16. Culture and Management in England 17. Culture and introduces a common set of
must-read for academics as well as practitioners
Management in France 18. Culture and Management in normative terms and analytical
concerned with this issue.
Germany 19. Culture and Management in Portugal tools for examining and
20. Culture and Management in Italy 21. Culture and Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Between discussing real case scenarios.
Management in Netherlands 22. Culture and Management Regulation and Self-Regulation 2. From Rio to ‘Beyond
in Belgium 23. Culture and Management in Norway Kyoto’: Synopsis of International Climate Policies 3. Beyond 2010: 246 x 174: 296pp
24. Culture and Management in Slovenia 25. Culture and Regulation: Voluntary Agreements and Partnerships Hb: 978-0-415-99942-7: £115.00
Management in Tchek Republic 26. Culture and Management 4. Carbon Control: Emissions Measurement, Targets and Pb: 978-0-415-99943-4: £41.99
in Poland 27. Culture and Management in Romania Reporting Part 2: Strategic Options for Business
28. Culture and Management in Russia 29. Culture and 5. Business Strategies for Climate Change 6. Carbon
Management in The Basque Country Part 6: Studies in Trading as (Compliance) Strategy 7. Innovation and
Africa and Middle East 30. Culture and Management in Capabilities for Climate Change Conclusions 8. Dilemmas
on the Way Forward
Black Africa 31. Culture and Management in Cameroon
32. Culture and Management in Morocco 33. Culture and
Corporate Social Responsibility
2008: 234 x 156: 216pp
Management in Turkey 34. Culture and Management in
Lebanon 35. Culture and Management in Tunisia
Hb: 978-0-415-41552-1: £95.00 and International Development
Pb: 978-0-415-41553-8: £29.99 Is Business the Solution?
Part 7: Studies in Asia 36. Culture and Management in
eBook: 978-0-203-88710-3
China 37. Culture and Management in India 38. Culture
and Management in Japan 39. Culture and Management in For more information, visit: Michael Hopkins
Singapore 40. Culture and Management in Australia www.routledge.com/9780415415538
2008: 234 x 156: 262pp
November 2012: 246 x 189: 480pp Pb: 978-1-84407-610-9: £24.99
Hb: 978-0-415-68816-1: £125.00
Pb: 978-0-415-68818-5: £39.99
You can now
follow Routledge
BMA on
www.twitter.com/#!/Routledge_BMA

i n te r n ati on al bus i ne s s 9
New New New

Corporate Social Responsibility The Globalization of the Self-Initiated Expatriation
and Global Labor Standards Executive Search Industry Individual, Organizational, and
Firms and Activists in the Making Professional Services Strategy and Dynamics National Perspectives
of Private Regulation in the Contemporary World Edited by Maike Andresen, Otto-Friedrich University
Bamberg, Germany, Akram Al Ariss, Toulouse
Luc Fransen, University of Amsterdam, Jonathan V. Beaverstock, University of
Business School, France, Matthias Walther,
the Netherlands Nottingham, UK, James Faulconbridge, University
Otto-Friedrich University Bamberg, Germany and
Series: Routledge Studies in International Business of Lancaster, UK and Sarah Hall, University of
Karen Wolff, Otto-Friedrich University Bamberg,
and the World Economy Nottingham, UK
Germany
‘Fransen presents a very Series: Routledge Studies in International Business
Series: Routledge Studies in International Business
original account of how and the World Economy
and the World Economy
various private regulatory This book examines the key actors in the process of
initiatives supporting labor Globalization and the development of multinational
executive search globalization – leading global firms,
standards have developed, organizations have led to an increase in the number of
the impacts of globalization on incumbent hotspots for
and what contributes to people spending part of their lives living and working in
search and selection, mature markets such as Europe
their differing patterns of foreign countries. While the contemporary literature has
and North America, and the emerging markets of India,
adoption, stringency, and focused on organizational expatriates sent overseas by
China and eastern Europe. In particular, it offers an
effectiveness. This book their employers, self-initiated expatriation is becoming
interpretation of the forces producing the contemporary
is a must read for students an important area of study in its own right. Studies on
organizational strategies and geographies of the global
seeking to understand CSR self-initiated expatriation explore the labor market
executive search industry. The authors explore the
on the ground and in positions of individuals who have relocated under their
changes that have occurred in global search and
relation to the politics of own initiative. However, no comprehensive book exists
selection in the recent past (last 10 years especially) and
firms, NGOs, trade unions and workers.’ – Gregory on the dynamics that underlie this type of mobility. This
the trends associated with new and emerging markets
Jackson, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany edited volume offers a holistic picture of self-initiated
for headhunting in Asia and beyond.
expatriation and the groups that pursue it, emphasizing
How effective are multinational companies at improving Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Globalization and many aspects for departure including career
working conditions in their supply chains? This book Professionalization of Knowledge-Intensive Professional development and career capital. It is the first book on
focuses on a crucial dynamic in private efforts at Services: A Theoretical Perspective 2. Firms, Clients, and the market to explore the issues pertaining to
regulating labor standards in international production Candidates: The Executive Search Industry in Context
self-initiated expatriation from a variety of perspectives
chains. It addresses questions regarding the quality of 3. Global Firms and Globalization Strategies 4. Executive
Search and the Global ’War for Talent’ 5. Professionalization,
with important theoretical and practical implications.
rules (Are existing efforts to privately regulate labor
standards credible?) as well as business demand for Regulation, and the Nation-State 6. Globalization Arenas: In an era of global war for talent, companies face
Market Penetration and Geographies of Globalization difficulties in finding highly skilled employees.
private regulation (To what extent are different types of
7. London, New York, Paris, Hong Kong, Singapore…: The Self-initiated expatriates have the potential to fill this
regulation adopted by companies?). This volume seeks
Epicenters of the Global Executive Search Industry 8. Go talent gap. National economies thus have an interest in
to understand the underlying issue of whether private East! Executive Search in the Emerging Markets 9. Executive
regulation can be both stringent and popular with firms. creating favorable conditions to attract self-initiated
Search in the Aftermath of the Global Financial Crisis expatriates and provoke their repatriation, and this book
The study analyzes the nature and origins of, the business 10. Conclusions: The Search and Selection of Talent in the
explores the conditions that achieve the return of
demand for and the competition between all relevant Twenty-First Century. Appendix 1: Research Methodology
employees with skills that are in demand outside of their
private regulatory organizations focusing on clothing home countries. Authors include very well established
November 2012: 229 x 152: 192pp
production. The argument of the book focuses on the scholars in the fields of human resource and career
Hb: 978-0-415-89662-7: £80.00
interaction between activists and firms, in consensual management from all over the world (Australia, Canada,
(developing and governing private regulatory For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415896627 Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Korea, New
organizations) and in contentious forms (activists exerting Zealand, United Arab Emirates, and the UK) who are
pressure on firms). The book describes and explains an leading experts in the field, as well as young researchers
emerging divide in the effort to regulate working
conditions in clothing production between a larger cluster
New at the start of their scientific careers.
of less stringent and a smaller cluster of more stringent

private regulatory organizations and their supporters.
Tiger Management September 2012: 229 x 152: 232pp
Hb: 978-0-415-53645-5: £80.00
The analysis is based on original data, adopting both Korean Companies on World Markets eBook: 978-0-203-11150-5
comparative case study and inferential statistical Martin Hemmert, Korea University, South Korea For more information, visit:
methods to explain developments in apparel, retail and www.routledge.com/9780415536455
Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Tiger
sportswear sectors. Management: The Growth and Competitiveness of Korean
Firms Part 2: The Rise of Korean Companies and Tiger
December 2011: 229 x 152: 250pp Management 2. The Seeds of Tiger Management:
Hb: 978-0-415-80827-9: £80.00
Foundations of Korean Capitalism 3. Rising Tiger: The Early
eBook: 978-0-203-13904-2
Growth Stages 4. Globalizing Tigers: Korean Companies
related journals
For more information, visit: Entering the World Markets 5. Struggling Tigers: The Asian
www.routledge.com/9780415808279 Financial Crisis 6. Revitalized Tigers: Korean Companies in Asia Pacific Business Review
the Twenty-first Century Part 3: Cornerstones of Tiger
Editors: Chris Rowley, Cass Business School, City
Management 7. Tiger Strategy: How Korean Companies
University, UK and Malcolm Warner, University of
Compete 8. Tiger Leadership: How Korean Executives Lead
their Companies 9. Recruiting, Training and Rewarding Tiger Cambridge, UK
Employees: Korean Style Human Resource Management Accepted for coverage in the Thomson Reuters Social
Part 4: The Present and Future of Tiger Management Sciences Citation Index®
10. Tiger Management in the World: The Challenge of
Globalization 11. Dynamic Korea: Domestic Challenges for
www.tandfonline.com/fapb
Tiger Management 12. Studying Tiger Management:
Lessons for Non-Korean Companies
July 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp

Hb: 978-0-415-66418-9: £95.00

New New New

Management in Africa 4 Volume Set Airline eCommerce
Macro and Micro Perspectives Business and Gender Michael Hanke, MHeco Consulting, USA
Edited by Terri Lituchy, Concordia University, Edited by Alison Konrad, University of Western Online travel is big business and
Canada, Betty Jane Punnett, University of the Ontario, Canada has become one of the most
West Indies, Barbados and Bill Buenar Puplampu, popular items purchased by
Series: Critical Perspectives on Business and consumers on the internet. In
University of Ghana Management 2005, US$106 billion was spent
Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Serious thinking on business and gender has blossomed on online travel products and
Business Studies over the past few decades. What began as a tentative services with air travel alone
’Effective management of organizations has been examination of the ways women and men might differ accounting for over US$65 billion
for long time one of the biggest challenges of African has evolved into a complex and vibrant field of or sisty per cent. This represents
countries. This book has explored several new international research and study. Edited by a leading almost a quarter of the total
avenues that will help African decision makers to scholar in the field, this new four-volume collection, part worldwide business-to-consumer
improve their approach of managing organizations. of the Major Works Critical Perspectives on Business and (B2C) online spending.
It’s a perfect guide for managers in Africa and an Management series, brings together the very best and
excellent source of ideas and information for most influential works on business and gender. A variety of contributing factors is responsible for this
students and researchers.’ – Elie Chrysostome, State Organized thematically, the gathered materials reflect development:
University of New York Plattsburgh, USA the academic fields of psychology, sociology, • first, the emergence of the internet and specifically the
management, and organizational studies, and include worldwide web and their commercial applications in
This book offers a comprehensive look at the current
quantitative studies, qualitative research, and theoretical the mid 1990s
literatures and research based on empirical data from
or conceptual papers.
across different countries in Africa. It focuses on the • second, a change in the behavior of consumers who
work of leading scholars of management in and With a new introduction by the editor to place the through inexpensive internet access and growing
around Africa and the African Context, exploring collected material in its historical and intellectual context familiarity with easy-to-use technology today shop
whether we can at this point refer to ‘African and including a comprehensive index, this collection is a 24/7 from anywhere in the world
Management’ as an emerging and distinct stream in convenient and authoritative reference resource on
business and gender for both student and scholar. • third, airline companies use the internet not only as a
the scholarly discourse in management. The main
new platform to service, sell and market but – by
themes are macro and micro issues of Management in
March 2012: 234 x 156: 1627pp cutting traditional supply channels and reaching
Africa, each chapter illustrating the historical or
Hb: 978-0-415-66656-5: £650.00 directly to the end consumer - also to realize cost
traditional view of Management in Africa versus the
For more information, visit: savings in their distribution systems
newer western business management perspective.
www.routledge.com/9780415666565 • fourth, the arrival of new intermediaries in the form of
This book presents current, in-depth, rigorous research
internet travel agencies (such as Expedia and Opodo),
and identifies future research and propositions, enabling
network affiliates, and mass sales and marketing
scholars and students to gain an in-depth understanding New websites that distribute travel products to the public.
of management as it is evolving and practiced in Africa.
Selected Contents: Introduction Terri R. Lituchy, Betty Jane Russian Multinationals Considering the above, airline companies all over the
world have integrated (or are in the process of doing so)
Punnett, and Bill Buenar Puplampu Part 1: Management
Overview 1. Review of African Management Research David From Regional Supremacy to Global Lead electronic commerce or e-commerce into their business
Zoogah and Stella Nkomo 2. African Women in Management operations in various shapes and forms. Today, it is no
Andrei Panibratov, St Petersburg State University,
and Leadership: Individual, Social, and Organizational longer a question of ’if’ for airline companies but ’how’
Russia to deal with e-commerce and leverage it to enhance
Influences Stella Nkomo and Hellicy Ngambi 3. The Effects of
National and Sub-National Cultures on Preferred Leader and Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern their competitiveness. This book explores these issues.
Manager Behavior in Sub-Saharan Africa Romie Littrell Europe Series
Part 2: Micro Management 4. Leadership in Africa and the May 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp
Diaspora David Ford 5. Employee Motivation in Africa Bill This book presents a Hb: 978-0-415-77579-3: £100.00
Puplampu 6. OCB and Management Competencies in Africa comprehensive overview of Pb: 978-0-415-77580-9: £33.99
John Munene 7. The Influence of the Human Factor on Russian multinationals. It
Employee Perception of Organizational Effectiveness: The Role discusses the rise of Russian www.routledge.com/9780415775809
of Perceived Organizational Support in Ghana and Uganda multinationals, examines
Moses Acquaah and Eddy K. Tukamushaba 8. Entrepreneurs Russian multinationals’ activities
and Leadership Typologies for Africa Samuel Sejjaaka and in key sectors, analyses the New
Waswa Balunywa Part 3: Macro Management relationship between Russian
9. Management Control Systems in Sub-Saharan Africa:
Effects on Competitive Strategy and Organizational
multinationals and the Russian
government and between
The East Asian
Performance Moses Acquaah 10. Internationalization and
Africa’s Economic Growth Opportunities John Kuada
Russian multinationals and Computer Chip War
international investors, and
11. Green Management in Africa David Zoogah Ming-Chin Monique Chu
concludes by assessing how
12. Corporate Social Responsibility in Africa Judy Mutthuri
13. Corporate Governance Bill Puplampu 14. Organizational Russian multinationals are likely to develop in future. Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy
Health and Resilience in African Businesses Bill Puplampu This book focuses on the globalization of the strategic
15. Knowledge Appropriation and HRM: Multinational March 2012: 234 x 156: 240pp
semiconductor industry and the security ramifications of
Company Experiences Aloysius Newenham-Kahindi. Hb: 978-0-415-61588-4: £90.00
eBook: 978-0-203-13037-7
this process. It examines in particular the migration of
Conclusions and Future Research Terri R. Lituchy, Betty Jane the Taiwanese chip industry to China as part of the
Punnett and Bill Buenar Puplampu For more information, visit:
globalization of production processes, and the extent to
which such a globalization process poses security
September 2012: 229 x 152: 232pp
Hb: 978-0-415-53646-2: £80.00
challenges to the United States, China and Taiwan.
eBook: 978-0-203-11148-2
November 2012: 234 x 156: 192pp

en trePr e n e ur s hi P & s mal l bus i n e s s man ag e m e n t 11
New iN 2013
Chinese Business Enterprise
entrePreneurshiP
An Introduction & small business management
Hans Hendrischke
Chinese Business Enterprise examines practical business
and management issues in the context of China’s
changing institutional framework and the
New Entrepreneurship
internationalization of China’s economy. The author Understanding Social An International Introduction
explains the general operating environment for business
enterprises in China and examines issues such as the Entrepreneurship Dafna Kariv, College of Management Academic
Studies, Israel
reforms to the Chinese economy, increased The Relentless Pursuit of Mission in an Ever
marketization, foreign trade and business services, as Entrepreneurship means
well as different forms of business enterprise (state- Changing World different things to different
owned, private, etc). Jill Kickul, New York University, USA and people, but the entrepreneurial
Thomas Lyons, CUNY Baruch College, USA personality is a critical success
With a series of case studies examining core business
factor to any new business.
functions such as research and development, operations Social entrepreneurship involves These traits are also increasingly
management, production, distribution, marketing and the application of business in great demand at established
human resources within the Chinese context, this book practices to the pursuit of multinational corporations.
provides a valuable guide to the main operational areas social and/or environmental
of business enterprise in China including both domestic mission. It brings the mindset, This groundbreaking textbook
and foreign funded enterprises. principles, strategies, tools and differs from its competitors by
techniques of entrepreneurship placing an emphasis both on
June 2013: 234 x 156: 224pp to the social sector, yielding the core processes and practices
Hb: 978-0-415-24949-2: £85.00
innovative solutions to the of entrepreneurship, as well as demonstrating the
Pb: 978-0-415-24950-8: £22.99 impact of complex, local environments in shaping the
eBook: 978-0-203-40300-6 vexing problems facing society
– poverty, hunger, inadequate processes of entrepreneurship. Topics include:
housing and homelessness, • main processes of entrepreneurial venture creation,
unemployment and innovation and growth
under-employment, illiteracy, disease, environmental • operational steps characterizing processes of
New degradation, etc. It finds solutions where government entrepreneurship
and private sector efforts have not.
• establishing and realizing entrepreneurial ventures
Finance in Asia This intriguing field has captured the imaginations of
• core processes and practices of entrepreneurship.
thousands of business and public administration
Institutions, Regulation and Policy With case studies and interviews with entrepreneurs
students around the world, leading to the creation of
Qiao Liu, Paul Lejot and Douglas Arner, hundreds of courses and programs of study to meet from across the globe, Entrepreneurship’s international
all at University of Kong Kong this burgeoning demand. Yet, there are few, if any, approach makes it stand out from other titles, providing
textbooks that offer a comprehensive treatment of this students and practitioners alike with a unique
Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and perspective on this subject.
subject. Instructors are forced to cobble together reading
Finance materials from multiple sources, creating a hardship for A companion website featuring: a lecturer’s guide, with
Asia’s demand for professors and students, alike. This book is aimed at extra assignments and links to videos, PowerPoint slides
second-generation financial addressing this problem. for teaching uses and a questionnaire with detailed
institutions and markets needs feedback for students, is available at: http://cw.
to be met in order for the January 2012: 254 x 178: 296pp
routledge.com/textbooks/9780415561204.
region’s further development Hb: 978-0-415-88488-4: £80.00
to be sustained. This book Pb: 978-0-415-88489-1: £39.99 Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Resource
eBook: 978-0-203-80192-5 Based Perspective in the Entrepreneurial Course 1. The
provides a compelling,
Environment and Entrepreneurship 2. The Entrepreneurial
fact-based assessment of
www.routledge.com/9780415884891 Culture 3. ’Entreprening’ Part 2: The Process-Oriented
current practices and Perspective in Entrepreneurship 4. Creativity in
regulations in Asia’s financial Entrepreneurship 5. Innovation 6. Opportunity Exploitation
institutions and markets and
carefully documents the exciting Social Entrepreneurship 7. The Start-Up Stage 8. Mentorship, Coaching and
Counselling 9. Planning and Managing an Entrepreneurial
opportunities and challenges How to Start Successful Corporate Social Venture 10. Management Skills in the Entrepreneurial Realm
that lie ahead in the region’s financial systems. 11. Marketing 12. Financing the Entrepreneurial Venture
Responsibility and Community-Based 13. Managing Rapid and Sustainable Growth Part 3: The
Selected Contents: 1. Asia’s Economies at the Crossroads
2. Imperatives for Financial Development in Asia 3. Brief
Initiatives for Advocacy and Change Output-Oriented Perspective in the Entrepreneurial
History of Asian Financial Systems 4. Understanding Asia’s Realm 14. Evaluating and Measuring the Firm’s Success
Manuel London, State College of New York, Stony 15. The Entrepreneurial Avenues 16. The Re-Shaping of
Financial Institutions 5. Understanding Asia’s Financial Brook, USA and Richard G. Morfopoulos, Briarcliffe
Markets 6. New Opportunities and Challenges 7. Asian Today’s Entrepreneurial Activities 17. Conclusion
Financial Markets: Regulation 8. Financial Transactions in
College, New York, USA
2011: 246 x 174: 336pp
Asia 9. Strategies and Roadmap for Development What motivates someone to
Hb: 978-0-415-56119-8: £100.00
become a social entrepreneur? Pb: 978-0-415-56120-4: £36.99
September 2012: 246 x 174: 352pp What are the competencies eBook: 978-0-203-83193-9
Hb: 978-0-415-42320-5: £115.00 needed to be effective social
Pb: 978-0-415-42319-9: £36.99 For more information, visit:
advocates and agents for www.routledge.com/9780415561204
For more information, visit: change? This book answers
www.routledge.com/9780415423199 these questions in an accessible
and practical way, providing
comprehensive guidelines,
numerous examples, and
sources of information and
training.
2009: 229 x 152: 256pp

Hb: 978-0-415-80128-7: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80129-4: £33.99

12 e n t rePreneurshiP & small bus i n e s s man ag e me n t
Textbook New New

Effectual Entrepreneurship WomenPreneurs Female Entrepreneurship and
Stuart Read, IMD, Switzerland, Saras Sarasvathy, 21st Century Success Strategies the New Venture Creation
Darden Graduate School of Business Administration,
USA, Nick Dew, Naval Postgraduate School, USA,
Dorothy P. Moore, The Citadel, USA An International Overview
Robert Wiltbank, Atkinson Graduate School of WomenPreneurs: 21st Century Dafna Kariv, College of Management Academic
Management, USA and Anne-Valérie Ohlsson, Success Strategies, will appeal Studies, Israel
IMD, Switzerland to two groups of interested
readers. The first consists of Women represent the fastest
SHORTLISTED in the higher education faculty growing group of entrepreneurs
textbook category for the teaching courses in today. Despite the enormous
Chartered Institute of management, entrepreneurship economic contributions of this
Management’s Book of the and women’s studies and group, female entrepreneurship
Year Prize, 2011-12 directors of professional remains under-explored and
’Both in form and content, development workshops inadequately covered in
this expansive volume interested in acquiring a academic literature.
captures the excitement of supplemental readings book. Female Entrepreneurship and
the entrepreneurial The second consists of women New Venture Creation aims to
enterprise and the in the workplace, those contemplating entry, and address this gap by shedding
opportunities and challenges parents who want to provide daughters with the best light on the unique aspects of
presented at each development cycle. Written by guidance. For these people, the book will serve as a female entrepreneurship.
European and US academics, this volume is a great valuable resource and guide. Tracing women’s journey along the venture creation
starting point to explore notions of innovation and Major themes in the book include the nature of the process, Kariv’s book:
entrepreneurial activity. Summing Up: Highly changing workplace, the challenges of organizational • highlights the creatively different ways in which
recommended.’ - Reviewed in CHOICE February 2012 life, career strategies, entrepreneurship, home and family women approach the entrepreneurial enterprise
’Entrepreneurship is the most powerful tool we balance and tactics for navigating in a turbulent • takes into account different environmental and cultural
have for economic and social value creation and economic climate. constraints that impact female entrepreneurship
this book is destined to be recognized as the secret
weapon all entrepreneurship educators have been March 2012: 229 x 152: 272pp • provides a theoretical framework for the venture
waiting for! An accessible and comprehensive Hb: 978-0-415-89684-9: £60.00 creation process that is practical, and broadly applicable
guide for all who aspire to both make and find Pb: 978-0-415-89685-6: £21.99
• includes in-depth case studies drawn from contributors
eBook: 978-0-203-12668-4
opportunities. Bravo!’ - Len Schlesinger, President, around the world.
Babson College, USA For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415896856 This book captures the diversity of female
Whether you’re dreaming about starting a business, entrepreneurship and provides a valuable synthesis of
learning about entrepreneurship, or on the brink of the insights that emerge from the stories of women
creating a new opportunity right now, don’t wait. Open New entrepreneurs around the world. Accompanied by an
this book. Inside you will find everything you need. array of online resources, this book will be valuable for
This book contains: Chance and Intent students of entrepreneurship, as well as professionals.
• a vivid new way to learn about and to practice Managing the Risks of Innovation and Selected Contents: Introduction The Entrepreneurial
Revolution and the Contributions of Female Entrepreneurship
entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship Part 1: Female Entrepreneurship: What Makes it a Unique
• practical exercises, questions and activities for each Area? 1. Female Entrepreneurship: Constraints and
David L. Bodde and Caron H. St. John, both at
step in your process Opportunities 2. The Female Entrepreneurial Realm through
Clemson University, USA Global Lenses Part 2: The Pre-Venture Stage 3. Motivations
• specific principles derived from the heuristics of expert
A compact and readable to Become Entrepreneurs: Women’s Perspectives 4. Personal
entrepreneurs
book will help executives, Core Competences to Start a Business 5. Women’s
• 70+ case briefs of entrepreneurs across industries, entrepreneurs, and venture Entrepreneurial Paths: Preparation, the Idea and the Vision
geographies and time investors learn to search out Part 3: Preparation: Idea and Vision to Implementation
and plan for those enterprise 6. Creativity among Women Entrepreneurs 7. Innovation in
• applications to social entrepreneurship as well as the
the Context of Entrepreneurship 8. Vision and New Venture
creation of opportunities in large enterprises hazards that reside outside the
Creation Part 4: First Steps in Venture Creation
• data that will challenge assumptions you might have bell curve, the conventional
9. Opportunities: Exploitation, Creation and Shaping of
about entrepreneurship domain of risk: Business Opportunities 10. Financing 11. Networks and
• Uncertainty, where outcomes Networking Part 5: The Future of Female Entrepreneurship
• a broader perspective about the science of
can be characterized in 12. Leadership 13. Breaking Down the Risk Barriers
entrepreneurship and implications for how individuals
can shape their own situation. advance, reliable estimates
cannot be made for the July 2012: 229 x 152: 544pp
You will find these ideas presented in a concise, modular, Hb: 978-0-415-89686-3: £100.00
likelihood that they will occur.
graphical form, perfect for those learning to be Pb: 978-0-415-89687-0: £41.99
entrepreneurs or already in the thick of things. • Ambiguity, where the events and outcomes cannot be eBook: 978-0-203-14098-7
well characterized, in some cases because we cannot For more information, visit:
If you want to learn about entrepreneurship in a way imagine them and in others because characterization www.routledge.com/9780415896870
that emphasizes action, this book is for you. If you have depends upon the institutional interests or cultural
already launched your entrepreneurial career and are values of the observer.
looking for new perspectives, this book is for you. Even
if you are someone who feels your day job is no longer • Ignorance, where neither likelihood estimates nor
well-characterized events enjoy much credibility.
creating anything novel or valuable, and wonders how related journals
to change it, this book is for you. Anyone using This edited volume emphasizes practical strategies
entrepreneurship to create the change they want to see for understanding and managing the hazards of the
in the world will find a wealth of thought-provoking new venture in light of recent research. It will help
Journal of Social Entrepreneurship
material, expert advice, and practical techniques inside. corporate innovators, entrepreneurs, and investors Editor: Alex Nicholls, Oxford University, UK
So what are you waiting for? employ a wider spectrum of risk management strategies www.tandfonline.com/rjse
than is now possible.
2010: 276 x 219: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58643-6: £100.00 March 2012: 246 x 174: 168pp
Pb: 978-0-415-58644-3: £35.99 Hb: 978-0-415-87760-2: £70.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87761-9: £34.99

New
Routledge ISBE Masters in Entrepreneurship
Small Business Management in
Series Edited by Colette Henry, Royal Veterinary College, University of London, UK Cross-Cultural Environments
and Susan Marlow, De Montfort University, UK Per Lind, Gotland University, Sweden
The study of entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial behaviour now occupies a Products and services created by
small and medium sized
central position within the contemporary field of business and management. organizations account for the
The Routledge-ISBE Masters Series in Entrepreneurship responds to this growing vast majority of economic
market for entrepreneurship education through the provision of relatively short, highly activity across the globe. These
organizations will prove vitally
specialist but accessible textbooks on a range of entrepreneurship topics. Collectively, important to the emerging and
these texts will form a significant resource base for those studying entrepreneurship at developing economies that will
the postgraduate level, helping them to gain an in-depth understanding of contemporary shape future decades.
entrepreneurial concepts. Small Business Management in

Cross-Cultural Environments is
Each text is specially commissioned to provide essential reading for a core one of very few books to take the cross-cultural context
as an opportunity to analyse and discuss the key concepts
entrepreneurship topic within taught postgraduate programmes.
of small firm management in different parts of the world.
This textbook covers important topics, such as:
New New • the global economic development process
• entrepreneurship
Female Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship • the role of government
Maura McAdam, Queen’s University Belfast, UK A Global Perspective • SME growth and collaborations in a global context.
Female entrepreneurship and in particular, the contribution Stephen Roper, University of Warwick, UK By explaining how culture shapes and conditions the
of their ventures to aggregate economic activity has gained reality of small businesses and how organizational
Entrepreneurs exist in every country but the nature and
increasing attention over recent years in terms of theory, theories and models fail as management tools, this book
level of entrepreneurial activity differs remarkably. Why
practice and policy. This concise book introduces students fills a significant gap. Supplemented by a compendium
is this? What shapes the level of entrepreneurial activity
to entrepreneurship from a gender perspective. of compelling case studies, drawn from across the world,
in each country? What defines entrepreneurial activity?
In exploring the socio-economic context for female As more and more teaching and research into and based upon 25 years of international research by
entrepreneurship in regional, national and international entrepreneurship reflects its often international nature, the author, Small Business Management in Cross-
economies, the author encourages students to critically the need for literature reflecting this grows. This concise Cultural Environments is a useful guide for students and
evaluate theoretical perspectives on entrepreneurship new textbook provides an introduction to topics in practitioners of SME and International Management.
and their validity with regards to the study of entrepreneurship in a global context; focusing on how Selected Contents: Part 1: The Cross-Cultural SME
entrepreneurship. By using a series of case studies on enterprise works across the world. Environment 1. Small Business in the World 2. The
successful women entrepreneurs, this text illustrates the Economic Development Process as a Framework for Small
Important topics such as financing, innovation and (anti)
analytical tension present between gender and Business 3. The Contribution of Small Firms to Economic
social enterprise are discussed in detail throughout the
entrepreneurial behaviour. Development 4. Entrepreneurship and Small Business
text and examples and case studies are used to illustrate
This book will be important supplementary reading on 5. Government: Facilitator or Trouble Maker for SME
the application of different theoretical and conceptual
Growth? Part 2: SME Management in a Cross-Cultural
entrepreneurship, small business management and approaches to entrepreneurship and the role it plays in Perspective 6. Small Business Growth: Measures and
women’s / gender studies courses - it will prove developed, emerging and transitional economies. Means 7. Managing the Small Firm: Theory and Practice
particularly useful to women moving toward starting 8. The SME Manager’s Roles: Strategist, Operator and
Entrepreneurship: A Global Perspective is suitable for
their own business as well as postgraduate students Mentor 9. Strategic and Operational Tools for SME
both final year undergraduate and postgraduate courses
researching the topic for the first time. Management 10. Networking and other Forms of SME
in enterprise and is likely to appeal particularly to
student groups with a strong international element. Collaboration 11. The Small Firm in a Global Context:
November 2012: 234 x 156: 208pp Opportunities and Threats Part 3: Case Studies 1. Freight
Hb: 978-0-415-67819-3: £95.00 Selected Contents: 1. Setting the Scene 2. A World of Enterprise S.A. (Argentina) 2. Alstermo Bruk AB (Sweden)
Pb: 978-0-415-67820-9: £29.99 Enterprise 3. Enterprising Nations 4. Who are the 3. Olympia International (South Africa) 4. Viettuan Trading:
For more information, visit: Entrepreneurs? 5. The Start-Up Decision 6. Understanding Technology and Product Co. Ltd. (Vietnam) 5. Polmarco
www.routledge.com/9780415678209 Business Success: Strategy, Luck and Policy 7. Financing (Poland) 6. Lokal Industries Inc. (The Philippines) 7. Ningxia
Entrepreneurship 8. Small Firms and Innovation 9. Anti-Social ABC Environmental Equipment Co. Ltd. (China) 8. IE
Enterprise 10. Enterprise Policy 11. Looking Forwards Electronics (Pvt) Ltd. (Sri Lanka) 9. Mandelay Coating (South
Africa) 10. Carbex AB (Sweden) 11. Kun Mining Company
July 2012: 234 x 156: 168pp Ltd. (China) 12. Doradca Consultants (Poland) 13. Bernard
Hb: 978-0-415-69552-7: £100.00
Botejue Industries (Sri Lanka) 14. My Anh Garment
Pb: 978-0-415-69553-4: £26.99
Manufacture and Export Co. Ltd. (Vietnam) 15. Sterisol
For more information, visit: AB (Sweden)
2011: 246 x 174: 360pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59252-9: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-67818-6: £34.99
eBook: 978-0-203-15546-2
FREE P&P Online!

Simple and secure online ordering,
please visit www.routledge.com/business
and receive FREE postage & packaging*
for online orders over £20.
*UK customers only

14 e n t rePreneurshiP & small bus i n e s s man ag e me n t
Entrepreneurship, Innovation New Organizing Entrepreneurship

and Regional Development High-Technology Anna Grandori and Laura Gaillard Giordani, both
at Bocconi University, Italy
An Introduction Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship has
Jay Mitra, University of Essex, UK Ray Oakey, University of Manchester, UK regained centre stage in
Entrepreneurship, Innovation and With the global economy in a the contemporary
Regional Development is unique precarious position, nurturing knowledge-intensive and
in that it addresses the central new entrepreneurial high- innovation-driven economy, as
factors in economic development technology firms is likely to well as in research. Integrating
– entrepreneurship, innovation comprise a key component of classic and recent insights into
and organizational learning – as any policy to encourage the organization, economics
regional phenomena. economic growth, both in and management of
This definitive text focuses developed and developing entrepreneurial activities,
on different types of countries. Recent high- Organizing Entrepreneurship
organizations to illustrate the technology ventures – such as aims to blend rigor with
value of entrepreneurship and retailing in the music industry – relevance, and connects theory
innovation both for businesses have shown how entrepreneurs with practical problems around key questions, such as:
and for regional development. Establishing a firm link can radically change, or even • Is there any method in having ‘good ideas’ and
between entrepreneurship, innovation and economic replace, the structure of existing industries. discovering opportunities?
regeneration, the book also examines the factors High-Technology Entrepreneurship introduces and • Through which mechanisms can human, social,
contributing to their success. analyzes all the major aspects of high-technology technical and financial resources be attracted and
Replete with international case studies, empirical small-firm formation and growth. Locational and dedicated to new projects?
evidence of concepts and practical examples, this is an functional aspects of the process, as well as how • Which alternative governance and organizational
ideal text to support postgraduate teaching and research contexts for development may vary between developed structures are to be considered for the constitution and
related to entrepreneurship, innovation management and developing economies are also discussed. Other key organization of a new firm?
and regional economic development. topics that are addressed include:
• To grow or not to grow? (Or how to grow without
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Entrepreneurial • how high technology firms originate in theory up-sizing)?
Opportunity: Conditions and Circumstances for Innovation and practice
and New Firm Creation 3. Entrepreneurship Theories: The • How do you organize grown-up firms in an
Economic Arguments 4. The Social Dimensions of • entrepreneurship theory entrepreneurial mode?
Entrepreneurship 5. The Entrepreneurial Organization • incubators, science parks and clustering • How can environments and external institutions help?
6. The Entrepreneurial Environment: Context, Institutions,
• entrepreneurial strategy and finance. Original case studies are discussed and integrated
Constraints and Framework Conditions 7. Entrepreneurship
and Learning 8. Entrepreneurship, Internationalization and Students taking Master’s-level courses in throughout the text, which reflect a wide range
Globalization: Learning, Innovation and Development in the entrepreneurship, technology, innovation, academic of sectors (from agri-business to high tech) and
International Context 9. Higher Education, Universities and enterprise and industrial development will find this an countries (including emerging economies). Providing
Entrepreneurship 10. Entrepreneurship Policy: Its Emergence, essential textbook for completing their studies. a unique resource for students and instructors of
Scope and Value 11. Entrepreneurship, Innovation and entrepreneurship and organization, this book also offers
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Role of the
Economic Development 12. Conclusion: Future Directions new insights to entrepreneurs and investors in the
Technical Entrepreneur 3. Clusters, Incubators and Science
and the Romance of Entrepreneurship organization of new firms, as well as to managers
Parks 4. Research and Development 5. Selling HTSF
Products 6. Strategy 7. Finance 8. Conclusions striving to infuse entrepreneurial behaviors into their
2011: 246 x 174: 360pp
Hb: 978-0-415-40515-7: £100.00 already established firms.
May 2012: 234 x 156: 208pp
Pb: 978-0-415-40516-4: £34.99 Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Entrepreneurial
Hb: 978-0-415-59392-2: £95.00
For more information, visit: Opportunities 1.1 Economic Sources of Opportunities
Pb: 978-0-415-59393-9: £29.99
www.routledge.com/9780415405164 1.2 Relational Sources of Opportunities 1.3 Cognitive
eBook: 978-0-203-12075-0
Sources of Opportunities 2. Entrepreneurial Resources:
For more information, visit: Networked Access 2.1 Attracting Human, Technical and
www.routledge.com/9780415593939 Financial Resources - ’Market Failure’ Problems
Values-Centered Entrepreneurs 2.2 Networked HR 2.3 Networked Access to Technology
and Their Companies New
2.4 Networked Finance 3. Entrepreneurial Firms 3.1 The
Governance Structure of Entrepreneurial Firms 3.2 The
David Y. Choi, Loyola Marymount University, USA Organizational Structure of Entrepreneurial Firms 4. The
and Edmund Gray The New Venture Coursebook Internal and External Growth of Entrepreneurial Firms
4.1 The Boundaries of the Entrepreneurial Firm
This book examines how Gerald Watts 4.2 Networked Growth (and Birth) 5. Organizing Corporate
values-centered entrepreneurs Specifically written for students taking new venture Entrepreneurship 5.1 Structural Practices 5.2 HR Practices
balance the profit objective courses, The New Venture Coursebook is comprehensive 6. Organizing Environments for Entrepreneurship
with social responsibility in key in coverage and takes the reader on a step-by-step 6.1 Industrial Districts: Variety and Evolution 6.2 Institutional
aspects of their business journey throuh the process of starting up a new business. and Designed Innovation Milieux
operation – from their initial Aided by a range of pedagogical features, this book will
company formation, through 2011: 234 x 156: 320pp
be an essential read for all business students, but Hb: 978-0-415-57037-4: £100.00
growth, to exit – to build particularly those on entrepreneurship-based courses. Pb: 978-0-415-57038-1: £34.99
successful triple bottom-line
companies. For more information, visit:
November 2012: 246 x 174: 540pp
Pb: 978-0-7506-6441-7: £29.99
eBook: 978-0-08-094041-0
2010: 246 x 174: 208pp For more information, visit:

Hb: 978-0-415-99760-7: £85.00 www.routledge.com/9780750664417
Pb: 978-0-415-99761-4: £24.99

Entrepreneurship in Context New New

Edited by Marco van Gelderen, Massey University, Incentives for Innovation Creative Industries and
New Zealand and Enno Masurel, Vjire University,
the Netherlands in China Innovation in Europe
Series: Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship Jun Li, University of Essex, UK and Xuedong Ding, Concepts, Measures and Comparative
’While a plethora of books have been written on Ministry of Finance, China Case Studies
entrepreneurship, they typically consider the Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Edited by Luciana Lazzeretti, University of Florence,
perspective of the entrepreneur or the There is concern in China that the strategy which has Italy
entrepreneurial firm. In this important new book, delivered massive economic growth is unsustainable in
the entrepreneurial context is the focal point of Series: Regions and Cities
the long run, that China’s economy is too dependent on
analysis. This novel perspective makes a unique low value added manufacturing and not enough based In recent years, the study of creativity has shifted from
contribution to our understanding of the on high value technological innovation. This book analysis of culture as an end in itself to one of economic
entrepreneurial process and will be of considerable assesses the policies implemented in recent years to enhancement, and its capability to generate wealth and
interest to both scholars and policy makers.’ – David address this. promote economic development. Increasingly, European
Audretsch, Indiana University, USA cities and regions are using the arts to fuel wellbeing
’This book provides considerable new insight November 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp and reinvigorate economies after the comparative
into the entrepreneurial process in such economic Hb: 978-0-415-60394-2: £85.00 demise of more traditional industry and manufacturing.
sectors as health, networks, family, bankruptcy, For more information, visit: A growing literature is starting to highlight the
religion and technology and such socially www.routledge.com/9780415603942 innovation capacity of cultural and creative industries
sensitive topical areas as gender, ethnicity and (CCIs) as they intersect the innovation processes of other
migration. It is a breakthrough set of well crafted manufacturing and services sectors with an innovative
essays and analyses.’ – Roger Stough, George Mason New and creative output. Culture and creativity may be a
University, USA strategic weapon to exit the present crisis and redefine
This book aims to provide an insight into the role of
Disruptive Innovation in an economic model of sustainable development.
context in the world of entrepreneurship. It studies not Chinese and Indian Businesses This book brings together a set of multidisciplinary
contributions to investigate the kaleidoscope of European
only narrow and wider contexts but also their
interconnectedness, their dynamic nature, and the The Strategic Implications for Local creativity, focussing on CCIs and the innovations
actions that entrepreneurs take to involve, engage, Entrepreneurs and Global Incumbents connected with them. The two main questions that this
and influence their context. volume aims to address are: How can we identify, map
Edited by Peter Ping Li, Copenhagen Business and define CCIs in Europe? And how do they contribute
November 2011: 229 x 152: 256pp School, Denmark to innovation and sustainable growth?
Hb: 978-0-415-89092-2: £80.00 Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series The volume is split into two parts. The first part deals
eBook: 978-0-203-80209-0
This book sheds light on disruptive innovations from and with the definition, measurement and mapping of the
For more information, visit: geography of European CCIs according to a local
for the bottom of the pyramid in China from the point
www.routledge.com/9780415890922 economic approach, focussing on Italy, Spain, the UK,
of view of local entrepreneurs and international firms
seeking to operate their businesses there. Austria, Denmark and France. This section surveys the
different industrial typologies and spatial patterns, which
Entrepreneurial Opportunity December 2012: 234 x 156: 240pp underline a significant dissimilarity between the North
The Right Place at the Right Time Hb: 978-0-415-68081-3: £75.00 and the South of Europe, mainly due to the difference
For more information, visit: between heritage-driven and technology-driven
Greg Clydesdale www.routledge.com/9780415680813 countries. The section concludes with a case study on a
Japanese creative city.
2009: 229 x 152: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-99709-6: £75.00 The second part collects some interesting cases of
New innovation generated in creative spaces such as cities of
Pb: 978-0-415-99710-2: £21.99
art or creative clusters and networks. This entails the
Creating Knowledge Locations study of innovations among creative and non-creative
in Cities sectors (e.g. laser technologies in conservation of works
of art and design networks in Italy) and across European
Innovation and Integration Challenges and non-European countries (e.g. Spaghetti Western
Willem van Winden, Luis de Carvalho, movies in the US or visual artists in New Zealand). Finally,
Erwin van Tuijl, Jeroen van Haaren and an innovation capacity of culture that can regenerate
mature sectors (e.g. the French food supply chain and
Leo van den Berg, all at Erasmus University,
For more information, visit: Swiss watch Valley) or combine the creative and green
the Netherlands
www.routledge.com/9780415997102 economics paradigms (e.g. the green creative cities in
Series: Regions and Cities North Europe) is analyzed.
Based on a clear and This book will appeal to academics, scholars and
comprehensive literature review, practitioners of urban and regional studies, cultural
related journals this book contains an analysis and creative economics and managerial and
of five knowledge locations in organization studies.
Entrepreneurship & Regional Development Europe and one in South Korea.
The case studies in the book July 2012: 234 x 156: 304pp
Editor: Alistair R. Anderson, Robert Gordon Hb: 978-0-415-67740-0: £85.00
cover several European
University, UK
countries (Ireland, Finland, For more information, visit:
Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences Germany, Spain, The www.routledge.com/9780415677400
Citation Index® Netherlands). The cases are well
www.tandfonline.com/resm grounded in the different
contexts that these national
settings provide, which allows
Venture Capital comparisons between them.
Editors: Colin Mason, University of Strathclyde, UK
and Richard T. Harrison, Queens University, Belfast, March 2012: 234 x 156: 288pp
UK Hb: 978-0-415-69854-2: £85.00
www.tandfonline.com/tepn For more information, visit:

16 P ro d u ct io n , oPeration s & in for mati on man ag e me n t
Production, New
3rd Edition
4th Edition
Project Management
oPerations Strategic Operations for Engineering, Business
Management and Technology
& information Steve Brown, John Bessant and Richard Lamming, John M. Nicholas, Loyola University, USA and
management all at University of Exeter, UK

Operations strategy ensures
Herman Steyn, University of Pretoria, South Africa
There is an ever-growing need
that operational results coincide for better project management
with company objectives. within the disciplines of
The strategic dimension to engineering, business and
New operations management is technology and this new edition
realized in the role of the chief is a direct response to that need.
Strategic Supply Chain operating officer who must By emphasizing practical
Management respond to market changes. applications, this book targets
This revitalized new edition the ultimate purpose of project
Carlos Cordón, IMD, Switzerland, management; to unify and
of Strategic Operations
Kim Sundtoft Hald, Copenhagen Business School, integrate the interests, resources and work efforts of
Management focuses on the
Denmark and Ralf W. Seifert, IMD & EPFL, four core themes of this vital topic: strategy, innovation, many stakeholders to accomplish the overall project goal.
Switzerland services, and supply. Expertly authored by a team of The book encompasses the essential background
The supply chain is at the Europe’s top scholars in the field, the text is enhanced material required, from philosophy to methodology,
heart of every successful by the addition of new case examples with explanatory before presenting concepts and techniques for practical
business organization’s notes. This truly comprehensive volume underscores the application on topics including:
decision-making process. differences between the core theories that underpin • project initiation and proposals
This textbook explains how to operations management.
• scope and task definition
create a winning supply chain Selected Contents: Part 1: Setting the Scene
management strategy by • scheduling
1. Introduction to Operations Management 2. Strategic
spotlighting how senior Operations Management Part 2: The Big Picture of • budgeting
executives in European and US Strategic Operations 3. Supply Management • risk analysis.
companies have turned their 4. Innovation – Managing the Renewal of the Business The new edition has been updated to provide closer
supply chains into strategic 5. Sustainability 6. Human Resources in Operations
alignment with PMBOK terms and definitions for
weapons designed to convert Management Part 3: Managing Strategic Operations
more ease of use alongside PMI qualifications and
threats, risks and outside within Organisations 7. Managing the Transformation
Process 8. Managing Quality 9. Managing inventory, covers the latest developments in project management
pressures into competitive advantages. methodologies.
including MRP, JIT and ERP 10. Capacity and Scheduling
Strategic Supply Chain Management contains twenty Management 11. Managing Services Part 4: The Future Supplemented by brand new case studies from
real-world cases, all of which have been field researched 12. The Future of Operations Management engineering and technology projects, as well as
by a top author team and tested out in the classroom. improved instructor support materials, this text is an
Each case adopts an executive leadership perspective to November 2012: 246 x 189: 512pp
ideal resource and reference for anyone studying or
illuminate the real dilemmas faced by managers. The Hb: 978-0-415-58736-5: £125.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58737-2: £39.99
practicing project management within engineering or
authors draw on their extensive classroom and industry business environments.
experience to ensure that the writing style is geared For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415587372 Selected Contents: Part 1: Philosophy and Concepts
towards an executive education readership.
1. What is Project Management? 2. Systems Approach and
This elite case package will provide a complete teaching Systems Engineering Part 2: Systems Development Cycle
resource and authentic learning experience for MBA and New 3. Systems Development Cycle and Project Conception
executive education classes in Supply Chain 4. Project and System Definition Part 3: Systems and
Management throughout the world. Principles of Equity Valuation Procedures 5. Planning Fundamentals 6. Project Time
Planning and Networks 7. Advanced Network Analyses and
Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Thinking Strategically
Ian Davidson, University of Sussex, UK and Scheduling 8. Cost Estimating and Budgeting 9. Project
about Supply Chain Management 2. The Supply Chain: Key
Mark Tippett, Loughborough University, UK Quality Management 10. Managing Risks in Projects
Driver of Your Business Model 2.1. Case: Luxottica:
11. Project Execution and Control 12. Project Evaluation,
Sustaining Growth in Challenging Times 2.2. Case: MAS The book provides a rigorous introduction to corporate Communication, Implementation and Closeout
Holdings: Providing Design to Delivery Solutions to the
finance and the valuation of equity. The first half of the Part 4: Organization Behavior 13. Project Organization
Global Apparel Industry 2.3. Case: Nestlé: Quality on the
book covers much of the received theory in these areas Structure and Integration 14. Project Roles, Responsibility
Boardroom Agenda (A) 2.4. Case: Nestlé: Quality on the
such as the relationship between the risk of an equity and Authority 15. Managing Participation, Teamwork and
Boardroom Agenda (B) 3. Handling Dilemmas in the Supply
security and the return one can expect from it, the Conflict Part 5: Project Management in the Corporate
Chain 3.1. Case: Numico (A): Delivering Innovation through
effects of leverage (that is, the borrowing policies of the Context 16. The Management of Project Management
the Supply Chain 3.2. Case: Numico (B): Transforming the
firm) on the return one can expect from the firm’s shares 17. Project Selection and Portfolio Management
Supply Chain to Support New Realities 3.3. Case: Numico:
and the role that dividends, operating cash flows and 18. International Project Management
King Project 3.4. Case: ABB Transformers 3.5. Case:
Hewlett-Packard: Creating a Virtual Supply Chain (A) accounting earnings play in the valuation of equity. The
2011: 261 x 191: 704pp
3.6. Case: Hewlett-Packard: Creating a Virtual Supply Chain second half of the book is more advanced and deals Pb: 978-0-08-096704-2: £44.99
(B) 4. Making the Supply Chain Work 4.1. Case: Novo with the important role that ’real options’ (that is, as yet eBook: 978-0-08-096705-9
Nordisk Engineering: Running for Fast-track Project Execution unexploited investment opportunities) play in the
4.2. Case: Building Partnerships: Reinventing Oracle’s For more information, visit:
valuation of equity. www.routledge.com/9780080967042
Go-to-Market Strategy 4.3. Case: LEGO: Consolidating
Distribution (A) 4.4. Case: LEGO: Consolidating Distribution July 2012: 246 x 174: 288pp
(B) 4.5. Case: Freqon: Buyer–supplier Evolution? 4.6. Case: Hb: 978-0-415-69602-9: £120.00
Unaxis: Going Asia (A) 4.7. Case: Unaxis: Going Asia (B) Pb: 978-0-415-69603-6: £53.99 related journal
5. Sustaining Supply Chain Alignment 5.1. Case: The ’mi
adidas’ Mass Customization Initiative 5.2. Case: Hilti (A):
Gearing the Supply Chain for the Future 5.3. Case: Hilti (B):
www.routledge.com/9780415696036 Total Quality Management
Reflections and Outlook & Business Excellence
Editor: Jens J. Dahlgaard, Linköping University,
April 2012: 234 x 156: 312pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59175-1: £95.00 Sweden
Pb: 978-0-415-59176-8: £34.99 Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences
eBook: 978-0-203-12445-1 Citation Index®
For more information, visit: www.tandfonline.com/ctqm

P roductio n , oPe r ati on s & i n f or mati on man ag e m e n t 17
New X-SCM Logistics

Supply Chain Strategies The New Science of X-treme Supply Chain Principles and Practice
Management Hessel Visser
Tony Hines, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Supply Chain Strategies Lisa H. Harrington, The Lharrington Group, USA, Logistics: Principles & Practice is a general introduction
demonstrates how Sandor Boyson and Thomas Corsi to the subject. Besides dealing with the logistics of
organizations must take This book - officially sponsored purchasing, production and distribution, the book also
strategic decisions in order to by the Council of Supply Chain examines the common ground with marketing, quality
manage their supply chains to Management Professionals and and production design. This integrated approach ensures
sustain competitiveness in the Sterling Commerce - contains a that important topics such as e-business, CRM, process
global economy. multi-faceted, multi-media set design, E-procurement, enterprise resource planning and
of products to serve as a E-logistics are given prominent coverage.
Whereas many textbooks on
supply chain management definitive guide and toolset for
2006: 234 x 156: 452pp
focus on purchasing and executives who must build and
Pb: 978-9-0207-3304-4: £46.99
operations, this new edition of operate global supply chain
networks in a period of For more information, visit:
Tony Hines’ text focuses upon www.routledge.com/9789020733044
the direction-setting and efficient resource-allocation systemic, extreme change.
that organizations need to provide in order to satisfy The book brings together an unprecedented array of
their customers. Overcoming tensions between political, contributions from world experts in the new supply New
economic, technological, ethical and environmental chain science of volatility management. It includes
considerations is shown to be vital to ensure a sensible strategic content and discussion as well as executive
templates for high-level decision making and multi-
Information Services Design
strategy for managing the supply chain.
enterprise action-taking. An experiential Web-Based A Design Science Approach for
This impressive text makes the most of integrated case
studies to show how strategic thinking and supply chain
Supply Chain Risk Simulation will accompany the book. Sustainable Knowledge
The simulation energizes and empowers teams online,
management play out in the real world. As such, the enabling them to explore supply chain network options Fons Wijnhoven, Twente University, the Netherlands
book is ideal for courses on supply chain management and decision-making. It is designed to address the Series: Routledge Studies in Organization and Systems
- especially those which require a strategic element. volatile nature of supply chains today, allowing users to
’This book will not be an easy read. Nevertheless, it
Selected Contents: 1. Globalizing Demand and Supply test multiple approaches to managing ongoing sets of
Strategies 2. Strategic Concepts and the Customer-Focused, will be a rewarding one. It is not possible to instruct
supply chain upheavals and assess their outcomes.
Market-Driven Supply Chain 3. Emergence of Supply someone step-by-step how design science works,
Chains as a Critical Success Factor 4. Market-Driven and 2010: 279 x 216: 312pp
but it is possible to show them very detailed
Customer-Focused Supply Chain Strategies 5. Supplier Hb: 978-0-415-87355-0: £120.00 examples of different types of systems, and let
Sourcing, Procurement and Evaluation 6. Supply Chain Pb: 978-0-415-87356-7: £41.99 them use these to help learn how to design for
Structures and Relationships 7. Supply Chain Integration, For more information, visit:
themselves. This Fons Wijnhoven has done.’ – from
Technology and e-Business Strategies 8. Strategic Supply www.routledge.com/9780415873567 the Foreword by John Edwards, Aston University, UK
Chain Cost, Value and Measurement 9. Service levels,
Information services are economic and organizational
Synchronization of Business Processes and Inventories
10. Supply Chain Profitability, Quality and World-Class activities for informing people. Because informing
Organizations 11. Logistics and Fulfilment Strategies Food Supply Chain is changing rapidly under the influence of
internet-technologies, this book presents in chapter one
12. The Supply Chain Challenges: Strategies for the Future
Management fundamental notions of information and knowledge,
September 2012: 246 x 174: 400pp Economic, Social and Environmental based on philosopher C.W. Churchman’s inquiring
Hb: 978-0-415-68317-3: £95.00 systems. This results in the identification of three
Pb: 978-0-415-68319-7: £39.99 Perspectives
product-oriented design theory aspects: content, use
For more information, visit: Madeleine Pullman and Zhaohui Wu value and revenue. chapter two describes how one can
www.routledge.com/9780415683197 cope with these aspects by presenting process-oriented
Food Supply Chain
Management: Economic, design theory. Both design theory insights are applied
Social and Environmental in chapters on information services challenges, their
Making It All Work Perspectives is very different business concepts and processes, their architectures
and exploitation. The final chapter discusses three case
A Pocket Guide to Sustain Improvement from parts supply chain
studies that integrate the insights from previous
management, as can be seen
And Anchor Change chapters, and it discusses some ideas for future research.
from the increasing health,
John R. Schultz safety and environmental This book gives students a coherent start to the topic of
Sustaining system improvement concerns that are increasingly information services from a design science perspective,
is the purpose of this book. It is garnering the public’s attention with a balance between technical and managerial
based on years of technical about different food supply aspects. Therefore, this book is useful for modern
assistance and management chain problems. Food supply curricula of management, communication science and
experience in a variety of chain managers face very different environments. For information systems. Because of its design science
manufacturing, service, and example, there are very specific regulations from approach, it also explains design science principles.
public sector organizations. government bodies such as FDA or US Department of The book also serves professionals and academics in
Agriculture, commodity subsidy programs, ever-changing search of a foundational understanding of informing as
This book describes how to plan trade policies, or increasing trends with intense public a science and management practice.
and manage changes during interest such as sustainability or bioengineering. Selected Contents: Introduction: Information Services
implementation activities so
Design and Exploitation 1. Information, Information Service
solutions truly become the new 2011: 254 x 178: 312pp Foundations, and Design Research 2. Design Science
routine. The action steps Hb: 978-0-415-88588-1: £85.00 Foundation and Information Service Problem Analysis
described, which on their own Pb: 978-0-415-88589-8: £49.99 3. Creating Business Models and Plans for Information
can be applied when making all types of modifications, For more information, visit: Services 4. Creating Effective Process Models for Information
are framed in a three stage model first proposed by Kurt www.routledge.com/9780415885898 Services 5. Designing the Information Service Infrastructure
Lewin the father of change theory. It packages a strategy 6. Information Service Exploitation 7. The Singerian
for sustaining improvement in a context that is easy to Perspective: Integrative Problem Solving Cases 8. References
understand and apply.
2011: 229 x 152: 248pp
2010: 229 x 152: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-89985-7: £80.00
Hb: 978-0-415-88102-9: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-15108-2

18 hu m a n resource man ageme n t an d e mPloyme n t r e l ati on s
human resource management

and emPloyment relations
Global HRM
Series Edited by Randall Schuler, 4th Edition Global Human Resource

Rutgers University, USA and GSBA International Human Management Casebook
Zurich, Switzerland, Susan E. Jackson, Resource Management Edited by James Hayton, Bocconi University, Italy,
Rutgers University, USA and GSBA Michal Biron, Liza Castro Christiansen and
Policies and Practices for
Zurich, Switzerland, Paul Sparrow, Multinational Enterprises
Bård Kuvaas
Manchester Business School, UK and Series: Global HRM
Dennis Briscoe, University of San Diego, USA,
Michael Poole, Cardiff University, UK The Global Human Resource
Randall Schuler, Rutgers University, USA and
Management Casebook is a
Ibraiz Tarique, Pace University, USA
Edited and authored by the best and collection of business teaching
Thoroughly updated and cases, focusing on Human
most well known researchers in the field expanded, the fourth edition of Resource Management issues
of human resource management (HRM), International Human Resource around the world. Each case is
this series of books offers students Management: Policies and based in a single country and
Practices for Multinational illustrates one or more
accessible, coordinated and comprehensive Enterprises now includes significant challenge faced by
textbooks on global HRM. To be used learning objectives, discussion managers and HR practitioners.
individually or together, these books cover questions, end-of-chapter cases, The influence of the unique
and two end-of-book national cultural and
the main bases of the area, including integrative cases. It has been institutional context upon the issues in the case is
titles on global alliances, corporations, designed to lead readers emphasized. In total 32 unique and original cases are
leadership, legal systems, staffing and through all of the key topics in presented, each from different national contexts. Every
a highly engaging and approachable way. This book case is followed by a set of questions for use in class
compensation systems. focuses on International Human Resource Management discussion or private study of the cases.
within multi-national enterprises (MNEs) and covers
Divided into three sections, the first topics including: 2011: 254 x 178: 432pp
section reflects general issues of global Hb: 978-0-415-89370-1: £95.00
• the development of IHRM Pb: 978-0-415-89371-8: £43.99
HRM; the second more specific HR • MNE and country culture For more information, visit:
functions in a global context; and the third, • strategic IHRM www.routledge.com/9780415893718
comparative human resource management. • organizational structure and design
Taking an expert look at an increasingly

• international joint ventures and cross-border mergers New
and acquisitions
important area of global business, this is 2nd Edition
• labor standards, ethics and codes of conduct
a groundbreaking new series that answers • global talent management Managing Human Resources
a real need for serious textbooks on global • selection and management of international assignees in Asia-Pacific
HRM. • training and management development Edited by Arup Varma, Loyola University, USA and
• compensation and benefits Pawan S. Budhwar
• health and safety and crisis management
October 2012: 246 x 174: 325pp
• international HRIS Hb: 978-0-415-89864-5: £75.00
• International Human Resource Management Pb: 978-0-415-89865-2: £34.99
departments and professionals. eBook: 978-0-203-15705-3
2011: 254 x 178: 552pp www.routledge.com/9780415898652
Hb: 978-0-415-88475-4: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88476-1: £42.99
eBook: 978-0-203-81618-9 New
www.routledge.com/9780415884761 Manager-Subordinate Trust
in Different Cultures
A Comparative Analysis
Want more Edited by Pablo Cardona and Michael J. Morley
information on a book? December 2012: 246 x 174: 300pp
Visit the direct URL found at the Hb: 978-0-415-89810-2: £65.00
Pb: 978-0-415-89811-9: £37.99
bottom of the title description. eBook: 978-0-203-35757-6

human resourc e man ag e me n t an d e mP loyme n t r e l ati o n s 19
8th Edition 5th Edition New

Managing Cultural Differences Readings and Cases in Careers without Borders
Robert T. Moran, Philip R. Harris and Sarah Moran International Human Critical Perspectives
The international nature of modern Business means that
individual and organizational success is no longer
Resource Management and Edited by Christina Reis, University of New Haven,
USA and Yehuda Baruch, Rouen Business School,
dependent solely on business acumen - our ability to Organizational Behavior France
understand, communicate and work with people in
different countries and cultures around the world is Günter K. Stahl, INSEAD, Singapore, Careers without Borders analyzes the challenges,
more important than ever as more companies rely on Mark E. Mendenhall, University of Tennessee at debates and developments in global careers using a
their global reach to achieve the best profit and Chattanooga, USA and Gary R. Oddou, California critical management perspective. Starting in the early
performance. For this reason, international business and State University San Marcos, USA nineties, the flow of information became more fluid,
cross-cultural management are key topics in Readings and Cases in and with this, managers and professionals started
undergraduate business, MBA and executive education International Human Resource operating across borders, crossing different contexts in
programs worldwide as companies and institutions Management and greater numbers than ever before.
prepare current and future business leaders for the Organizational Behavior, 5th In this edited collection, contributors from around the
global marketplace. Edition is written to enable world examine how context, culture and social relations
students to meet the of power all impact on how professionals interact with
2010: 736pp international challenges that new structural and ideological frameworks. Issues such
Pb: 978-1-85617-923-2: £46.99 face them every day and to as regulation and law, policies, history, identities and
eBook: 978-1-85617-924-9
sensitize them to the complexity inequalities are explored. The book covers a wide range
For more information, visit: of human resource issues in the of countries, including USA, China, Brazil, Ghana and
www.routledge.com/9781856179232 era of globalization, this text is Hungary, offering strong theoretical analyses, as well as
a vital resource for all those practical implications.
studying international human resource management.
New This book aims to help students and managers understand
This fully updated and revised edition of this successful the career issues involved when they do business in other
3rd Edition text retains all the favourite features from previous countries. It will appeal to students on human resource
editions as well as adding a wealth of new ones. management or international business courses.
Introduction to Human Selected Contents: Introduction Yehuda Baruch and
Resource Management 2011: 254 x 178: 496pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89296-4: £65.00
Christina Reis 1. Critical Perspectives on Global Careers
Christina Reis and Yehuda Baruch Part 1: Anglo 2. United
John Stredwick Pb: 978-0-415-89298-8: £27.99
States Jonathan Hartmann 3. Canada Anthony R. Yue and
Since its original publication in 2000, this text has been For more information, visit: Scott MacMillan 4. United Kingdom John Blenkinsopp and
www.routledge.com/9780415892988 Tracy Scurry 5. Australia & New Zealand Kerr Inkson, Kaye
intended for students studying HRM for the first time. Its
major features are its comprehensive and wide-ranging Thorn and Yvonne McNulty Part 2: Europe: Nordic
6. Sweden Torkild Thanem, Anna Essén and Sara Värlander
nature which deals with all major aspects of HRM in a
down to earth and practical way, alongside the Careers around the World Part 3: Europe: Germanic 7. Austria Wolfgang Mayrhofer,
Katharina Chudzikowski, Barbara Demel and Astrid Reichel
necessary theoretical underpinning. The key strength is Individual and Contextual Perspectives Part 4: Europe: Latin 8. France Jean-Yves Agard, Norma
its accessibility to students new to the subject area Mevel Pla and Jean Pralong 9. Portugal Susana Costa e Silva
where it combines a clear explanation with numerous Jon P. Briscoe, Northern Illinois University, USA,
Part 5: Latin America 10. Argentina Hugo Gaggiotti
relevant and interesting cases and comments. The range Douglas T. Hall, Boston University, USA and Part 6: Far East 11. China Margaret Shaffer and Victor Lau
and nature of HRM is fully illustrated by a combination Wolfgang Mayrhofer, Vienna University of 12. Vietnam Pham Quoc Hung Part 7: Near East
of real life and fictional case studies which heighten Economics and Business Administration, Austria 13. Turkey Burak Koyuncu and Julia Richardson
awareness of key issues involved in HRM today. Part 8: Arab 14. Arab (Gulf) Ingo Forstenlechner
Careers Around the World
Part 9: Independent 15. Brazil Alan Marcus 16. Ghana
This new edition will continue to be appropriate for explores the very meaning of
Afam Ituma, Richard Nyuur and Yaw A. Debrah 17. India
undergraduate courses, especially first and second year What is a career for individuals Sushanta K. Mishra and Pawan Budhwar 18. Japan Many
students studying an HRM degree but also for in different countries, cultures, Taniguchi 19. Hungary Irén Gyökér and Henrietta Finna
post-graduate courses where many students are new to professions and age groups? 20. Summary Yehuda Baruch and Christina Reis
the field of HRM. It continues to be divided into 12 What does career success mean
chapters to provide one topic a week on a modular for people around the world? July 2012: 229 x 152: 320pp
course, but it may be extended into two semesters. What are key career transitions, Hb: 978-0-415-50116-3: £95.00
and how are they best Pb: 978-0-415-50115-6: £31.99
It has been revised to place a greater emphasis on the eBook: 978-0-203-13326-2
role of human resources in improving organisational and managed in different cultures?
employee performance. These revisions include the As those questions have not yet For more information, visit:
been investigated in the www.routledge.com/9780415501156
greater use of technology in resourcing and
development areas, the change of emphasis from literature of careers across
’recruitment/selection’ to ’talent management’ and the cultures and generations, the authors have taken an
use of social networking developments as an aid to HR approach that led to hearing the answers directly from
management. Recent legal developments will also be working people around the globe. This book presents
covered including those relating to age discrimination the answers to these questions from each of the seven
Proposals
and the regulation of agency workers. major cultural regions of the world and the practical
implications of these differences for those who manage
It will be supported by a supplement for tutors and human resources in organizations that cross national
additional web-based cases and other materials for boundaries, as well as those who advise on careers. If you have an idea for a new book
tutors and students.
in the area please contact us using
2011: 229 x 152: 400pp
September 2012: 246 x 189: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-87141-9: £85.00
the details found at the front of
Hb: 978-0-415-62226-4: £120.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87142-6: £31.99 the catalog.
Pb: 978-0-415-62229-5: £33.99
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415871426 For guidance on how to structure
www.routledge.com/9780415622295 your proposal please visit:
www.routledge.com/info/authors

The Chaos Theory of Careers Managing People at Work 7th Edition

A New Perspective on Working in the Julian Randall and Allan Sim, both at University of The Adult Learner
Twenty-First Century Aberdeen, UK
Malcolm S. Knowles, Elwood F. Holton III and
Robert Pryor, Australian Catholic University, This book seeks to address the underpinning theories of Richard A. Swanson
Australia and Jim Bright Human Resource Management (HRM) in a logical
sequence that combines theory with examples that can How do you tailor education to
This text outlines the be read and used as discussion topics in student or the learning needs of adults?
application of chaos theory tutorial groups throughout the text. Do they learn differently from
to the field of career children? How does their life
development, emphasizing In the book, the authors describe the links between experience inform their learning
the dimensions of careers company strategy, Human Resource (HR) planning and processes?
frequently neglected by implementation in terms of cost-benefit analyses. The
book also looks at evaluating the results of HR in both These were the questions at
contemporary accounts of the heart of Malcolm Knowles’
careers. efficiency and effective terms.
pioneering theory of andragogy
This book aims to make links between HRM, which transformed education
Organizational Behaviour and Strategy clear to the reader. theory in the 1970s. The
The theory of HRM mentions the HR outcomes as: resulting principles of a
• strategic integration self-directed, experiential,
problem-centred approach to learning have been
• commitment
2011: 229 x 152: 256pp hugely influential and are still the basis of the learning
Hb: 978-0-4-1555188-5: £100.00 • quality practices we use today. Understanding these principles is
Pb: 978-0-415-80634-3: £31.99 • flexibility. the cornerstone of increasing motivation and enabling
For more information, visit: adult learners to achieve.
All concepts that reach out beyond discrete disciplinary
www.routledge.com/9780415806343 This update of a pioneering classic contains all Knowles’
boundaries and require connection with theories
from different disciplines and their common practice original chapters alongside a newer second part by
wherever it applies. This book helps to provide MBA Elwood ’Ed’ Holton and Richard A Swanson charting the
New advancements on these core principles. A third section
and Master’s postgraduate students a more detailed
includes selected readings from previous editions to
Working in the Global Economy understanding of these theories and how they drive the
organizations strategy. illustrate the theory’s evolution, as well as important
How to Develop and Manage Your Career articles from other key experts around the world for a
Across Borders December 2012: 234 x 156: 224pp comprehensive view.
Hb: 978-0-415-53438-3: £95.00
This new edition includes:
Roblyn Simeon, San Francisco State University, USA Pb: 978-0-415-53439-0: £29.99
For more information, visit: • new chapter outlines, learning objectives and careful
Corporations have tremendous
www.routledge.com/9780415534390 edits of Malcolm Knowles’ work to simplify the
resources to scan and evaluate
original theory
numerous environments before
developing specific strategies • updates to the second part to reflect the very latest
for market entry or market
New advancements in the field
development. However, global
competition has pushed
Continuing Professional • revisions throughout to make it more readable and
relevant to your practices.
corporations to become leaner Development If you are a specialist or student in education, an adult
and more competitive by forcing
Andrew Friedman, University of Bristol, UK learning practitioner, training manager, or involved in
them to effectively manage their
human resource development, this is the definitive book
core competences locally and Continuing Professional in adult learning you shouldn’t be without.
globally. In the same way, Development (CPD) is the
telecommunication advancements, strategic restructurings means by which the professions 2011: 229 x 152: 392pp
and the widespread use of outsourcing strategies have across the world ensure that Pb: 978-1-85617-811-2: £31.99
forced workers to compete intensively for jobs and careers their knowledge and skills For more information, visit:
within and across many national boundaries. remain up to date and relevant www.routledge.com/9781856178112
Despite the fact that national governments, educational to changing needs and
institutions and corporations all play a vital role in job environments.
and career dynamics, more and more the burden is on Starting with a discussion on 3rd Edition
individuals to indentify, develop and manage career what CPD is, the author analyzes
paths that are satisfying and rewarding. how professional bodies govern
Coaching
This book will not only provide the individual with the CPD, what support they provide James Flaherty
tools necessary to evaluate various domestic and to individual professionals and
Coaching, 3rd edition is a rich
international career markets but also present strategies how they measure or evaluate what individuals do under
learning resource guide for new
to help them package and market their skills and the provenance of CPD. Continuing Professional
and experienced coaches who
competencies at home and abroad. Development explains why, up to now, CPD has been a
want to challenge their
relatively neglected subject in spite of it being carried out
methods of partnering with
June 2012: 254 x 190: 350pp by millions. It argues whether a variety of perspectives or
clients. It is also an inspiring
Hb: 978-0-415-89130-1: £75.00 visions of CPD has held back wider public appreciation of
Pb: 978-0-415-89131-8: £55.00
guide for training managers
it and if greater co-ordination by professional bodies, or
eBook: 978-0-203-10746-1 and leaders, human resource
the introduction of new players to the field, will change
development managers and
For more information, visit: this in the future.
general managers who want to
Providing the first comprehensive study of the subject, develop their teams.
this innovative book will be required reading for CPD
This third edition includes a new
professionals and researchers and is a fascinating read
chapter on communication and
for all professionals, especially those involved with
a new central case study that runs throughout the book
human resource development and management /
to illustrate the impact of the themes and concepts
leadership development.
discussed in the book.
December 2012: 229 x 152: 288pp
2010: 234 x 156: 264pp
Pb: 978-0-415-67925-1: £34.99
Pb: 978-1-85617-816-7: £23.99

New New New

Goal-Focused Coaching Human Resource Development Managing Performance Abroad
Theory and Practice as We Know It A New Model for Understanding
Yossi Ives, Tag International Development, UK and Speeches that Have Shaped the Field Expatriate Adjustment
Elaine Cox, Oxford Brookes Business School, UK Arno Haslberger, Webster University, Austria,
Edited by Monica Lee, University of Lancaster, UK
This book offers a comprehensive, practical guide to Thomas Hippler, Swansea University, UK and
goal-focused coaching. Addressing a significant gap in Series: Routledge Studies in Human Resource Chris Brewster, University of Reading, UK
the literature, Ives and Cox contextualize goal-focused Development
Series: Routledge Studies in Human Resource
coaching within the broader coaching framework and ’This unique book captures the essence of the
Development
explain the efficacy of this approach across a number of human resource development field in its
contexts and applications. complexity of meaning and contexts. The broad ’As corporate reputations come under scrutiny,
range of topics is ageless and inspiring, providing well-adjusted expatriates representing
The book draws on behavioral science, rather than
the reader with an insightful and vibrant tapestry multinational organizations can be a make or break
humanistic psychology, to provide a well-researched,
of the science and art of our field of scholarship factor. This timely volume is essential reading for
evidence-based guide that includes:
and practice.’ – Maria Cseh, George Washington managers and students of international business
• a detailed examination of the theoretical University, USA and management.’ – Stephen Perkins, University of
underpinnings of this approach Bradfordshire, UK
The field of Human Resource Development has
• a discussion of the skills, models and formats for developed largely through academics, scholars and In a global economy full of multinational firms,
goal-focused coaching reflective practitioners from across the world coming international human resource management including
• cutting edge insights into barriers to coaching and together. Many people link memorable keynote expatriation, career management, and talent
managing the coaching relationship speeches to changes in their research, practice, career management is a growing topic in the business and
path or even life view. Good keynote speeches are a management literature and in universities. A thorough
• summaries, vignettes, references and diagrams to
forthright statement of the expert’s view and thus are understanding of the adjustment of expatriates to their
aid learning.
often not published. Now that HRD is maturing there is new environment is critical not only for selection and
Goal-focused Coaching will be of interest to students a need to recapture some of those earlier moments – preparation of potential expatriates, but also for the
taking classes in coaching, as well as professional both as a form of archive, and also to shed light on the management of expatriate performance. Managed well,
executive coaches. path that has been followed. expatriates can be key contributors to organizational
Selected Contents: Preface Anthony Grant. Introduction: success while abroad and after repatriation. Poor
Twenty-one speeches seminal to the field of HRD are
Aims and Structure of the Book 1. What is Goal-Focused understanding and management of expatriate issues, on
included in this volume, and each of the authors has
Coaching? 2. Goal-Focused Coaching Theory 3. Change, the other hand, may lead to underperformance and
Progress and Goal-Focused Coaching 4. Relationship done more than just replicate the speech. In so far as
increased turnover of expatriates and repatriates. This
Management in Goal-Focused Coaching 5. The Solution these speeches are milestones along the path of the
book summarizes and extends what is known about the
Focus in Goal-Focused Coaching 6. Managing the Coaching development of the field, the authors have commented
topic of expatriate management and adjustment,
Process 7. Formats of Goal-Focused Coaching 8. Goal on where their speech was positioned at the time it was
covering all the major authors and presenting a new
Setting 9. Action Planning 10. Motivation in Goal-Focused given, and how the field has developed since. In this way
approach to the adjustment process, which provides
Coaching 11. Models and Skills 12. Feedback 13. Complete the book is a resource, not only for those who wish to
guidance for researchers and practitioners alike.
Goal-Focused Coaching Process 14. Applications of relive their pivotal moments, but also for anyone
Goal-Focused Coaching. Appendix: Conducting the Research interested in the development of HRD as a discipline. At present, expatriate adjustment is only covered as a
chapter in books on international HRM and HRD. Much
July 2012: 229 x 152: 224pp February 2012: 229 x 152: 380pp of this literature relies on out-dated concepts and
Hb: 978-0-415-80895-8: £65.00 Hb: 978-0-415-89618-4: £80.00 evidence. Furthermore, most business research and
Pb: 978-0-415-80896-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-12685-1 management publications use an expatriate adjustment
eBook: 978-0-203-13164-0
For more information, visit: model that was originally published about two decades
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415896184 ago. The field has grown significantly in terms of studies
and publications, but theoretical development has been
lacking. This book is the first dedicated solely to the
subject of expatriate adjustment, enabling readers to
Human Resource Management in Nonprofit Organizations formulate research questions and hypotheses and
develop expatriation policies and support systems that
Alina McCandless Baluch, Leibniz University of Hannover, Germany
optimize the performance of expatriates. It also provides
Series: Routledge Studies in the Management of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations a re-formulation of the model underlying management
’There are many strengths to this volume: the European context; the case study research about expatriate adjustment.
evidence drawn from a diverse range of nonprofit organizations; and the Selected Contents: Part 1: Background 1. Introduction
specific focus on HRM as a discipline rather than a passing reference to ‘people 2. What We Know So Far Part 2: A More Sophisticated
management’ made in many Strategic Management texts.’ – Gillian Kellock, Glasgow Model of Individual Adjustment 3. Model Overview
Caledonian University, UK 4. Dimensions of Adjustment 5. Adjustment Domains
6. Dynamics of Individual Adjustment Part 3: Model
Human resource management (HRM) can aid nonprofit organizations (NPOs) in facing Extensions 7. Family Adjustment 8. Antecedents of
uncertain, changing environments of funding pressures, increasing competition and Adjustment 9. Outcomes of Adjustment 10. Repatriation
demand for services as well as internal challenges. As the distinguishing features of NPOs Adjustment 11. Conclusion
can render the professionalization of HRM different from the private and public sectors, this
book fills a gap in the literature by offering an in-depth look at how this distinctive nature of December 2012: 229 x 152: 232pp
NPOs shapes the development and implementation of their HR practices. Timely and topical, Hb: 978-0-415-53647-9: £80.00
this book addresses the professionalization of HRM in the nonprofit sector using examples eBook: 978-0-203-11146-8
from an exploratory multiple case study of NPOs selected across different fields. Not only For more information, visit:
does it offer both students and practitioners in the field of HRM and nonprofit management a better understanding www.routledge.com/9780415536479
of the specific challenges for HRM that stem from the management of several, contradictory bottom lines in NPOs,
but it also highlights the opportunities that distinguishing nonprofit features create for the development and
implementation of HR practices. By illustrating how NPOs can invest in learning and adapting processes that aid them
in the alteration of HRM, this book is an essential resource for those involved in designing, implementing and
studying HRM in NPOs.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Change and HRM in NPOs 3. Applying the Dynamic Capabilities Approach to
Understand Change in NPOs 4. Research Methods 5. Multiple Case Study 6. Discussion, Conclusions and Implications for
the Alteration of HRM in NPOs
2011: 229 x 152: 324pp

Hb: 978-0-415-89617-7: £80.00 • eBook: 978-0-203-14709-2

Rewarding Performance New

Routledge Research in
Guiding Principles; Custom Strategies Privatization of Public Services Employment Relations
Robert J. Greene, Reward Systems, Inc, USA Impacts for Employment, Working
This book demonstrates how to Conditions, and Service Quality in Europe Series Edited by Edmund Heery, Cardiff
use different performance and
rewards management strategies Edited by Christoph Hermann and Jörg Flecker, University, UK and Richard Delbridge,
for different categories of both at University of Vienna, Austria
Cardiff University, UK
employees in organizations, Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work
whether they are multinationals Relations in Context Aspects of the employment relationship
or firms in a single location.
‘This book is an outstanding analysis of the mode are central to numerous courses both at
and consequences of privatization and undergraduate and postgraduate level.
liberalisation of public services in Europe. Its
comprehensive comparison of both sectors and Drawing on insights from industrial
countries makes it useful for both the academic relations, human resource management
audience and practitioners.’ - Franz Traxler, Institut für and industrial sociology, this series
2010: 246 x 174: 304pp Wirtschaftssoziologie, Austria
Hb: 978-0-415-80282-6: £75.00 provides an alternative source of
Pb: 978-0-415-80283-3: £29.99
Public services throughout Europe have undergone
dramatic restructuring processes in recent years in research-based materials reviewing key
connection with liberalization and privatization. While developments in employment research.
evaluations of the successes of public services have
focused on prices and efficiency, much less attention has
New been paid to the impacts of liberalization and New
privatization on employment, labor relations, and
Rediscovering Collective working conditions. This book addresses this gap by Trade Unions and
illustrating the ways in which liberalization has
Bargaining contributed to increasing private and foreign ownership Workplace Training
of public services, the decentralization of labor relations Issues and International Perspectives
Australia’s Fair Work Act in has amplified pressure on wages, and decreasing
International Perspective employment numbers and increasing workloads have Edited by Richard Cooney, Monash University,
improved productivity partly at the cost of service quality. Australia and Mark Stuart, University of Leeds, UK
Edited by Breen Creighton, Royal Melbourne
Institute of Technology, Australia and Examining diverse public-service sectors including This book examines contemporary trade union
Anthony Forsyth, Monash University, Australia network industries, public transportation, and hospitals, approaches to vocational education, workplace training
and using international case studies, Privatization of and skill development. It explores the role that unions
Series: Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Public Services covers a wide range of aspects of service have played in the reform of vocational education and
Relations in Context provision, with particular emphasis on companies and training systems; the nature of union involvement in
’Captures well the emerging global trend towards workers. The result is a unique picture of the changes consultative mechanisms at a national and industry level;
collectivization legislation as portrayed by Australia’s created by the liberalization processes in Europe. the nature of union involvement in skill formation at the
Fair Work Act of 2009 and comprehensively subjects Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Christoph Hermann and workplace, and the development of mechanisms for the
that trend to the scrutiny of comparative law Jörg Flecker 2. The Process of Liberalisation, Privatisation articulation of employee voice in the design, delivery and
perspective.’ – Paul Secunda, Marquette University, USA and Marketisation Christoph Hermann and Koen Verhoest assessment of vocational training.
This book examines countries that have tried, with 3. Concentration and Disintegration: Company Responses in Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Trade Unions and
varying degrees of success, to use legislative strategies to the Electricity Sector and Consequences for Employment Vocational Education and Training in Theory and Practice
Christoph Hermann and Richard Pond 4. Between Former Richard Cooney and Mark Stuart Part 1: The Theory and
encourage and support collective bargaining, including
Monopolists and New Competitors: Fragmentation and Practice of Unions and Training 2. Conceptualising
Australia’s Fair Work Act. It is the first major study of the Deterioration of Employment Conditions in Postal Services Employee Voice on Workplace Training Provision and
operation and impact of the new collective bargaining Torsten Brandt and Christoph Hermann 5. Outsourcing, Employability in Britain: An Emergent Process Helen Rainbird
framework introduced under the Fair Work Act, Competitive Tendering and Changing Working Conditions in 3. The Dimensions of Union Interest in Training: Trade
combining theoretical and practical perspectives. In Local Public Transport Jörg Flecker and Christer Thörnqvist Unions and Workplace Training in Australia Richard Cooney
addition, a number of comparative pieces provide rich 6. Hospitals under Growing Pressure from Marketisation and Part 2: Unions, Training and Social Institutions
insights into the Australian legislation’s adaptation of Privatisation Thorsten Schulten and Nils Böhlke 7. Company 4. Moving Beyond the Rhetoric? Unions and Training in
concepts from overseas collective bargaining systems – Responses to Liberalisation and Privatisation and Canada: Challenges and Policy Perspectives Jean Charest
including good faith bargaining, and majority employee Consequences for Employment and Working Conditions Jörg 5. Trade Unions and Workplace Training in France:
support as the basis for establishing bargaining rights. Flecker and Christoph Hermann 8. Privatisation and the Social Partners and VET Francoise Le Deist and Jonathan
Contributors to this volume are all leading labor law, Impact on Employment Wieslawa Kozek, Beata Radzka and Winterton 6. The Shifting Role of Trade Unions in the
industrial relations, and human resource management Christoph Hermann 9. Privatisation and the Impact on German VET System Vera Trappmann 7. Trade Union
scholars from Australia, and from Britain, Canada, New Labour Relations Thorsten Schulten and Torsten Brandt Involvement in Lifelong Learning in Norway Berit Kvalsvik
10. The Struggle for Public Services Christoph Hermann, Teige and Mark Stuart Part 3: Training and Union
Zealand and the United States.
Julia Kubisa and Thorsten Schulten 11. The Citizen-User Renewal 8. American Unions and the Institutionalisation
Perspective: Results From a Cross-Country Survey Guy van of Workplace Learning: Innovations for New Work Systems
May 2012: 229 x 152: 320pp
Gyes and Sem Vandekerckhove 12. Conclusion: Impacts of and Labor Movement Renewal Daniel Marschall 9. Social
Hb: 978-0-415-52927-3: £80.00
Public Service Liberalisation and Privatisation Christoph Dialogue or State Monologue? The Role of Unions in the
eBook: 978-0-203-11221-2
Hermann and Jörg Flecker. Contributors. Notes. Index UK Learning and Skills System Bert Clough. Notes on
For more information, visit: Contributors. Notes. Index
www.routledge.com/9780415529273 April 2012: 229 x 152: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88493-8: £80.00 April 2012: 229 x 152: 192pp
eBook: 978-0-203-11960-0 Hb: 978-0-415-44334-0: £80.00
Recommend key titles to
your librarian today!
Ensure that your library has access
to all the latest publications.
Visit www.routledge.com/info/librarian.asp
today and complete our online
Library Recommendation Form.

New New New

Men, Wage Work and Family The Transformation of Modern Labour Economics
Edited by Paula McDonald, School of Management, Employment Relations Peter Sloane, Paul Latreille and Nigel O’Leary,
Queensland University of Technology, Australia and all at University of Wales, UK
Institutions and Outcomes in the
Emma Jeanes, University of Exeter, UK Labour economics as a discipline has changed
Age of Globalization
This edited book brings together empirical studies of the dramatically in recent years. Gone are the days of a ’job
work-life nexus with a specific focus on men’s working Edited by Valeria Pulignano, KU Leuven, Belgium, for life’. These days, firms and employees are part of a
time arrangements, how men navigate and traverse paid Jim Arrowsmith, University of Warwick, UK and less regulated, more fluid, and more international labour
work and family commitments, and the impact of public Giuseppea Della Rocca, University of Calabria, Italy market and knowledge, training, human resource
and organizational policies on men’s participation in development and human capital are all major factors on
Since the 1980s, the process of European economic
work, leisure, and other life domains. The book is the contemporary scene.
integration, within a wider context of globalization, has
innovative in that it presents both macro (institutional, accelerated employment change and placed a new This new textbook is the first properly international
how policy affects practice) and micro (individual, from premium on ‘flexible’ forms of work organization. The textbook to reflect these swingeing changes. Its key
men’s own perspectives) level studies, allowing for a rich institutions of employment relations, specifically those areas of concentration include:
and contrasting exploration of how men’s participation concerning collective bargaining between employers and
in paid work and other domains is divided, conflicted, or • the increasing importance of human capital including
trade unions, have had to adapt accordingly. The education and occupational choice
integrated. Taking an international focus, Men, Wage Transformation of Employment Relations focuses not just
Work and Family contrasts various public and • the major subdivision of personnel economics
on recent change, but charts the strategic choices that
organizational policies and how these policies impact including economic inactivity and absenteeism
have influenced employment relations and examines
men’s opportunities and participation in paid work and these key developments in a comparative perspective. • comparative cross country studies and the impact of
non-work domains in industrialised countries in Europe, globalization and migration on national labour markets
North America, and Australia. A historical and cross-national analysis of the most
important and controversial ‘issues’ explores the • equal opportunities and issues of discrimination on the
May 2012: 229 x 152: 176pp motivation of the actors, the implementation of change, basis of race, gender and disability.
Hb: 978-0-415-89376-3: £80.00 and its evolution in a diverse European context. The Other issues explored include the supply and demand of
eBook: 978-0-203-11509-1 book highlights the policies and the role played by labour, wages, the current role of trade unions and
For more information, visit: different institutional and social actors (employers, working time. The book is written in a clear, accessible
www.routledge.com/9780415893763 management, trade unions, professional associations way with some mathematical exposition, reflecting the
and governments) and assesses the extent to which text’s grounding in current microeconomic theory. The
these policies and roles have had significant effects on book also contains case studies designed to illuminate
New outcomes. This comparative analysis of the theoretical concepts and exercises and discussion
transformation of work and employment regulation, questions to test the students understanding of the
Gendering and Diversifying within the context of a quarter-century timeframe, has various concepts outlined in the text.
not been undertaken in any other book. But this is no
Trade Union Leadership comparative handbook in which changes are largely October 2012: 246 x 174: 576pp
Edited by Sue Ledwith, Ruskin College, UK and described on a country-by-country basis, but instead, Hb: 978-0-415-46980-7: £105.00
The Transformation of Employment Relations is rather Pb: 978-0-415-46981-4: £31.99
Lise Lotte Hansen, Roskilde University, Denmark
focused thematically. As Europe copes with a serious For more information, visit:
Examining the experiences of leadership among trade economic crisis, understanding of the dynamics of work www.routledge.com/9780415469814
unionists in a range of unions and labor movements transformation has never been more important.
around the world, Gendering and Diversifying Trade
Union Leadership addresses perspectives of women Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Valeria Pulignano, James
Arrowsmith and Giuseppe DellaRocca Part 1: Changing New
and men from a range of identities such as race/
Issues in Employment Relations 2. Wage Regulation
ethnicity, sexuality, and age. This volume analyses 2nd Edition
Marteen Keune and Kurt Vandaele 3. Working Time Jim
existing models of leadership in various political
organisational forms, especially trade unions, but also
Arrowsmith 4. Contractual Flexibility Roberto Pedersini
5. Employability Jonathan Winterton 6. Work Organization
Learning in the Workplace
including business and management approaches, Ludger Pries 7. ‘Flexicurity‘ Ton Wilthagen 8. Non-Union A Toolkit to Support Learning and
leadership forms which arise from fields such as Forms of Employee Representation Rafal Towalski
community, pedagogy, and the third sector.
Assessment
Part 2: Emerging Areas of Collective Negotiation and
Analyzing and critiquing concepts, expectations, and Employment Regulation 9. Private Sector Employment Joan Mulholland, University of Ulster, UK and
Relations in Western Europe: Collective Bargaining Under Chris Turnock, Northumbria University, UK
experiences of union leaders and leadership in labor
Pressure? Keith Sisson 10. Public Sector Employment
organizations, comparing and contrasting gender, This toolkit is designed for preparing practitioners for a
Relations: Performance Management and Collective
cultural and diversity perspectives, contributors to the Bargaining Giuseppe Della Rocca 11. Emerging Systems of mentorship role in their workplace. It enables readers to
volume draw on empirical research to identify key ideas, Employment Relations in CEE Countries Guglielmo Meardi recognise learning opportunities, communicate their
beliefs and experiences critical to achieving change, 12. Europe and the System of Employment Relations Valeria professional knowledge, provide students with
setting up resistance, and in transforming the inertia of Pulignano 13. Conclusion: European Employment Relations appropriate support, judge performance, co-ordinate
traditionalism. Transformed Valeria Pulignano, James Arrowsmith and student contact with others in the workplace and
Giuseppe DellaRocca develop awareness of the needs of students from diverse
July 2012: 229 x 152: 336pp backgrounds. With plenty of activities and questions,
Hb: 978-0-415-88485-3: £80.00 December 2012: 229 x 152: 256pp the reader can assess their knowledge base and apply
the concepts in the toolkit to their work setting.
www.routledge.com/9780415875936 This new edition is fully updated and now includes:
international contexualisation; more coverage on
meeting the diverse needs of students; and a new
chapter on meeting professional standards, which
discusses the NMC standards as well as those of other
disciplines. A new companion website makes valuable
supplementary material available – including further
activities and articles on managing the placement
learning experience, developing new supervisors, and
making the most of reflection among others.
September 2012: 297 x 210: 152pp

Hb: 978-0-415-53789-6: £85.00
Pb: 978-0-415-53790-2: £26.99

New New iN 2013 New

Managing Across Diverse Understanding Management Workplace Bullying
Cultures in East Asia in China Symptoms and Solutions
Edited by Malcolm Warner, University of Malcolm Warner, University of Cambridge, UK Edited by Noreen Tehrani, Employee Support
Cambridge, UK Training and Development, Twickenham, UK
Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of
The recent global financial crisis has raised the possibility Asia Is bullying really that bad? Why
of re-ordering the international system both globally and do some people just watch it
China has become one of the fastest-growing happening? How do you know
regionally, and the inter-relationships between the economies in the world ever seen in recent times. In the
players in East Asia have become more complex. This if it is bullying or strong
last three decades China has transformed itself from a management? What kind of
book focuses on the economic backgrounds, cultural command economy to a market one, albeit ’with
settings and management systems of China, Hong leaders are able to create
socialist characteristics’, and its management systems positive working environments?
Kong, Japan, South Korea and Taiwan. have been reformed accordingly. In the light of these
changes, Malcolm Warner, one of the leading authorities The effects of bullying on
September 2012: 234 x 156: 240pp organisations and individuals
Hb: 978-0-415-68089-9: £95.00
on management in China, explores the past, present and
future of Chinese management. The book examines the can be devastating and can
Pb: 978-0-415-68090-5: £27.99
eBook: 978-0-203-10695-2 history of management practices in ’the Middle adversely affect both the
Kingdom’, outlining the influence of traditional Chinese workers themselves and the
values, especially the Confucian inheritance, and also the productivity of the organisation
legacy of the imperial bureaucracy with its meritocratic that they work for. This book explores the impact of
examination system, and the impact of industrialization bullying from the perspective of both the employee and
New and the influx of foreign-owned businesses in the late the organisation in which they work. In addition to
nineteenth century. It considers the current state of describing the negative outcome of bullying, Workplace
Managers and Management China’s management, showing how a new breed of Bullying also looks at ways to promote resilience and the
opportunity for growth and learning to take place.
manager has evolved since the beginning of Deng
in Vietnam Xiaoping’s reforms. The book concludes with reflections
on how management in China is likely to develop in February 2012: 216 x 138: 320pp
Vincent Edwards, Buckinghamshire New University, Hb: 978-0-415-61707-9: £65.00
future, especially on how far it will converge with global
UK and Anh Phan Pb: 978-0-415-61708-6: £22.99
practices or how far management ’with Chinese
Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of characteristics’ will prevail. For more information, visit:
Asia
March 2013: 234 x 156: 224pp
This book presents a comprehensive overview of managers
Hb: 978-0-415-50611-3: £90.00
and management in Vietnam, based on extensive original Pb: 978-0-415-50612-0: £27.99 New
research, including interviews with a large number of
managers in Vietnam. It shows how management in For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415506120 Interactional Coaching
Vietnam is best understood from the perspective of
Vietnamese managers themselves, rather than in terms of Choice-focused Learning at Work
Western or Asian models of management. New Michael Harvey, founder, Interactional Coaching,
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Philosophical London, UK
Foundations: Confucianism, Marxism-Leninism, Capitalism, New Models of Human Series: Essential Coaching Skills and Knowledge
Nationalism 3. The Evolution and Structure of the
Vietnamese Economy 4. Company Contexts: PDEs, SOEs, Resource Management in Interactional Coaching is a
FOEs and jvs 5. The Evolution of Vietnamese Management powerful, one-to-one learning
6. The Human Side of Management: Sense and Sensibility China and India approach, used successfully for
7. Development and Self-Development 8. Characterising over fifteen years, that enables
Alan Nankervis, RMIT University, Australia,
Vietnamese Managers and Management 9. Whither executives to make the choices
Vietnamese Management? Fang Lee Cooke, Monash University, Australia,
Samir Chatterjee, Curtin University, Australia and that work for them. Drawing on
existential philosophy,
August 2012: 234 x 156: 192pp Malcolm Warner, University of Cambridge, UK
Hb: 978-0-415-58459-3: £85.00
psychotherapy and business
Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of theory, interactional coaching
Asia uses innovative techniques to
This book presents a comprehensive analysis of the help clients identify their best
similarities and differences of contemporary human possible choices and effectively
resource management systems, processes and practices put them into practice.
related journals in the two increasingly important economic great Featuring numerous case studies, which integrate
powers in Asia. theoretical principles with practical tools, Interactional
Selected Contents: 1. The Asian Century: The Shift of Coaching illustrates:
Human Resource Development Global Economic Power to Asia 2. Cultural and Traditional • coaching for vision and other time-related issues
International Legacies and Leadership Values in China and India 3. Human
Resource Management in Transition: China and India • coaching in the personal dimension
Editor: Rob Poell, Tilburg University, The Netherlands
4. Transformation in Industrial Relations in China and India • coaching interactional strategy and skills
www.tandfonline.com/rhrd 5. Changing Talent Attraction and Retention Strategies in
• coaching conflicts and dilemmas
China and India 6. Managing Performance, Human Resource
The International Journal of Human Development, and Rewards Systems in China and India • coaching creativity and communication
7. The Dynamic Human Resource Management Architecture
Resource Management of Chinese and Indian Global Organisations 8. The Future of
• coaching leadership and managerial expertise.
Editor: Michael Poole, University of Cardiff, UK Human Resource Management Systems in China and India Interactional Coaching is essential reading for anyone
interested in a new, comprehensive approach to helping
Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences
September 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp coachees develop the self-knowledge and interpersonal
Citation Index® Hb: 978-0-415-67527-7: £85.00 skills necessary for achievement in today’s workplace.
www.tandfonline.com/rijh For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415675277 January 2012: 198 x 129: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-61473-3: £55.00
Pb: 978-0-415-61472-6: £16.99

l e ade r s h i P 25
New
Solution Focused Coaching
leadershiP New
Tools and Techniques of
in Practice Leadership and Management
Bill O’Connell, Focus on Solutions, UK,
New Meeting the Challenge of Complexity
Stephen Palmer, Centre for Coaching, 2nd Edition – Textbook Ralph Stacey, University of Hertfordshire, UK
Hertfordshire, UK and Helen Williams, Centre for
Coaching, International Academy for Professional Dilemmas of Leadership Many of today’s books on the tools and techniques of
leadership and management provide descriptions of long
Development, Hertfordshire, UK Tudor Rickards, University of Manchester, UK lists for use in decision-making, leading, coaching and
Series: Essential Coaching Skills and Knowledge ’There has never been a project management. This book takes a completely
Solution Focused Coaching in time in our history when different approach. It contests the claims that the tools
Practice is a practical ‘how-to’ leadership has been more and techniques are based on evidence and explains why
guide that provides an important. Tudor Rickards’ human activities of leading and managing are simply not
invaluable overview of Solution Dilemmas of Leadership will amenable to scientific proof and consequently, why
Focused Coaching skills and help each of us bring the long-term futures of organizations are unpredictable.
techniques. perspectives we need to lead The book undertakes a critical exploration of just what
Reflecting upon published in the twenty-first century.’ these tools and techniques are about; showing that
research on the solution- - Nancy J. Adler, McGill while they may lead to competent performance they
focused approach, Bill University, Canada cannot go further to expert performance because
O’Connell, Stephen Palmer and Building upon the success of expertise involves going beyond rules and procedures.
Helen Williams bring their own the first edition and complemented by an array of Ralph Stacey investigates the many questions that are
experiences of Solution Focused student-friendly features, including case studies and thrown up as a result of this new approach. Questions
Coaching together with others videos, this text takes the reader through a journey of such as:
in the field to cover topics such as: dilemmas apparent within leadership studies. • How do we apply this new way of thinking?
• the Coach-coachee relationship • What are the practical tools and techniques it gives us?
2011: 246 x 189: 280pp
• the role of technology in coaching Hb: 978-0-415-61853-3: £95.00 • What is the role of leaders in an unpredictable world?
Pb: 978-0-415-61854-0: £32.99
• inclusive coaching • How does complexity affect the way organizations are
eBook: 978-0-203-14425-1
• group and team coaching structured and function?
• practical issues and skills. www.routledge.com/9780415618540 This book will be relevant to students on courses and
modules that deal with leadership, decision-making and
Incorporating coachee case studies, worksheets, practice
organizational development and behaviour as well as
tips and discussion points - the skills, strategies and
techniques in this book are straightforward to apply and
New professional leaders and managers who want to develop
their own understanding and techniques.
can be used in most coaching settings. This practical
book is essential reading for experienced personal or
Building Leaders
June 2012: 234 x 156: 216pp
executive coaches, managers considering introducing a Paving the Path for Emerging Leaders Hb: 978-0-415-53117-7: £95.00
new and better coaching culture for their staff, and for Pb: 978-0-415-53118-4: £33.99
Charles R. Stoner, Bradley University, USA and
those just starting out on their coaching journey. eBook: 978-0-203-11589-3
Jason Stoner, Ohio University, USA
June 2012: 198 x 129: 224pp This book is written for www.routledge.com/9780415531184
Hb: 978-0-415-44706-5: £55.00 emerging leaders. It is designed
Pb: 978-0-415-44707-2: £16.99 to help these leaders bridge the
For more information, visit: gap between stepping into New
www.routledge.com/9780415447072 positions of leadership and
emerging as confident and 2nd Edition
respected difference makers.
Global Leadership
This book is designed as a
’deep-dive into the real world Research, Practice, and Development
of the emerging leader.’ Within Edited by Mark E. Mendenhall, University of
this text, award-winning scholar Tennessee at Chattanooga, USA, Joyce Osland,
and leader-coach Charles San Jose State University, California, USA, Allan Bird,
Stoner meets emerging leaders
Northeastern University, China Martha L. Maznevski,
where they are and focus on the issues that are most
Routledge
McIntire School of Commercie, University of Virginia,
problematic for them. In that regard, the themes of this
book have been tested and refined by his close work USA, Michael J. Stevens, Weber State University, USA
with those who are facing the challenges of emerging and Günter K. Stahl, INSEAD
Business leadership. From the development of leadership skills to

the practice and application of successful strategies,
Stoner offers tools, ideas, and evidence-based advice to
Global Leadership, Second Edition, provides an
important overview of a key emerging area within
business and management. It is essential reading for
is on facebook these up-and-coming leaders in an indispensable text

that is direct, pragmatic, and action-oriented.
students of leadership, organizational theory, strategic
management, human resource management, and for
anyone working and managing in the global arena.
July 2012: 229 x 152: 300pp
www.facebook.com/ Hb: 978-0-415-89930-7: £60.00 July 2012: 235 x 156: 260pp
bme.routledge Pb: 978-0-415-89931-4: £29.99
eBook: 978-0-203-18257-4
Hb: 978-0-415-80885-9: £65.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80886-6: £27.99

26 lea d ershiP
New iN 2013 New The Power of Paradox

2nd Edition Developing High Performance The Protean Leader and Leading in
Global Business Leadership Uncertain Times
Leaders
Nina Rosoff
Eileen S. Wibbeke and Cynthia Loubier Ricca Philip R. Harris, Harris International Limited, USA
The Power of Paradox: The
This volume of Global Business Leadership outlines the Every leader has human resource management and Protean Leader and Leading
seven-key points of the Geoleadership Model, including development responsibilities. Using a behavioural science in Uncertain Times describes
new information on vital topics such as: perspective, Developing High Performance Leaders will seven leadership paradoxes
• new research on the influence of culture on leadership enable leaders throughout the various business sectors that are inherent in running
to increase the yield on their organization’s human today’s complex and changing
• leadership examples of growing self-awareness
capital and help their team members achieve their goals. organizations. They represent
movement of acting locally while influencing globally
In this instructive book, Philip Harris centres his teaching the fundamental issues that
• managing knowledge-based workers to increase
around five key aspects of the leadership process: modern leaders must recognize
intercultural and leadership consciousness
• human behaviour and performance and deal with effectively to
• effect of gender on rise of leadership development succeed.
programs • communications
• influence of social media on how leaders relate to • cultural influences
both peers and followers in virtual marketplace. • organizational relations 2011: 229 x 152: 240pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87510-3: £55.00
The second edition of the bestselling textbook has been • change management. Pb: 978-0-415-87511-0: £19.99
updated with a synopsis of the latest changes in the
A selection of strategies to take forward into practice are For more information, visit:
fields of intercultural communication and leadership
offered to the reader and the text is organized with a www.routledge.com/9780415875110
development. This includes new benchmark case studies
view to the leader sharing the learning obtained from
from some of the world’s foremost companies; updates on
this volume. For personal or group growth, each chapter
previous cases; a wealth of proven guidelines, tools, and
models; and two new chapters focusing on the influence
is framed in terms of four ’I’s’: Introduction, Input, Leadership Insight
Interaction and Instrumentation, to provide an ideal
of gender and technology on culture and leadership. Nancy J. Adler, McGill
framework for any adult education endeavour.
This second edition also emphasizes practical examples University, Canada
Aided by a wealth of supplementary material,
of individuals and organizations that have utilized the
Developing High Performance Leaders is for all human
core concept of ’geoleadership’—including updated 2010: : 184pp
resource development professionals, supervisors, Pb: 978-0-415-87762-6: £29.99
research and statistics from those at the forefront of
managers and executives concerned with the career
various industries, including finance, healthcare, and
development of themselves and their team.
manufacturing.
With contributions and endorsements from some of May 2012: 234 x 156: 304pp
the most important thought leaders in leadership Hb: 978-0-415-50069-2: £125.00
development and intercultural communication, this
eBook: 978-0-203-11880-1 www.routledge.com/9780415877626
edition offers a resource for designing, delivering, and
evaluating successful leadership theories and practices For more information, visit:
to both academics and practitioners. www.routledge.com/9780415500685
Selected Contents: 1. Geoleadership Challenges 2. Culture
and Leadership 3. The Principle of ’Care’ 4. The Principle of
’Communication’ 5. The Principle of ’Consciousness’ 6. The
New
Principle of ’Contrasts’ 7. The Principle of ’Context’ 8. The
Principle of ’Change’ 9. The Principle of ’Capability’ Leadership in the Public Sector
10. Gender and Leadership 11. Technology and Leadership Promise and Pitfalls
12. Geoleadership in the Community
Edited by Christine Teelken, VU Amsterdam, the
June 2013: 234 x 156: 224pp Netherlands, Ewan Ferlie, King’s College London,
Hb: 978-0-415-62981-2: £95.00
UK and Mike Dent, University of Staffordshire, UK
Pb: 978-0-415-62982-9: £27.99
For more information, visit: In view of the approaching age of austerity for the
www.routledge.com/9780415629829 public sector, leadership is likely to continue to become
a key theme. This edited volume brings together a host
of material from the public sector to analyze the issue
Liberating the Corporate Soul internationally.
Teelken, Dent & Ferlie lead a team of contributors in
Richard Barrett examining three key aspects of this increasingly
important theme:
1998: 248pp
Pb: 978-0-7506-7071-5: £29.99 • the meaning of public sector leadership, and how this
For more information, visit: changes in different contexts
www.routledge.com/9780750670715 • the implications for leadership style given the growing
role of the private sector
• the response to the leadership issue from professionals
moving into senior management roles.
With contributions from respected academics such as
Jean-Louis Denis, Mike Reed and Mirko Nordegraaf, this
book will be an invaluable supplementary resource for
those undertaking studies across public sector
management and administration.
May 2012: 229 x 152: 272pp

Hb: 978-0-415-59174-4: £80.00
eBook: 978-0-203-11976-1

Publ i c & n on -Prof i t man ag e m e n t 27
Public & non-Profit management

Routledge Masters in Public Management
Series Edited by Stephen P. Osborne, New iN 2013 New

University of Edinburgh, UK Making and Managing Managing Local Governments
Routledge Masters in Public Public Policy Designing Management Control Systems
Management is a series of original texts that Deliver Value
Duncan McTavish and Karen Miller, both at
which offers students and practitioners a Glasgow Caledonian University, UK Emanuele Padovani, University of Bologna, Italy
concise, coordinated and comprehensive Understanding how public policy is made and managed and David W. Young, University of Boston, USA
learning resource. is a key component in studying the disciplines of public Local Government is an area
management and administration. Such are the where management skills are
The series benefits from a coordinated complexities associated with this topic, a deeper tested to the extreme. With
format, including the use of such pedagogical understanding is vital to ensure that practising public political considerations evident
features as learning points, text boxes, managers excel in their roles. both locally and nationally,
This textbook synthesizes the key theories, providing a managing resources can be
annotated further reading and questions for complex and subject to change.
contemporary understanding of public policy and how it
further discussion. Each volume in the series relates to private and other sectors. In the second part, This book introduces new
stands in its own right as a textbook which is the book introduces the management and concepts and new ways of
essential reading for a particular module in a implementation of public policy, including outlines of doing business that can greatly
organizations, practices and instruments used. enhance the value of the
public management degree scheme. Taken services a local government
Pedagogical features include chapter synopses, learning
together, the series offers an integrated and objectives, boxed international cases and vignettes and provides to its citizens, without
up-to-date collection of core textbooks and further reading suggestions. This useful, concise textbook putting a greater financial burden on taxpayers.
will be required reading for public management students Padovani and Young present out-of-the-box thinking
supplementary reading that can provide the and all those interested in public policy. based on solid research and experience to discuss topics
backbone of any student’s study of public Selected Contents: Part 1: Background and Context of
such as:
management – whether based upon an MBA Policy-Making Introduction 1. The Policy Process and the • incorporating outcome indicators into strategic
Changing Domain of Public Policy 2. Where is Policy Made? planning and budgeting
or MPA programme, a stand-alone course or 3. How Does Policy-Making Occur? Part 2: Management • building a LG’s budget with ‘cost drivers’
through a period of individual study. Taking and Implementation of Policy 4. Policy Capacity
5. A World of Partnerships: Inter and Intra Organizational • expanding the concept of ‘enterprise funds’
an expert look at an increasingly important Relationships and Policy Implementation 6. Targets, • assessing and better managing the risk associated with
and complex discipline, this is a Performance and Public Management 7. Users, Consumers, outsourcing
groundbreaking series. Managers and Professionals. Conclusion
• using the concept of ‘shadow pricing’ to compare
July 2013: 234 x 156: 256pp public with private sector costs for services.
The resources represented in this series go Hb: 978-0-415-67994-7: £95.00
This book is a must-read for students of public
beyond the “toolkit” or “recipe” format Pb: 978-0-415-67995-4: £29.99
administration and management, senior and middle
which does not reflect the way working in For more information, visit: managers in local governments around the world,
the public sector actually happens. Rather, and citizens who are concerned with more effective
management of their local government’s programs
the series encourages the reader to develop and services.
the core managerial skills and critical A list of suggested extra case studies for each chapter,
thinking required to excel in this discipline. and a description of the process to follow for ordering
them, may be obtained by sending an email to
CrimsonCenter@cs.com. You should request the
Financial Management and Accounting in the Public Sector document ’Case Study Suggestions for Managing Local
Governments’.
Gary Bandy Selected Contents: 1. The Context for Management
In light of the worldwide economic crises, the public sector is coming under increasing Control Systems in Local Governments 2. Management
financial pressure as budgets are reduced on a large scale whilst demands for public services Control Systems: An Overview 3. Barriers to Effective
are on the rise. Management Control in Local Governments 4. The Structure
for Management Control 5. Programming 6. Budgeting
In such austere times managers working in the public sector are confronted daily with 7. Measuring Full Costs and Setting Prices 8. Measuring
targets and demands that are often set in confusing accounting and financial language. Differential Costs and Assessing Outsourcing Opportunities
In Financial Management and Accounting in the Public Sector, Gary Bandy employs a clear 9. Measuring Performance 10. Reporting and Action
and concise narrative to introduce the core concepts of accounting and financial 11. The Organizational Context for a LG’s Management
management in the public sector and how to deliver services that are value for money. Control System
With a glossary of terms to help managers understand and be understood by accountants,
2011: 234 x 156: 352pp
as well as learning objectives and discussion questions, this ’hands-on’ textbook will help Hb: 978-0-415-78329-3: £95.00
students of public management and administration to understand the financial and Pb: 978-0-415-78330-9: £29.99
accounting aspects of creating public value.
Selected Contents: 1. The Context of Managing Public Money 2. Budgets and Budgeting 3. Taxation and other Sources www.routledge.com/9780415783309
of Income 4. Controlling Income and Expenditure 5. Financial Aspects of Decision Making 6. Partnerships and Contracts
7. Accountability and Financial Reporting 8. Audit 9. Measuring Performance and Value-for-Money 10. Conclusion: Ten
Principles for Managing Public Money
2011: 234 x 156: 304pp

Hb: 978-0-415-58831-7: £95.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-58832-4: £29.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-80783-5

28 P u b lic & non -Profit man ageme n t
Routledge Masters in Public Management (continued)
New New New

Human Resource Management Marketing Management Ethics and Management in
in Public Service Organizations and Communications in the the Public Sector
Edited by Rona S. Beattie, Glasgow Caledonian Public Sector Alan Lawton, Monash University, Australia,
University, UK and Jennifer Waterhouse, University Karin Lasthuizen, VU University Amsterdam,
Martial Pasquier and Jean-Patrick Villeneuve,
of Technology, Brisbane, Australia the Netherlands and Julie Rayner, University of
both at Swiss Graduate School of Public
Human resource management Durham, UK
Administration, Switzerland
(HRM) is a core element of any Grappling with ethical issues is a daily challenge for those
service, but especially so in The fields of marketing and
working in organizations that deliver public services. Such
public service organizations, communication have become
services are delivered through an often bewildering range
whose employees are often increasingly important for
of agencies and amidst this constant change, there are
their most valuable resource. modern public administrations
fears that a public service ethos, a tradition of working in
in recent years but the focus on
However, until now there has the public interest, becomes blurred.
these subjects has been geared
been little information readily mainly towards the generation Using extensive vignettes and case studies, Ethics and
available in the form of key of outputs, leaving somewhat Management in the Public Sector illuminates the
texts, which explore this behind the analysis and deeper practical decisions made by public officials. The book
important topic. Now, this reflections on the impact they takes a universal approach to ethics reflecting the
outstanding book tackles the make and their limitations. world-wide impact of public service reforms. This
subject head on, bringing textbook covers important themes reflecting current
together cutting-edge research on HRM in the public This book provides a thorough
thinking, including an examination of:
sector from a range of respected international authors. overview of the major concepts
in marketing and communication which is done by utilizing The definition and scope of ethical issues for public
It covers such key issues as: service organizations
an exclusive and decisive public-sector approach, with an
• the relationship between HRM and organizational unambiguous international outlook. The possibilities and • the universality of ethical prinicples and the relativity
performance limits of the application of marketing and communication, of values
• managing cultural change and the work-life balance. from strategic aspects to the more concrete questions of
• the extent to which Western ethical principles are
Timely and topical, this book will be of great interest instruments and implementation, are discussed and if the
appropriate in other parts of the world
both to researchers in the fields of HRM and public realities of the public sector are the key to any
understanding of marketing and communication, the • the impact of reforms on traditional values and
sector management, and to management practitioners principles of public service.
keen to inform their practice from an evidence base. international scene is the only possible ground to do this in.
This book was first published as a special issue of Public Aided by a multitude of pedagogical features, Marketing This easy-to-use textbook is a definitive guide for
Management Review. Management and Communications in the Public Sector postgraduate students of public sector ethics, as well
is a key read for all students, practitioners and scholars as students of public management and administration
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: HRM and the Public
working or studying in this field. more generally.
Sector Context 2. Human Resource Management’s
Stakeholders 3. Recruitment and Retention 4. Managing Selected Contents: 1. Public Management and Marketing Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. An Historical
Diversity 5. Performance Management and Reward 2. Marketing and Public Marketing 3. Organizations, Citizens Perspective of the Development of Public Service Ethics
6. Developing Human Resources 7. Managing Change and Consumers 4. Basic Marketing Concepts 5. Marketing 3. The Practice of Ethics 4. Public Service Motivation
8. Employment Relations: A Comparative Perspective. Information Research 6. Marketing Strategy 7. Marketing 5. Ethical Leadership 6. The Compliance Approach to
Conclusions Instruments 8. Public Communications: An Introduction Ethical Conduct 7. The Integrity Approach to Ethical
9. Communication Models and Strategies 10. Communication Conduct 8. The Nature of Ethical Performance 9. The
November 2012: 234 x 156: 270pp Instruments 11. Communication Control 12. Crisis Ethical Organization (or Culture) 10. The Exercise of
Hb: 978-0-415-41154-7: £95.00 Communication. Appendix A: A Case Study Practical Wisdom 11. Key Lessons and Issues for the Future
Pb: 978-0-415-41155-4: £25.99
For more information, visit: 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp November 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp
www.routledge.com/9780415411554 Hb: 978-0-415-44897-0: £95.00 Hb: 978-0-415-57759-5: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-44898-7: £29.99 Pb: 978-0-415-57760-1: £27.99
For more information, visit: For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415448987 www.routledge.com/9780415577601
New
Strategic Leadership in the Public Services
Paul Joyce, Liverpool John Moores University, UK
In turbulent times, strategic leadership of public services becomes ever more important. Strategic leaders are steering
their organizations into a new relationship with the public, often in conditions of intensified competition between public
services providers and thus the quality of leadership they offer is critical.
Providing insights into useful approaches and techniques for strategic leaders, Strategic Leadership in the Public Services
covers topics such as the nature of leaders and how leaders lead. It probes strategic thinking and thoroughly explores
strategic processes of implementation, monitoring and evaluation. It provides advice on being strategic and encourages
the reader to appreciate the challenges of strategic leadership in practice. In the end, the book argues that leadership
and strategy have become hegemonic ideas for reinventing the state.
Replete with real world practical case studies and examples, drawn from a range of countries, the book provides students
with a truly international outlook on the subject and offers a clear understanding of the emerging significance of
leadership, strategic management, and public services reform.
Selected Contents: 1. Leaders in the Public Services 2. The Leadership Process 3. Leaders and Change Situations 4. The Political
Context 5. Linear Strategic Thinking 6. Strategic Issue Management 7. Strategic Planning and Management 8. Implementation
9. Monitoring 10. Evaluating Strategic Plans 11. Issues and Challenges in Practice 12. Reform, Leadership and Strategy 13. Reflections
on Strategic Leadership. Appendix A: Corporate Strategy Workshop. Appendix B: Self-Assessment Tool for Strategic Leaders
2011: 234 x 156: 360pp

Hb: 978-0-415-61649-2: £95.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-61650-8: £32.99

New New
Routledge Critical Studies in
Public Management Public Policy beyond the Policy Transfer and Learning in
Financial Crisis Public Policy and Management
Series Edited by Stephen P. Osborne, An International Comparative Study International Contexts, Content and
University of Edinburgh, UK Philip Haynes, University of Brighton, UK Development
The study and practice of public The economic crisis of 2008-2009 and beyond has Edited by Peter Carroll, University of Tasmania,
provided the greatest challenge to public policy in the Australia and Richard Common, Manchester
management has undergone profound developed world since the Second World War, as the use Business School, UK
changes across the world. Over the last of public monies to support banks and declining tax
A typical image of the making and administration of
quarter century, we have seen: revenues have resulted in rising government borrowing
policy suggests that it takes place on an incremental
and national debt.
basis, involving public servants, their ministers and, to a
• increasing criticism of public administration This book evaluates the failures of public policy in the half more limited extent, a variety of interest groups. Yet,
as the over-arching framework for the decade before the crisis, using the conceptual framework much policy making is based on similar policy developed
of complex systems. This analysis reveals the fundamental in other jurisdictions, both domestic and international
provision of public services failings of globalization and the lack of a robust and and in the major international organizations such as the
• the rise (and critical appraisal) of the resilient public sector paradigm to assist countries in WTO and the OECD. In other words, significant aspects
‘New Public Management’ as an economic recovery. The research has benefited from UK of nationally developed policies are copied from
Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) funding for elsewhere in what is described as a process of policy
emergent paradigm for the provision of a Knowledge Exchange that applied the most relevant transfer and learning.
public services and applied aspects of complex systems theory to
Hence, studies of policy transfer have pointed to a
• the transformation of the ‘public sector’ contemporary policy problems.
distinct limitation in most existing theoretical and
into the cross-sectoral provision of Innovative statistical methods are used to profile and empirical explanations as to how policy is made and
group countries both before and after the 2008-09 implemented, its neglect of the role of policy transfer
public services crisis. This shows the countries that are best prepared for and learning. Moreover, policy transfer is not only a
• the growth of the governance of the ongoing and prolonged Euro zone crisis of 2010-12. concern of academics, but a growing concern for
inter-organizational relationships as The book proposes a new model of public policy that governments. The latter are concerned to improve the
asserts itself over the paradigm of market liberalism and performance of their policy and several have placed a
an essential element in the provision of places the public values of full employment, greater, more systematic focus on policy transfer as a
public services. sustainability and equality at the top of the post crisis means to increasing performance.
policy agenda.
This book presents, uniquely, a variety of cases from
This series is dedicated to presenting and differing national and international contexts that enable
critiquing this important body of theory and June 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-67439-3: £85.00 a valuable, comparative analysis that is absent from most
empirical study. It will publish books that eBook: 978-0-203-10825-3 books currently available and that suggest a number of
exciting research directions with implications for policy
both explore and evaluate the emergent and For more information, visit:
making, transference and implementation in the future.
developing nature of public administration,
management and governance (in theory December 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-69181-9: £80.00
and practice) and examine the relationship New
with and contribution to the over-arching Branding in Governance and www.routledge.com/9780415691819
disciplines of management and
Public Management
organizational sociology. New
Jasper Eshuis and E.H. Klijn, both at Erasmus
Books in the series will be of interest to University, Rotterdam, the Netherlands Rethinking Public-Private
academics and researchers in this field, Politicians and public managers utilize branding to
Partnerships
communicate with the public as well as to position
students undertaking advanced studies themselves within the ever-present media now so central Strategic Approaches in Turbulent Times
of it as part of their undergraduate or to political and administrative life. They must further
contend with stakeholders holding contradictory Edited by Carsten Greve, Copenhagen Business
postgraduate degree and reflective policy School, Denmark and Graeme Hodge, Monash
opinions about the nature of a problem, the desirable
makers and practitioners. solutions, and the values at stake. Branding is used as a University, Australia
strategy to manage perceptions, motivate stakeholders, This book examines PPPs in the context of turbulent times
communicate clear messages in the media, and position following the global financial crisis (GFC). PPPs can come
policies and projects. in many forms, and the book sets out to distinguish
Public administration scholars so far have however paid between the many alternative views of partnerships; a
little attention to branding. This book provides a project, a policy, a symbol of the role of the private sector
systematic analysis of branding as phenomenon in in a mixed economy, or a governance tool - all within a
governance. It deals with the nature of public branding, particular cultural and historical context.
its relation to existing theories in public administration, This book is about rethinking PPPs in the wake of the
the way branding is used as a managerial strategy in financial crisis and aims to give a clearer picture of the
governance processes, and the risks and limitations of kind of conceptual frameworks that researchers might
branding. Branding in Public Governance and employ to now study PPPs. The crisis took much of the
Management highlights the growing importance of glamour out of PPPs, but theoretical advances have been
public banding as a public management strategy to made by researchers in a number of areas and this book
influence political events, decision-making processes examines selected new research approaches to the study
and outcomes in governance processes. of PPPs.
December 2011: 229 x 152: 188pp October 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88517-1: £80.00 Hb: 978-0-415-53959-3: £85.00
eBook: 978-0-203-14515-9 eBook: 978-0-203-10813-0

New iN 2013
Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management (continued)
2nd Edition
New New iN 2013 Managing Public Services -

Implementing Cuts
Trust and Confidence in Lean in the Public Sector A Thoughtful Approach to the Improvement
Government and Public Services Zoe Radnor, Cardiff University Business School, UK of Public and Private Provision
Edited by Sue Llewellyn, Stephen Brookes and Public Sector organizations have experienced a rise in
Tony L. Doherty, London Metropolitan University,
Ann Mahon, all at University of Manchester, UK the use of business process improvement methodologies
UK, Terry Horne, Lancaster Business School, UK and
including Lean, Six Sigma, and their counterparts. The
Trust and confidence are topical issues. Pundits claim that evidence of their implementation includes Health, Simon Wooton, Fox & Howard Literary Agency, UK
citizens trust governments and public services increasingly Central Government, Local Government, Police and Fire Selected Contents: First Thoughts 1. Managing in the
less - identifying a powerful new erosion of confidence Service organizations within the UK, Europe, Australia, Changing Context of Public Services Role 1: Managing
that, in the US, goes back at least to Watergate in the and the US. The drivers for introducing business process Change 2. Managing Resistance to Change in Public Services
1970s. Recently, media exposure in the UK about MP improvement methodologies include government 3. Managing Strategy and Change in Public Services
expenses has been extensive, and a court case ruled in Role 2: Managing Operations and Activities 4. Managing
agendas, struggle with performance indicators,
favor of publishing expense claims and against exempting the Market for Public Services 5. Managing the Quality of
introduction of new leadership or technology, threat of
MPs from the scrutiny which all citizens are subject to Public Services Role 3: Managing People 6. Managing
competition, demand for increased efficiency and the Groups and Leading Teams in Public Services 7. Managing
under ‘freedom of information.’ As a result, revelations need for service expansion with limited resources. Leadership and Motivation in Public Services 8. Managing
about everything from property speculation to bespoke
The level of interest in Lean in Public Services is high Individuals in Public Services Role 4: Managing Resources
duck pond houses have fueled public outcry, and survey
as it is seen as a ‘solution’ to many of the performance, 9. Managing Budgets in Public Services 10. Managing
evidence shows that citizens increasingly distrust the Resources in Public Services 11. Managing Audit,
government with public resources. efficiency, and economic agendas currently prominent
in the public sector. This book brings together a Accountability and Performance in Public Services
This book gathers together arguments and evidence to Role 5: Managing Information 12. Managing Information
consolidated view supported through literature and
answers questions such as: What is trust? Can trust be and Communication in Public Services Role 6: Managing
empirical evidence on the why, what, how, and where of
boosted through regulation? What role does leadership Learning and Personal Development 13. Managing
Lean in Public Services. It provides a history of Lean (and Learning in Public Services 14. Managing Personal
play in rebuilding trust? How does trust and confidence associated techniques within Public Services), presenting Development in Public Services Final Thoughts
affect public services? The chapters in this collection the tools used and outlining the success factors and 15. Management Values - Management as Religion
explore these questions across several countries and barriers to implementing Lean in Public Services. As well
different sectors of public service provision: health, as presenting a framework for researchers and policy April 2013: 246 x 189: 576pp
education, social services, the police, and the third makers to implement Lean improvement methodologies, Hb: 978-0-415-41450-0: £90.00
sector. The contributions offer empirical evidence about the volume draws on a range of literature and raises Pb: 978-0-415-41451-7: £31.99
how the issues of trust and confidence differ across questions on the applicability of a methodology For more information, visit:
countries and sectors, and develop ideas about how originally developed for a private manufacturing context. www.routledge.com/9780415414517
trust and confidence in government and public services
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. History of Lean
may adjust in the information age.
3. Lean in the Public Services 4. Foundation 5. Organizational
December 2012: 229 x 152: 200pp
Readiness 6. Tools 7. Barriers to Implementation Non-Profit Governance
8. Sustainability 9. Future of Lean in the Public Services
Hb: 978-0-415-89619-1: £80.00 Edited by Chris Cornforth, Open University, UK and
For more information, visit: March 2013: 229 x 152: 168pp William A. Brown, Texas A&M University, USA
www.routledge.com/9780415896191 Hb: 978-0-415-53644-8: £80.00
Series: Routledge Contemporary Corporate Governance
eBook: 978-0-203-11152-9
The current fashion for rolling back the state and
www.routledge.com/9780415536448 involving various euphemisms for the private sector in
New what were previously heartlands of the public sphere,
significantly impacts upon accountability and
New Public Governance, the Third Sector, and Co-Production governance. This collection offers a comprehensive
assessment of the governance of non-profit
Edited by Victor Pestoff, Ersta-Skondal University, Sweden, Taco Brandsen, Nijmegen University, the organizations - bodies which are becoming ever more
Netherlands and Bram Verschuere, Ghent University, Belgium important in civil society.
’This text will serve as a broad reservoir of knowledge on the positive impact of Research on the governance of non-profit organizations
co-production in its various aspects on public management throughout the world.’ has been dominated by the study of boards of unitary
- Dean Eitel, De Paul University, USA organizations and has paid insufficient attention to the
In recent years public management research in a variety of disciplines has paid increasing multi-level nature of governance, governance
attention to the role of citizens and the third sector in the provision of public services. Several relationships and dynamics, and the contribution of
of these efforts have employed the concept of co-production to better understand and actors rather than board members, to governance
explain this trend. This book aims to go further by systematizing the growing body of processes. Drawing on the research of leading scholars
academic papers and reports that focus on various aspects of co-production and its potential in the US, UK, Canada and Australia, this book presents
contribution to new public governance. It has an interdisciplinary focus that makes a unique new perspectives on non-profit governance, which help
contribution to the body of knowledge in this field, at the cross-roads of a number of to overcome these weaknesses.
disciplines - including business administration, policy studies, political science, public This book gets ‘closer’ to the realities of boards in order to
management, sociology, third sector studies, etc. The unique presentation of them together develop a deeper understanding of board processes and
in this volume both allows for comparing and contrasting these different perspectives and relationships, including how they deal with tensions and
for potential theoretical collaboration and development. More particularly, this volume addresses the following crises. It goes beyond the study of single boards to examine
concerns: What is the nature of co-production and what challenges does it face? How can we conceptualize the the operation of multi-level, multi-actor governance
concept of co-production? How does co-production works in practice? How does co-production unfold in reality? structures in the third sector, such as federations and
What can be the effects of co-production? And more specific, firstly, how can co-production contribute to service inter-organizational partnerships and collaborations.
quality and service management in public services, and secondly, what is the input of co-production on growing Written in an accessible manner the book will be of value
citizen involvement and development of participative democracy? to scholars, researchers, students, reflective practitioners
and governance consultants and advisers.
December 2011: 229 x 152: 422pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89713-6: £80.00 • eBook: 978-0-203-15229-4 November 2012: 234 x 156: 240pp
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415897136 Hb: 978-0-415-78336-1: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78337-8: £32.99

New New New

2nd Edition – Textbook The Routledge Companion to 3rd Edition
Nonprofit Organizations Public-Private Partnerships Public Management
An Introduction Edited by Piet de Vries, University of Twente, the and Governance
Helmut K. Anheier, University of California, Netherlands and Étienne B. Yehoue, International Edited by Tony Bovaird, University of Birmingham,
Los Angeles, USA Monetary Fund, USA UK and Elke Löffler, Governance International, UK
Praise for the previous edition: Series: Routledge Companions in Business, The business of managing
’Helmut Anheier is to be applauded for producing Management and Accounting public services has changed
a pioneering text that is packed with scholarly A public-private partnership radically in recent years and
reflections covering a broad intellectual canvas.’ (PPP) usually constitutes a enforced austerity is likely to
- The Times Higher Education Supplement contractual cooperation between make these changes even more
public and private partners to profound. This new edition of
In this new edition of his popular textbook, Nonprofit
realise jointly formulated goals - Public Management and
Organizations, Helmut K. Anheier has fully updated his
with a risk division - which is Governance is expanded and
comprehensive introduction to this field. The text takes
intended to create value-for- includes new perspectives to
an international perspective, detailing the background
money as added value to the bring the subject into the post
and concepts behind these organizations and examining
taxpayer. The Routledge global financial crisis era.
relevant theories and central issues.
Companion to Public-Private Although popular features are
Anheier covers the full range of nonprofit organizations Partnerships provides a retained, the new edition benefits from some reforms
– service providers, membership organizations, cutting-edge survey of the field. including:
foundations, community groups – in different fields,
such as arts and culture, social services, education. He PPPs remain a highly controversial subject matter • a reinforcement of international themes across the
introduces central terms such as philanthropy, charity, globally and this comprehensive and authoritative whole book
community, social entrepreneurship, social investment volume provides a terrific compendium of information
• discussions of the new realities of coalition politics in
and public good. Acknowledging and explaining how for students and scholars charged with understanding,
times of change
the field spills over from public management, thorough critiquing and advancing this model. With sections
devoted to legal aspects, institutional economics • new material on policy transfer
nonprofit management and public administration, the
textbook is systematic in its treatment of theories, perspectives, finance and accountability - the editors • the role of the private sector as well as social
management approaches and policy analyses. draw together an impressive range of contributors from enterprise and mutualized / cooperative forms of
around the world. organization.
The previous edition was winner of the Best Book Award
Selected Contents: Part 1: General Introduction to A whole parade of pedagogical features are employed
at the American Academy of Management in 2006 and
Public-Private Partnerships 1. Concepts and Scope of PPP:
this new edition, expanded and reorganized into parts in this refreshing new edition, including: more short
An Overview of Themes 2. An International History of PPP:
and chapters, will fit both the North American and case studies and examples, more practitioner
Recent Developments and Trends Part 2: Law and PPP
European schedules of academic teaching. 3. Legal Frameworks and PPP 4. National Institutional
perspectives, valuable further reading suggestions and
Selected Contents: Part 1: Studying Nonprofit Setting and Macroeconomic Stability: PPP Determinants end of chapter discussion questions and exercises. The
Organizations 1. Introduction 2. Historical Background 5. Legal Devices in Urban PPP 6. Public Law Questions of result is a rejuvenated textbook which will be essential
3. Concepts Part 2: Dimensions 4. Nonprofit PPP 7. National Institutional Settings and PPP Determinants reading on public management and administration
Organizations: Overview 5. Nonprofit Organizations: Specific Part 3: Institutional Economics and PPP 8. Risk courses across the world.
Fields 6. Philanthropy and Foundations 7. Civic Engagement Allocation, Transaction Cost Economics and PPP Selected Contents: Part 1: From Public Management to
and Social Entrepreneurship Part 3: Approaches 9. Incomplete Contracting and PPP 10. Property Rights Governance 1. Understanding Public Management and
8. Theories of Nonprofit Organizations 9. Approaches to Theory and PPP 11. Game Theory and PPP 12. Principal Governance 2. The Changing Context of Public Policy: Local,
Philanthropy and Foundations 10. Studying Civic Agent Theory and PPP Part 4: Financing of PPP 13. Private National and International Trends 3. The Size and Scope of
Engagement and Social Entrepreneurship Part 4: Managing versus Public Financing 14. Political Economy Issues and PPP the Public Sector 4. Public Management Reforms Across
Nonprofit Organizations 11. Organizational Studies and 15. Financing Options to PPP 16. Financial Crisis, PPP and OECD Countries Part 2: Public Management 5. Strategic
Organizational Behavior 12. Management Models and Tools Fiscal Sustainability Part 5: Public Sector Economics and Management in Public Sector Organizations 6. Marketing in
13. Resourcing Nonprofit Organizations 14. Human PPP 17. PPPS and Project Finance 18. Private Financing Public Sector Organizations 7. Contracting for Public
Resources and Leadership 15. Governance, Accountability, and Budgetary Norms 19. Risk Management and PPP Services 8. Financial Management in Public Sector
Transparency Part 5: Managing Relations Part 6: Governance of PPP 20. Network Governance Organizations 9. Human Resource Management in Public
16. Information Management, Marketing 17. Nonprofit – and PPP 21. Network Governance and PPP 22. PPP and Sector Organizations 10. Organization Design and Culture:
Government Relations 18. Nonprofit – Nonprofit and Partnering 23. Managing PPPs: Dealing with Culture’s From Weber to Blond 11. Managing ICTs and Social Media
Nonprofit – Business Relations Part 6: Current Issues and Influences Part 7: Accountability, Auditing and in Public Services 12. Performance Measurement and
Developments 19. International Issues and Globalization Assessment of PPP 24. Accountability and PPP 25. Value Management in Public Sector Organizations 13. Quality
20. Policy Issues and Developments. Appendix I: Case for Money and PPP 26. Political Accountability and PPP Management in Public Sector Organizations 14. Process
Studies. Appendix II: Study Questions & Exercises 27. International Assessment Findings Management in Public Sector Organizations 15. Scrutiny,
Inspection and Audit in the Public Sector
November 2012: 246 x 189: 464pp October 2012: 246 x 174: 608pp Part 3: Governance in the Public Sector 16. Public
Hb: 978-0-415-55046-8: £90.00 Hb: 978-0-415-78199-2: £115.00 Governance in a Network Society 17. Democratic
Pb: 978-0-415-55047-5: £31.99 For more information, visit: Governance: The Role of Politics and Politicians 18.
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415781992 Partnership Working in the Public Domain 19. Decentralised
www.routledge.com/9780415550475 Management: Agencies and ‘Arms Length’ Bodies
20. Managing Networks for Innovation and Service
Transformation 21. Public Leadership 22. Engaging with
Citizens and other Stakeholders 23. Co-Production with
related journals Users and Communities 24. Transparency, Accountability
and the ‘Dark Side’ of the Public Sector 25. Changing
Equalities: Politics, Policies and Practice 26. Ethics and
Public Management Review Public Money & Management Standards of Conduct 27. Evidence-based Policy and
Editor: Stephen P. Osborne, University of Edinburgh, Editor: Jane Broadbent, Roehampton University, UK Practice Part 4: …and Finally 28. Public Management
UK and Governance: The Future?
Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences Citation Index® November 2012: 246 x 174: 416pp
Citation Index® Published on behalf of The Chartered Institute of Public Hb: 978-0-415-50185-9: £95.00
Finance and Accountancy Pb: 978-0-415-50186-6: £29.99
www.tandfonline.com/rpxm
www.tandfonline.com/rpmm For more information, visit:

New New 2nd Edition

Public Sector Transformation Case Studies in Arts Management
through e-Government Public Governance Derrick Chong
Experiences from Europe and North America Building Institutions in Singapore The second edition of Arts
Management has been
Edited by Vishanth Weerakkody, Brunel University, Edited by June Gwee, Civil Service College, Singapore thoroughly revised to provide
UK and Christopher G. Reddick, University of With the growing interest in Asian case studies, this an updated, comprehensive
Texas, San Antonio, USA collection of case studies on Singapore institutions overview of this fast-changing
provides the perspective from Singaporean case writers subject. Arts managers and
Series: Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organization
themselves, on the role of government in Singapore’s students alike are offered a
and Society lively, sophisticated insight into
development.
Over the last decade governments in Europe and North the artistic, managerial and
America have attempted to improve efficiency of public Selected Contents: General Introduction Part 1: Culture
social responsibilities necessary
Case Study 1: Growing A City in A Garden Part 2: Leadership
services through Information and Communication for those working in the field.
Case Study 2: Leading Change in the Ministry of Education
Technology, commonly branded as electronic With new cases studies and
Case Study 3: Sustaining the Value of Water Part 3: Systems
government (e-Government). Public Sector Case Study 4: Design and Renewal of the Central Provident several new chapters, Derrick
Transformation through e-Government explores the Fund Case Study 5: Managing Industrial Relations Through Chong takes an interdisciplinary approach in examining
influence that e-Government has on public sector Tripartism some of the main impulses informing discussions on the
organizations, the organizational complexities that management of arts and cultural organizations. These
result, and its impact on citizens and democratic society. March 2012: 234 x 156: 216pp
are highly charged debates, since arts managers are
Hb: 978-0-415-50671-7: £95.00
This book examines e-Government’s potential to expected to reconcile managerial, economic and
transform public services from a theoretical perspective, For more information, visit: aesthetic objectives. Topics include:
and provides practical examples from leading public sector www.routledge.com/9780415506717
• arts and the State, with reference to the
institutions that have utilized e-Government as a basis to instrumentalism of the arts and culture
bring about change. It further investigates the relationship
between citizens and government and how they are The Art Business • business and the arts
affected by e-Government policies and programs. Aimed Edited by Iain Robertson and Derrick Chong • ownership and control of arts organizations
at students and researchers of public administration/ • arts consumption and consumers, including audience
management and information systems, this book serves By the time you read this book,
the art world may have development and arts marketing
as a welcome tool for examining and understanding
e-Government and transformational change. witnessed the sale of its first • managing for excellence and artistic integrity
$500 million painting. Whilst • financial investing in the arts, namely fine arts funds
Selected Contents: Part 1: Organizational Perspectives
for some people money is and theatre angels
1. The Promise of e-Government to Transform Government:
An Overview Vishanth Weerakkody and Christopher G. anathema to art this is clearly a
wealthy international industry, • philosophies of philanthropy.
Reddick 2. Strategic Change and e-Government Genie
Stowers 3. Theoretical Perspectives on e-Government and a market with its own Incorporating a deliberately diverse range of sources,
Evolution Ignace Snellen 4. Public Service Transformation in conventions and pressures. Arts Management is essential reading for students on
the UK: Evaluating Failure and Success Wendy Currie Drawing on the vast experience arts management courses and provides valuable insights
5. Integrating e-Government Information Systems into the of Sotheby’s Institute of Art, for managers already facing the management challenges
Enterprise Architecture Steve Jones and Muhammad Kamal of this field.
The Art Business exposes the
6. e-Government Implementation in Times of Change: The
realities of the commercial trade
Role of Shared Services in Transforming Public Agencies 2009: 234 x 156: 264pp
Marijn Janssen 7. Moving from e-Government to
in fine art and antiques. Attention is devoted to the role
Hb: 978-0-415-42390-8: £105.00
T-Government Zahir Irani Part 2: Citizens and Service of auction houses, commercial galleries and art Pb: 978-0-415-42391-5: £38.99
Delivery 8. Theoretical Perspectives on Citizens and museums as key institutions, with the text divided into eBook: 978-0-203-86534-7
e-Government Service Delivery Viswanath Venkatesh four thematic sections covering:
9. e-Government and Service Delivery Evolution in the • technical and structural elements of the art market www.routledge.com/9780415423915
United States Donald Norris 10. e-Government Adoption in
the US and UK Lemuria Carter 11. Citizen Satisfaction with • cultural policy and management in art business
e-Government Services Jeffrey Roy 12. Service Delivery
Transformation through Web 2.0 Ari-Veikko Anttiroiko
• regulatory legal and ethical issues in the art world
Understanding International
• the views, through interviews, of leading art market
Part 3: e-Inclusion and e-Participation 13. e-Government
and Social Inclusiveness in Europe and North America experts. Art Markets and Management
Vishanth Weerakkody and Christopher G. Reddick This book provides a thorough examination of Edited by Iain Robertson
14. Bridging the Digital Divide and Improving Social contemporary issues in the art business, and the
Inclusion: The Role of Intermediaries in Facilitating
This book provides an
mechanisms and influences which underpin its evolution. understanding of the
e-Government Diffusion Faris Alsoobhi and Vishanth It is essential reading for students of art history or
Weerakkody 15. Citizens and E-Participation in Europe challenges facing art market
international business, or anyone with an interest in ’makers’ (dealers, auctioneers,
Jeremy Millard and Jamal Shahin 16. Profiling the Last
pursuing a career in this area. collectors, artists) and the
Decade of e-Government Research: Past Practice and Future
Directions Yogesh Dwivedi Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Studies in Art decision-making process
Businesss 2. Price Before Value 3. Selling Used Cars, experienced by market ’players’
November 2012: 229 x 152: 208pp Carpets and Art 4. Investing in Art 5. ’Chindia’ as Market and investors. Essential reading
Hb: 978-0-415-52737-8: £80.00 Opportunity 6. Private Patrons in a Contemporary Art for students and managers.
For more information, visit: Market 7. Marketing in Art Business 8. Authorship and
www.routledge.com/9780415527378 Authentication 9. Celebrating the Artists Resale Right
10. Ethics and the Art Market 11. Art and Crime 12. Voice
from the Field
2008: 234 x 156: 246pp 2005: 234 x 156: 296pp

Hb: 978-0-415-39157-3: £100.00 Hb: 978-0-415-33956-8: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-39158-0: £34.99 Pb: 978-0-415-33957-5: £34.99
eBook: 978-0-203-88561-1 eBook: 978-0-203-08711-4

New New iN 2013 New

Handbook of the London 2012 Handbook of the London 2012 3rd Edition
Olympic and Paralympic Games Olympic and Paralympic Games Sport Management
Volume One: Making the Games Volume Two: Celebrating the Games Principles and Applications
Edited by Vassil Girginov, Brunel University, UK Edited by Vassil Girginov, Brunel University, UK Russell Hoye and Matthew Nicholson, both at La
Trobe University, Australia, Aaron Smith, RMIT,
The Handbook of the London Following on from Volume One,
2012 Olympic and Paralympic Volume Two: Celebrating the Australia, and Bob Stewart and Hans Westerbeek,
Games is an authoritative and Games, examines the period of both at Victoria University, Australia
comprehensive account of the competition and immediately ’An excellent critical introduction to sport
world’s greatest sporting and afterwards, covering key topics management. It maps out the environmental
cultural event. It tells the such as: context of sport management and the application
complete story of the 2012 • London’s engagement of management principles in a structured and
Games from inception, through with the world accessible fashion, striking an excellent balance
the successful bidding process between theory and practice with key case study
and the planning and • sport materials. The book has quickly and deservedly
preparation phase, to delivery, • spectators established itself as a core text for sport
the post-Games period and • volunteers management programmes.’ - Ian Henry,
legacy. Written by a world-class team of international Loughborough University, UK
Olympic scholars, the book offers analysis of the full • media and communications
Now available in a fully revised and updated third
social, cultural, political, historical, economic and • commerce, retail and consumption edition, Sport Management: Principles and Applications
sporting context of the Games. From the political, • documenting London 2012 examines the nature of the sport industry and the role
commercial and structural complexities of organising an of the state, non-profit and professional sectors in sport.
event on such a scale, to the sporting action that holds • the legacy of the 2012 Games for London, the UK
and the Olympic Movement. It focuses on core management principles and their
the attention of the world, this book illuminates every application in a sporting context, highlighting the unique
aspect of the 2012 Games, helping us to better challenges faced in a career in sport management.
September 2013: 246 x 174: 328pp
understand the vital role that sport and culture play in
Hb: 978-0-415-67192-7: £75.00 Written in highly accessible style, each chapter has a
contemporary global society. eBook: 978-0-203-12648-6 coherent structure designed to make key information
The book is divided into two volumes. Volume One: For more information, visit: and concepts simple to find and to utilize. Chapters
Making the Games, examines the build-up to London www.routledge.com/9780415671927 contain a conceptual overview, references, further
2012, covering key topics such as: reading, relevant websites, study questions and
• the bidding process up-to-date case studies from around the world to show
• planning and decision making how theory works in the professional world. Topics
covered include:
• financing the Games
• strategic planning
• developing the infrastructure
• organizational culture
• engaging national and international governing bodies
of sport • organizational structures
• engaging the UK public • human resource management
• engaging a global public • leadership
• developing a legacy programme • governance
• the Cultural Olympiad. • financial management
Richly illustrated with the personal accounts of key • marketing
stakeholders, from sports administrators and politicians • performance management.
to athletes and spectators, and including essential data This book provides a comprehensive introduction to the
and evocative visual material, this book is essential practical application of management principles within
reading for anybody with a personal or professional sport organizations. It is ideal for first and second year
interest in the Olympic and Paralympic Games, global students studying sport management related courses,
culture or the development of sport. as well as those studying business focused and human
movement/physical education courses who are seeking
June 2012: 246 x 174: 336pp
an overview of sport management principles.
Hb: 978-0-415-67194-1: £75.00
eBook: 978-0-203-13251-7 Visit the companion website at
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/textbooks/hoye
2012 February 2012: 246 x 174: 304pp
Hb: 978-0-415-50070-8: £95.00
Sport and Exercise Pb: 978-1-85617-819-8: £32.99

eBook: 978-0-08-096432-4
catalog For more information, visit:

available now!
Download yours for FREE at
www.routledge.com/catalogs
or email sport@routledge.com
to request a FREE printed copy.

New
Events Management
New
2nd Edition – Textbook
organizational
An Introduction Analyzing Public Policy studies
Charles Bladen, James Kennell, Emma Abson Peter John, University of Manchester, UK
and Nick Wilde, all at University of Greenwich, UK Series: Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies
Contemporary events management is a diverse and The fully revised and updated New
challenging field. This major new introductory textbook new edition of this textbook
is the first to fully explore the multi-disciplinary nature of
3rd Edition
continues to provide the most
events management and to provide all the practical skills
and professional knowledge students need to succeed in
accessible overview of the main Organizational Change for
approaches in the study of
the events industry. public policy. It seeks to review Corporate Sustainability
The book covers every type of event studied on an the most common and widely Dexter Dunphy, University of Technology, Sydney,
Events Management course, including sports, music, used frameworks in the study Australia, Andrew Griffiths, University of
the arts, corporate events, tourism, and the public and of policy analysis:
Queensland, Australia and Suzanne Benn,
voluntary sectors. It introduces the key issues facing the • institutions University of Technology, Sydney, Australia
contemporary events industry, from health, safety and
risk management to sustainability to developing a • groups and networks Series: Understanding Organizational Change
market-oriented business, with every topic brought to • society and the economy Since this classic book was first published in 2003,
life through case-studies, personal biographies and • individual interests sustainability has increasingly become mainstream
examples of best practice. business for leading corporations, whilst the topic itself
• ideas.
Written by a team of authors with many years of has also been a hotly debated political issue across the
industry experience, it introduces the practical skills The book explains each one, offers constructive criticisms globe. The models originally discussed in the book have
required in every core area of events management, and explores their claims in the light of a variety of become more relevant with ever more examples of
including marketing, finance, project management, American, British and European examples. organizations at later stages in the development of
strategy, operations, event design and human resources. Arguing that no one framework offers a comprehensive corporate sustainability.
A companion website for the book includes a dazzling explanation of public policy; John suggests a synthesis This new edition integrates new research and brings
array of additional features, including self-test questions, based on different aspects of the approaches, illustrative case studies up to date to reflect how new
audio interviews with key industry figures, additional introducing concepts/approaches of advocacy coalitions, approaches affect change and leadership. For the first
case-studies and PowerPoint slides for each chapter. punctuated equilibrium and evolution as more effective time, a new positive model of a future sustainable world
Events Management: An Introduction is the essential ways to understand public policy. is included - strengthened by references to the global
course text for any events management program. Combining both a clear summary of debates in public financial crisis, burgeoning world population numbers,
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to the Events Industry policy and a new and original approach to the subject, peak oil and the rise of China.
Part 1: Planning Events 2. Event Project Management this book remains essential reading for students of public With new case studies including BP’s Gulf oil spill and
3. Event Design and Production Part 2: Managing Events policy and policy analysis. Tokyo Electric Company’s nuclear reactor disaster, this
4. Event Operations 5. Managing the Event Human Resource
6. Event Finance 7. Event Marketing and Sponsorship new edition will again be core reading for students and
February 2012: 246 x 174: 224pp researchers of sustainability and business, organizational
8. Event Health, Safety and Risk Management Part 3: Types Hb: 978-0-415-47626-3: £80.00
of Events 9. Sports Events 10. Mega Events 11. Public and Pb: 978-0-415-47627-0: £23.99
change and corporate social responsibility.
Voluntary Sector Events 12. Corporate Events 13. Arts and eBook: 978-0-203-13621-8 Selected Contents: Part 1: Towards Third Wave
Live Entertainment Festivals and Events Part 4: Current Corporations 1. Setting the Agenda for Corporate
Issues in Events 14. Impacts, Sustainability and Legacy Sustainability 2. The Drivers of Change Part 2: Managing
15. Events and the Media the Persistent Past: Dealing with First Wave
Corporations 3. Corporate Pre-compliance and Compliance
February 2012: 246 x 174: 472pp Part 3: The Dominant Current Reality: Understanding
Hb: 978-0-415-57741-0: £100.00 and Reconstructing Second Wave Corporations
Pb: 978-0-415-57742-7: £29.99 4. Achieving Sustainable Operational Efficiencies
eBook: 978-0-203-85297-2 5. Sustainability: The Strategic Advantage 6. The Sustaining
For more information, visit: Corporation Part 4: Pathways to Sustainability: Towards
www.routledge.com/9780415577427 Third Wave Corporations 7. The Incremental Path 8. The
Transformational Path 9. Leading Towards Sustainability
November 2012: 234 x 156: 368pp

Hb: 978-0-415-69548-0: £95.00
View iNside
Pb: 978-0-415-69549-7: £34.99
RouTlEdgE BookS
Building a Values-Driven
Organization
Did you know that many of Richard Barrett
our books now have Richard Barrett, author of the best-selling book
“View Inside” functionality Liberating the Corporate Soul, presents his new thinking
based on his experience working with over 1,000
that allows you to browse organizations in 32 countries on cultural transformation
online content before making for the values-driven organization. He presents a whole
any purchasing decisions? system approach to cultural transformation, showing
organizations how they can change their culture to
become values-driven organizations that support their
For more information visit employees, their customers, their partners, their leaders,
www.routledge.com. and ultimately drive effectiveness and profit.
2006: 229 x 152: 280pp

Pb: 978-0-7506-7974-9: £28.99

or gan i z ati on al s tud i e s 35
The Routledge Companion to Alternative Business 4th Edition

Organizational Change Outlaws, Crime and Culture Organizational Behavior
Edited by David Boje, New Mexico State University, Martin Parker, University of Warwick, UK Integrating Individuals, Groups,
USA, and Bernard Burnes and John Hassard, both From Robin Hood to Jack and Organizations
at University of Manchester, UK Sparrow from Pirates of the
Joseph E. Champoux, University of New Mexico, USA
Series: Routledge Companions in Business, Caribbean, outlaws have been
a central part of 800 years of Clear and concise, this
Management and Accounting management text provides the
culture. These are characters
’This book provides a sorely who criticise the power of those student with the tools needed to
needed overview of the in the castle or the skyscraper, be successful in this course. End
contemporary areas and and earn their keep by breaking of chapter exercises include film
topics linked to the law. Outlaws break exercises. These highlight short
Organizational Change.’ categories too. They are fact and film scenes and exercises that
- Suzanne Benn, Macquarie fiction, opposition and product, help students relate to the
University, Australia culture and economy, natural chapter material. Examples
This volume brings together the justice and organized crime. found throughout make the
very best contributors not only material easy to understand.
Beginning with Robin Hood stealing from the rich, and
from the field of organizational Online features such as exercises
covering along the way pirates, smugglers, highwaymen,
change, but also from adjacent and practice problems help reinforce student knowledge
the Wild West, the Mafia and many others, Martin
fields, such as strategy and of chapter content and master difficult content.
Parker offers a fresh and exciting insight into the counter
leadership. These contributors offer fresh and challenging culture of the outlaw - one that rebels against the more
2010: 254 x 178: 528pp
insights to the mainstream themes of this discipline. dominant and traditional forms of economy and Hb: 978-0-415-80463-9: £75.00
Selected Contents: Introduction: The Emergence of organization and celebrates a life free from wage slavery. Pb: 978-0-415-80464-6: £41.99
Organizational Change Part 1: Planned Change and Alternative Business is a highly readable, entertaining For more information, visit:
Organization Development Introduction 1. Kurt Lewin
book that will prove a helpful study tool for all students www.routledge.com/9780415804646
and the Origins of OD 2. Kurt Lewin’s Vision of
and lecturers working on organizations, cultural studies
Organizational and Social Change: The Interdependence of
Theory, Research and Action/Practice 3. Organization and criminology.
Development and Action Research: Then and Now 4. The Organizational Behavior
Early Cold War Politics of Action Research and Group 2011: 234 x 156: 192pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58647-4: £95.00 Securing Competitive Advantage
Dynamics 5. Organization Development and International
Pb: 978-0-415-58648-1: £25.99
Contexts: Values, Controversies and Challenges John A. Wagner III and John R. Hollenbeck
6. Appreciative Inquiry: Theory and Critique 7. Images of For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9780415586481 Authors John Wagner and John
Organization Development: The Role of Metaphor in
Processes of Change Part 2: Newer Approaches to Hollenbeck contend, based on
Change Introduction 8. The Contribution of the Processual solid research, that an especially
Approach to the Theory and Practice of Organizational New strong competitive advantage
Change 9. Understanding the Emergent Approach to rests in the hands of the
Change 10. Complexity Ethics 11. Narratives of Coherence: Organizational Change, people who make up your
The Role of Affordances and Homologies 12. Storytelling in organization. One of the most
Systemicity and Emergence: A Third Order Cybernetic Leadership and Ethics effective ways to secure
Part 3: Perspectives on Change Introduction 13. A competitive advantage lies in
Dramaturgical Approach to the Practice of Managing
Leading Organizations toward Sustainability
the best use of the knowledge,
Change 14. Designing for Change with Critical Scenario Edited by Rune Todnem By, Staffordshire University, skill, and other human assets
Method 15. Organizations Unbound: Psychodynamic UK and Bernard Burnes, University of Manchester, UK possessed by your company’s
Perspectives on Organizational Restructuring
Series: Understanding Organizational Change employees. No other firm has the same people as yours.
16. Contemporary Realism and Organizational Change
17. Organization Theory, Power and Changing Institutions Given recent financial crises and scandals, the rise of Thus managing organizational behavior is essential to the
18. Organizational Change and Dialectic Processes corporate social responsibility and the challenge of process of gaining and sustaining competitive advantage.
19. Critical Theories of Organizational Change environmental sustainability, few would disagree that the
Part 4: Change in Practice Introduction 20. Leadership 2009: 254 x 178: 424pp
role of ethics has taken centre stage in the management
and Change: Whatever Happened to Ethics? Pb: 978-0-415-99851-2: £43.99
21. Management Fads and Fashions 22. Organizational
of organizations. In reality, however, organizations have
found it extremely difficult to promote successful, ethical For more information, visit:
Entrapment 23. Power and Discourse in Organizational www.routledge.com/9780415998512
Change: The Case of Implementing Enterprise Resource behaviour as this rarely results in short-term gains which
Planning Systems 24. Cultural Change 25. Changing can be appraised and rewarded.
Attitudes to Employee Attitudes to Change: From Resistance
to Ambivalence and Ambiguity 26. Narrating Organizational
By and Burnes bring together leading international
scholars in the fields of organizational change and
Readings in
Change 27. Governance and Organizational Change
Part 5: Key Issues Introduction 28. The Ambiguity Paradox
leadership to explore and understand the context, Organizational Behavior
theory and successful promotion of ethical behaviour in
in Cultural Change 29. Organizational Change as
organizations. By focusing on real world examples, Edited by John A. Wagner III and John Hollenbeck
Imperialism 30. OD Discourse and Domination 31. Practices
contributors analyze the issues and challenges that The Readings in the book cover
of Stakeholder Engagement and Identity Dynamics
32. Reflections on Polyphonic Organization 33. Helping hinder ethical change leadership which can lead to the major topics comprising the
Diversity Matter: Fostering Liminal Spaces for Authentic sustainable organizations. field of organizational behavior,
Interaction in the Face of Change 34. Making Sense of This unique volume brings together the worlds of and do so with special emphasis
Gender and Organizational Change: A Feminist Review of organizational change, leadership, business ethics and on the findings of rigorous
Certain Articles 35. The Moral of the Story: Ethics, Narrative, corporate social responsibility, resulting in a book that organizational research.
and Organizational Change Part 6: The Future
will be valuable reading in all four fields. With
Introduction 36. Organization Change: The Aesthetic
contributions from leading scholars, including David
Dimension 37. Sustainability and Organizational Change
38. Rethinking the Change Project 39. The Promise of Boje, Dexter Dunphy, Suzanne Benn and Carl Rhodes,
Re-enchantment: Organizational Change and the Spirituality Organizational Change, Leadership and Ethics is a
at Work Movement 40. Social Materiality: A New Direction must-read.
in Change Management and Action Research Postscript
Change in a Changing World: Where Now? July 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp 2009: 246 x 174: 624pp
Hb: 978-0-415-59244-4: £80.00 Hb: 978-0-415-99848-2: £80.00
October 2011: 246 x 174: 624pp For more information, visit: Pb: 978-0-415-99850-5: £24.99
Hb: 978-0-415-55645-3: £135.00 www.routledge.com/9780415592444 For more information, visit:

36 o rga nizat ion al studies
Women in Business 3Rd editioN 2nd Edition

Theory, Case Studies, and Legal Challenges Management Business Continuity
Martha Reeves, Duke University, USA An Evidence-Based Approach Management
This book uniquely combines A Crisis Management Approach
Doede Keuning, and Bart Bossink and
gender theory, case studies,
Brian Tjemkes, both at VU Amsterdam, Dominic Elliott, University of Liverpool, UK,
and the legal challenges
surrounding the mechanisms of the Netherlands Ethné Swartz, Farleigh Dickinson University, New
gender discrimination at work. Management: An Jersey, USA and Brahim Herbane, De Montfort
It provides the student with Evidence-Based Approach University, UK
real-life examples from provides an introduction to
Since the publication of the
managers (based on interviews the broad field of management
first edition in 2002, interest in
with people who experienced and organization. Throughout
crisis management has been
discrimination) that help the book the theory of
fuelled by a number of events,
students understand how management is related to
including 9/11.
gender discrimination operates, everyday situations. Theory is
even when there are legal protections against it. At the selected on the basis of The first edition of this text
end of each case study, students are asked to put evidence in managerial practice was praised for its rigorous yet
themselves in the shoes of the individual experiencing in strategic, organizational and logical approach, and this is
the discrimination and ask themselves reflect on how operational problem-solving. continued in the second
they would handle the situation. Students must examine edition, which provides a
Contemporary issues covered include: business
their own beliefs about gender and work place practices well-researched, theoretically
excellence, sustainability, alliances, off-shoring and
and consider consequences of actions they might take. robust approach to the topic
in-shoring risk-management, integrity and corporate
In addition to the sections of theory, cases, and legal combined with empirical
governance, network organization, diversity
challenges, websites of interest are included student research in continuity management. New chapters are
management, work engagement, crowd-sourcing and
assignments and classroom activities. included on digital resilience and principles of risk
mass customization; whilst special features which
management for business continuity. All chapters are
Key features include: enhance the learning process include:
revised and updated with particular attention being paid
• engaging case studies embedded in each chapter • ‘management in action’ case studies at the beginning to the impact on smaller companies. New cases include:
• legal cases that highlight each chapter and lend of every chapter South Africa Bank, Lego, Morgan Stanley Dean Witter;
credibility to each case study • discussion questions, research based exercises and case small companies impacted by 9/11; and the New York
analyses at the end of every chapter demonstrating the City power outage of August 2003.
• discussions of international/global situations
practical implications of the concepts presented Selected Contents: 1. Business Continuity in a Historical
• suggestions for student assignments/projects. and Strategic Context 2. Regulatory and Legal Issues
• examples, illustrations and brief case studies with a
3. Digital Resilience 4. Initiating and Preparing for BCM
2010: 246 x 174: 320pp world-wide focus throughout the chapters.
5. Principles of Risk Management for Business Continuity
Hb: 978-0-415-77802-2: £95.00 This comprehensive introduction to management 6. Continuity Analysis and Planning 7. Management of
Pb: 978-0-415-77803-9: £28.99 provides new students to the area with everything they Change: Embedding BCM 8. Operational Management,
For more information, visit: need to know to progress to the next level. Testing, Incident Management and Crisis Communications
www.routledge.com/9780415778039 9. Business Continuity: Where Next
2010: 270 x 210: 664pp
Pb: 978-90-01-70382-0: £51.99 2010: 229 x 152: 352pp
The Good Enough Manager For more information, visit:
Hb: 978-0-415-37108-7: £100.00
Pb: 978-0-415-37109-4: £29.99
The Making of a GEM For more information, visit:
Aaron J. Nurick, Bentley College, USA
The premise of this title is that it Impression Management
is rare, if indeed impossible to
find ’perfect’ managers that
in the Workplace Coaching Models:
that is viewed as such by all Research, Theory, and Practice A Cultural Perspective
those that serve under him/her.
Therefore is it is better to strive
Andrew J. DuBrin, Rochester Institute of A Guide to Model Development: for
Technology, New York, USA Practitioners and Students of Coaching
to become a good enough
manager, leading and meeting In this book, Andrew J. DuBrin
skillfully provides a guide to
Diane Lennard, New York University, USA
the needs of all. The movement
to strive for excellence is fine the effective use of impression This book encourages and
but hard to put into practice for management based on scholarly assists students and
all personality types, thus the research and theory, with practitioners of business
goal is to be the best we can particular attention to practical coaching to develop and
possibly be without the pressure of achieving the application. apply their own coaching
unachievable. models. Not only will coaches
and clients benefit from such
2011: 229 x 152: 160pp models, the entire field of
Hb: 978-0-415-88533-1: £75.00 coaching will benefit from
Pb: 978-0-415-88534-8: £29.99 having coaches who use their
eBook: 978-0-203-35733-0 models to continually improve
2010: 235 x 187: 256pp their practice.
Hb: 978-0-415-87173-0: £80.00
Pb: 978-0-415-87174-7: £36.99
2010: 229 x 152: 152pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80213-0: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80214-7: £21.99

New New
Routledge Studies in
Management, Organizations Leadership as Emotional Labour Commitment to Work and
and Society Managing the Managed Heart Job Satisfaction
Edited by Marian Iszatt-White, Lancaster University, Studies of Work Orientations
Routledge Studies in Management, UK
Edited by Bengt Furåker and Kristina Håkansson,
Organizations and Society represents Even if we don’t realise it, most of us are now familiar both at University of Gothenburg, Sweden and
with the idea of ‘emotional labour’; that ‘service with a Jan Ch Karlsson, Karlstad University, Sweden
innovative work grounded in new realities; smile’ which everyone from cabin crew to restaurant or
addressing issues crucial to an call centre staff is expected to give, irrespective of what ‘This book provides a fresh approach and interesting
they actually feel or think. insights on a topic of crucial importance: the
understanding of the contemporary world. continued centrality of work in our lives.’ – Harriet
This book considers the complex ways in which this need
This is the world of organized societies, to show (or hide) particular emotions translates into job
Bradley, Bristol University, UK
where boundaries between formal and roles – specifically those of leaders or managers – where People’s work orientations and attitudes to paid work
the relationships are lasting rather than transient, are highly important for the welfare of any country. Still,
informal, public and private, local and little is currently known about how such attitudes are
two-way rather than uni-directional and have complex,
global organizations have been displaced ongoing goals rather than straight-forward, one-off distributed among different countries, men and women,
or vanished along with other nineteenth ones. The book contends that these differences classes, occupations, age groups and so on. Even less is
contribute unique characteristics to the nature of the known about how work orientations have changed
century dichotomies and oppositions. during the dramatic social transformations of economies
emotional labour required and expounds and explores
Management, apart from becoming a this new genus within the ‘emotional labour’ species. and labour markets during recent decades. What
specialised profession for a growing The main theme of this book is the explication and happened, for example, to work orientations in Iceland
exploration of emotional labour in the context of when the country went bankrupt? The answer is quite
number of people, is an everyday activity surprising. Or, is it true that work is losing its position in
leadership and management. As such, it focuses both
for most members of modern societies. on how our understanding of emotional labour in this people’s lives in Western world? What is the relationship
Management, Organizations and context enriches the original construct and where it between people’s attitudes to work and the way they
deviates from it. actually behave on the labour market?
Society will address these contemporary
By exploring these issues at the level of situated practices This timely book deals with these questions – and more
dynamics of transformation in a manner and the real world, real time experiences of leaders, – presenting fresh knowledge on changes in work
that transcends disciplinary boundaries, the book seeks to make an innovative and nuanced orientations in many countries. It is based on genuine
theoretical arguments and thorough empirical studies,
with work which will appeal to researchers, contribution to our understanding of the emotional
using both qualitative and quantitative methods. It is a
element within ‘leadership work’.
students and practitioners alike. great source of new knowledge on work orientations
September 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp and changes in attitudes to work.
Hb: 978-0-415-67435-5: £85.00
New For more information, visit:
December 2011: 229 x 152: 254pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80825-5: £80.00
Managing Corporate Values in eBook: 978-0-203-13588-4
Diverse National Cultures www.routledge.com/9780415808255
The Challenge of Differences Gender Equity in Science
Philippe d’Iribarne, National Center for Scientific and Engineering
Research, Paris, France
Advancing Change in Higher Education
How should a Western company manage cross-culturally
corporate values in its foreign subsidiaries? Do these Diana Bilimoria and Xiangfen Liang, both at Case Western Reserve University, USA
values make sense everywhere and can they assumed to Women faculty’s participation in academic science and engineering is critical for future US
be universal or, on the contrary, are they culturally global competitiveness, yet their underrepresentation particularly in senior positions remains
Western specific? a widespread problem. To overcome persistent institutional resistance and barriers to change,
Philippe d’Iribarne provides answers to these timely and the NSF ADVANCE institutional transformation initiative, instituted in 2001, seeks to increase
urgent questions, based on research carried out in the the workforce participation of women faculty in academic science and engineering through
subsidiaries of a leading global company, Lafarge, in the systematic institutional transformation. This book assesses the equity, diversity and inclusion
contrasting cultural environments of China, the United outcomes of the changes underway at 19 universities. It provides a comprehensive,
States, France and Jordan. It appears that, in a large stand-alone description of successful approaches to increase the recruitment, advancement
part of the world, people’s expectations are similar; and retention of women faculty throughout the academic career pipeline. The findings show
they expect from a good employer clear and decisive that targeted institutional transformation at these 19 U.S. universities has resulted in
leadership, and fair and compassionate treatment, significant increases in women faculty’s workforce participation, as well as improved gender
helping them to live a good life. But treating these equity and inclusion. Analyses by discipline show that the greatest changes have occurred
expectations as the ‘same’ could be misleading. within engineering and natural science disciplines at these universities. Yet the results also
Western companies with a humanistic orientation are point to the overall continued underrepresentation of women faculty in academic science and engineering at the
well positioned to fulfil them, provided they are willing, nation’s research universities. A framework of organizational change is derived to serve as a template to academic
in each and every geography, to take into account the and other organizations seeking transformation to enhance gender equity, diversity and inclusion.
local vision of the right way to achieve a good life.
2011: 229 x 152: 266pp
By following the example presented in this book, Hb: 978-0-415-88562-1: £80.00 • eBook: 978-0-203-14913-3
companies who care can deliver economic efficiency as
well as progressive people management in the countries
in which they operate.
May 2012: 216 x 138: 144pp

Hb: 978-0-415-50463-8: £75.00
eBook: 978-0-203-12811-4

Routledge Studies in The Effective Organization New

Practical Application of Complexity Theory Organizational Behaviour
Management, Organizations and Organizational Design to Maximize
and Society (continued) Performance in the Face of Emerging Events.
in Sport
Bob Stewart, Victoria University, Australia and
Dennis Tafoya, Comp Cite Inc, USA
James Skinner, Griffith University, Australia
New Performance is why
Series: Foundations of Sport Management
organizations exist. Through
Gossip and Organizations performance organizations • What makes the sports organization different from
meet the needs of internal and other commercial organizations?
Kathryn Waddington, City University, London, UK external stakeholders as defined • How can managers in sport improve organizational
Gossip is a complex and ubiquitous phenomenon, widely by their mission, goals and effectiveness?
found and variously practiced by different individuals objectives. This is true for all
Sport is a special kind of commercial enterprise. Whether
and groups. Gossip and Organizations provides the organizations. Complexity
theory, a tool used to examine it’s the ability to engender exceptionally high levels of
reader with an analysis of gossip and informal
the nature of dynamic systems commitment and loyalty or the fact that the employees
knowledge across different national, organizational and
like organizations, can (athletes) are simultaneously the service provider and the
cultural contexts, drawing upon empirical findings and
contribute to our understanding product, the sports organization is different.
the author’s experiences of researching gossip in nursing
and healthcare organizations and higher educational of organizations and ways to This comprehensive and accessible textbook examines
institutions. Kathryn Waddington aims to dispel once improve their performance. Using unique typologies the key theories that are used to underpin organizational
and for all the myth that women gossip and men have describing organizations, events that effect organizations analysis in sport, helping the student and practitioner to
conversations, shattering the illusion that gossip at work and the fundamental structure for organizations are understand the different types of behaviour that occur
is trivial talk. presented to enable the forecasting of an organization’s within the sports organization and to develop ways of
capacity to manage different events as they emerge managing that behaviour more effectively. The book
This book challenges the assumption that gossip is a
and how behavior organizes around these events. explores behaviour on individual, interpersonal, group
problem that should be discouraged, arguing instead that
Academicians studying organizations and practitioners and whole organization levels, and develops an
paying closer attention to gossip enables exploration of
interested in improving them can use this information to evidence-based framework for analysis built around key
other ways of seeing, interpreting and understanding
facilitate baseline, descriptive thinking and analysis or concepts such as:
organizations and people’s experience in organizations.
more sophisticated examinations aimed at understanding • motivation
The complexity of gossip is such that a range of the dynamic nature of organizations as fully functioning
psycho-social-cultural explanations are necessary in order systems. In the end what’s presented is not limited, • rewards and incentives
to account for human interactions at all levels in theoretical discussions but ways to efficiently talk about • interpersonal relationships
organizations. Waddington provides a new framework an individual organization’s profile or competencies within
that synthesizes these elements to further illuminate • power, influence and leadership
a class of, or in contrast to, other organizations.
gossip and/in organizations and guide future research, • culture and ideology
theoretical development and critical reflection in the field. 2010: 229 x 152: 312pp • conflict, disputes and grievances
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Organizing Gossip Hb: 978-0-415-88035-0: £60.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88036-7: £29.99
• anxiety, stress and alienation
3. Gossip and Ethics 4. Gossip and Emotion 5. Gossip and
Identity 6. The Politics of Gossip 7. Sensemaking and the For more information, visit: • equity and inclusion.
Management of Gossip 8. Future Directions. Appendix A. www.routledge.com/9780415880367 With international case-studies and data, review questions
Appendix B. Notes. Bibliography. Index and useful guides to further reading included in every
chapter, no other textbook develops critical skills or an
May 2012: 229 x 152: 192pp New awareness of ethical issues as effectively as this book.
Hb: 978-0-415-41785-3: £80.00
It is important reading for all students and practitioners
eBook: 978-0-203-11178-9
Uniting Diverse Organizations working in sport, leisure or recreation management.
www.routledge.com/9780415417853 Managing Goal-Oriented Advocacy Networks
October 2012: 246 x 174: 288pp
Angel Saz-Carranza, Ramon Llull University, Spain Hb: 978-0-415-67175-0: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-67176-7: £29.99
New Series: Routledge Studies in Business Organizations eBook: 978-0-203-13196-1
and Networks
The Social Construction Networks are made up of organizations. Often a central
of the Employee unit, or ’Network Administrative Organization’ (NAO),
manages an entire network of organizations that
Nancy Harding, University of Bradford, UK collaborate to achieve an overall network-level goal. New
This book explores how organisations render those who Goal-directed networks are those that come together to
work in them less than human. Nancy Harding argues achieve a shared objective, in addition to the individual Politics in Organizations
organization-specific goals. This book’s focus is on the
that the experience of being at work is one in which the Theory and Research Considerations
insistence on practising one’s humanity always provides management of goal-directed networks.
a counter-point to organisational demands. Despite the fact that formalized goal-directed Edited by Gerald R. Ferris,
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Reading Contracts interorganizational networks have become extremely Florida State University, USA
of Employment as Injurious, Excitable Speech 3. Antigone’s popular in the public and nonprofit sectors, as many social and Darren C. Treadway,
Claim and the Sociality of Work 4. The Psyche at the problems require concerted action, publications State University of New York
Workplace 5. Being Embodied at the Workplace 6. Seeing on managing goal-directed networks do not exist. In at Buffalo, USA
at Work 7. Conclusion: On Being at Work this book, author Angel Saz-Carranza examines four Series: SIOP Organizational
networks that differ by size, scope, and geographical
December 2012: 234 x 156: 240pp Frontiers Series
location. He offers a novel and innovative framework
Hb: 978-0-415-57971-1: £80.00
focusing on networks’ inherent internal tensions between
For more information, visit: unity and diversity, paralleling the differentiation/integration
www.routledge.com/9780415579711 tension found in organization theory, which has not
previously been applied to interorganizational networks.
June 2012: 229 x 152: 160pp

Hb: 978-0-415-89902-4: £80.00 2011: 229 x 152: 656pp
eBook: 978-0-203-10779-9 Hb: 978-0-415-88213-2: £44.95
eBook: 978-0-203-19742-4

6th Edition New New

Sociology, Work and Evidence-Based Productivity The Employee-Organization
Organisation Improvement Relationship
Tony Watson, University of Nottingham, UK A Practical Guide to the Productivity Applications for the 21st Century
‘As a young researcher Measurement and Enhancement System Edited by Lynn M. Shore, San Diego State University,
exploring shopfloor (ProMES) USA, Jacqueline A-M. Coyle-Shapiro, London
dynamics in the early 1980s,
Robert D. Pritchard, Sallie J. Weaver and Elissa School of Economics and Political Science, UK and
the first edition of this great
Ashwood, Strategy 42, Pittsburgh, USA Lois E. Tetrick, George Mason University, USA
book was an invaluable
source of ideas. In the Series: Applied Psychology Series Series: Applied Psychology Series
intervening years, Tony ’Employee-organization
Watson has continued to This new book explains ProMES
relationship’ is an overarching
update his analysis of the and how it meets the criteria for
term that describes the
multi-facetted, changing and an optimal measurement and
relationship between the
contradictory nature of work feedback system.
employee and the organization.
and organizations. With its It summarizes all the research It encompasses psychological
greater emphasis on organisational dynamics, this that has been done on contracts, perceived
excellent new edition provides a lucid overview of productivity, mentioning other organizational support, and the
the field. As an introductory text, this book is very measurement systems, and employment relationship.
hard to beat, and I can thoroughly recommend it.’ gives detailed information on Remarkable progress has been
– David Collinson, University of Lancaster, UK how to implement this one in made in the last 30 years in the
Sociology, Work and Organisation builds on the five organizations. study of EOR. This volume, by a
popular and successful editions of Sociology, Work and This book will be of interest to stellar list of international
Industry. The new text is outstanding in how effectively behavioral science researchers and professionals who contributors, offers perspectives on EOR that will be of
it explains the value of using the sociological imagination wish to learn more about the practical methods of interest to scholars, practitioners and graduate students in
to understand the nature of institutions of work, measuring and improving organizational productivity. IO psychology, business and human resource management.
organisations, occupations, management and employment
and how they are changing in the 21st century. 2011: 254 x 178: 316pp February 2012: 229 x 152: 664pp
Hb: 978-1-84872-967-4: £37.50 Hb: 978-0-415-88077-0: £54.95
The book combines intellectual depth with accessible Pb: 978-1-84872-968-1: £19.00 eBook: 978-0-203-13887-8
language and a user-friendly layout. It is unrivalled in the eBook: 978-0-203-18034-1 For more information, visit:
breadth of its coverage and its authoritative overview of www.routledge.com/9780415880770
both traditional and emergent themes in the sociological www.routledge.com/9781848729681
study of work and organisation. It explains the basic
logic of the sociological analysis of work and the way New
work is organised, whilst also providing an appreciation New
of the different theoretical traditions which the subject
draws upon. It fully considers: 5th Edition
Work Stress and Coping in an
Era of Globalization
• the direction and implication of trends in technological
change, globalisation, labour markets, work organisation,
Business Psychology and
Rabi S. Bhagat, University of Memphis, Tennessee,
managerial practices and employment relations Organizational Behaviour USA, James Segovis, Bryant University, Rhode
• the extent to which these trends are intimately Eugene McKenna, University of East London, UK Island, USA and Terry Nelson
related to changing patterns of inequality in modern ’Bhagat, Segovis and Nelson
societies and to the changing experiences of ’This book presents the
important theoretical and produce a powerful merger
individuals and families of concepts at the crossroads.
conceptual issues along with
• the ways in which workers challenge, resist and make multiple relevant, real-life The dominating presence of
their own contributions to the patterning of work and examples. Readers should be the international, where
shaping of work institutions. able to fully understand and Bhagat is a master scholar, in
Key features include: a new sign-posting system which appreciate the importance of our world today, with its
integrates material and brings out themes which run psychology to behaviour in manifestation in
through the various chapters; ‘key issue’ guides and individual, organisational globalization, meets work
summaries with each chapter; and the identifying of key and societal settings. A core stress and coping in this
concepts throughout the book, which are then brought text for anyone interested in important book. From Bob
together in an unrivalled glossary and concept guide at human behaviour in organisations!’ - Sharon Feeney, Kahn’s seminal work in
the end. Dublin Institute of Technology, Ireland organizational stress, we
now know that stress is the
Now in full colour, the fifth edition of this best-selling kiss of death… and the spice of life! Whether East
2011: 246 x 174: 424pp
textbook introduces all of the major theories, research or West, coping well with work stress makes the
Hb: 978-0-415-68108-7: £98.00
Pb: 978-0-415-68109-4: £27.99 findings, principles and concepts in business psychology difference and can save your life. So, read this book
eBook: 978-0-203-80526-8 and organizational behaviour, whilst emphasising their by the stress masters…then ask for assistance when
real-life application using relevant examples. The book, you reach the limit.’ - James Campbell Quick, University
www.routledge.com/9780415681094 which is well-organized and clearly written, takes the of Texas at Arlington, USA
reader through individual, group, and organizational/HR
perspectives on the subject, while at the same time April 2012: 229 x 152: 312pp
offering an appreciation of their historical development Hb: 978-0-8058-4846-5: £27.50
and methodological issues. Pb: 978-0-8058-4847-2: £14.95
eBook: 978-0-203-15706-0
This is an essential textbook for undergraduates and
postgraduates studying psychology and organizational For more information, visit:
behaviour; it will also be welcomed as a rich source of www.routledge.com/9780805848472
information by practitioners in organizations.
2011: 246 x 189: 872pp

Hb: 978-1-84872-034-3: £70.00
Pb: 978-1-84872-035-0: £39.95

New New New

Using a Positive Lens to The Handbook of Work Analysis The Psychology of
Explore Social Change and Methods, Systems, Applications and Science Assessment Centers
of Work Measurement in Organizations
Organizations Edited by Duncan Jackson, Charles E. Lance,
Edited by Mark Alan Wilson, North Carolina State University of Georgia, Athens, USA and
Building a Theoretical and
University, Raleigh, USA, Winston Bennett, Jr., Air Brian Hoffman
Research Foundation Force Research Lab, Wright Patterson AFB, Ohio, Research on the reliability and
Edited by Karen Golden-Biddle, Boston University, Shanan Gwaltney Gibson, East Carolina University, validity of assessment centers
USA and Jane E. Dutton, University of Michigan, USA USA and George Michael Alliger, The Group for (ACs) has been ongoing for at
Series: Series in Organization and Management Organizational Effectiveness, Inc., Altamont, New least 50 years and continues to
York, USA this day. Assessment Center
How can application of a method is not a place but a
positive lens to understanding Series: Applied Psychology Series
technique or process that is
social change and organizations This new Handbook, with used to assess individual
enrich and elaborate theory contributions from experts performance and potential. One
and practice? This is the core around the world, is the most of the most heavily researched
question that inspired this comprehensive treatise on work topics over the last 30 years has
book. It is a question that design and job analysis practice been the internal structure of
brought together a diverse and and research in over 20 years. AC ratings that assessors make
talented group of researchers The Handbook, dedicated to on rating dimensions after the completion of each
interested in change and Sidney Gael, is the next exercise. This volume, with contributions from experts
organizations in different generation of Gael’s successful from around the world, looks at Dimension-Based
problem domains (sustainability, Job Analysis Handbook for Assessment Centers, Task Based Assessment Centers and
healthcare, poverty alleviation Business, Industry and Mixed-Model Assessment Centers. All three perspectives
and education). The contributors to this book bring Government, published by Wiley are be presented in different sections, and a summary of
different theoretical lenses to the question of social in 1988. It consists of four parts: each perspective is given at the end of the book.
change and organizations. Methods, Systems, Applications and Research/Innovations.
Finally, a tightly integrated, user-friendly Handbook, of July 2012: 229 x 152: 320pp
March 2012: 229 x 152: 544pp interest to students, practitioners and researchers in the Hb: 978-0-415-87814-2: £50.00
Hb: 978-0-415-87885-2: £64.95 field of Industrial Organizational Psychology and Human For more information, visit:
Pb: 978-0-415-87886-9: £34.95
Resource Management. www.routledge.com/9780415878142
eBook: 978-0-203-13623-2
For more information, visit: April 2012: 254 x 178: 864pp
www.routledge.com/9780415878869 Hb: 978-1-84872-870-7: £87.00 New
eBook: 978-0-203-13632-4
New
For more information, visit: Research Methods in
Occupational Health Psychology
The Psychology of Negotiations Measurement, Design and Data Analysis
in the 21st Century Workplace New
Edited by Robert Sinclair, Mo Wang and Lois Tetrick
New Challenges and New Solutions Improving Organizational
June 2012: 229 x 152: 400pp
Edited by Barry M. Goldman, University of Arizona, Interventions For Stress and Hb: 978-0-415-87932-3: £49.95
USA and Debra L. Shapiro
Series: SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series
Well-Being For more information, visit:
Addressing Process and Context
The ’litigation explosion’ in the 21st century workplace
means increasing costs and risks of lawsuits. Negotiation Edited by Caroline Biron, Maria Karanika-Murray
appears the attractive alternative to litigation. This new
New
and Cary L. Cooper, Lancaster University, UK
volume, with contributions from experts in psychology,
management and other disciplines, bridges the gap
This book brings together a Snapshots of Great Leadership
number of experts in the field
between management and negotiation research. Jon P. Howell, New Mexico State University, USA
of organizational interventions
Managers, students and researchers interested in the
for stress and well-being, and Series: LEADERSHIP: Research and Practice
field of negotiation will find this new book in SIOP’s
discusses the importance of
Organizational Frontiers series of interest.
process and context issues to August 2012: 229 x 152: 216pp
the success or failure of such Hb: 978-0-415-62482-4: £24.99
April 2012: 229 x 152: 560pp Pb: 978-0-415-87217-1: £12.50
Hb: 978-0-415-87115-0: £54.95 interventions. The book
eBook: 978-0-203-13506-8 explores how context and For more information, visit:
process can be incorporated www.routledge.com/9780415872171
www.routledge.com/9780415871150 into program evaluation,
providing examples of how
this can be done, and offers New
New insights that aim to improve working life.
Becoming a Trustworthy Leader
Individual and Team Skill Decay June 2012: 234 x 156: 384pp
Hb: 978-1-84872-056-5: £49.95
Psychology and Practice
State of the Science and Implications For more information, visit: Aneil K. Mishra and Karen E. Mishra
for Practice www.routledge.com/9781848720565 Series: LEADERSHIP: Research and Practice
Edited by Winfred Arthur, Jr., Texas A&M University,
October 2012
Eric Day, Winston Bennett, Air Force Research Lab, Hb: 978-0-415-88281-1: £29.95
Wright Patterson AFB, Ohio and Portrey Antoinette Pb: 978-0-415-88282-8: £19.95
May 2012: 229 x 152: 368pp www.routledge.com/9780415882828
Hb: 978-0-415-88578-2: £44.95

mar k e t i n g 41
New
Emotional Labor in the
marketing e-Marketing
Applications of Information Technology
and the Internet within Marketing
21st Century
New Cor Molenaar, Erasmus University, the Netherlands
Diverse Perspectives on the Psychology of
Without a doubt, new
Emotion Regulation at Work 4th Edition technologies, and notably
Edited by Alicia Grandey, James Diefendorff Emarketing Excellence the Internet, have had a
profound and lasting impact
and Deborah E. Rupp, University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign Planning and Optimising on the marketing function. A
Series: Series in Organization and Management

Your Digital Marketing paradigm shift has occurred
which will forever change the
Dave Chaffey, Independent Consultant, UK and way marketers and marketing
October 2012: 229 x 152: 296pp Paul R. Smith, Independent Marketing Consultant, UK managers work. This doesn’t
Hb: 978-1-84872-949-0: £44.95
Now in its fourth edition, mean, however, that ‘old’
For more information, visit: marketing tools are no longer
the hugely successful
Emarketing Excellence is fully relevant.
updated, keeping you in line In this brand new textbook, Cor Molenaar summarizes
New with the changes in this classic concepts and current developments to create a new,
dynamic and exciting field and integrated marketing model, in which all components are
A Day in the Life of a helping you create effective and
up-to-date customer-centric
part of a customer-oriented approach. Molenaar highlights
the influence of the application of IT and the Internet
Happy Worker e-marketing plans. within marketing and reveals how this can affect the form,
Edited by Arnold Bakker and Kevin Daniels A practical guide to creating and focus and business model of an organization.
executing e-marketing plans, it Supplemented by practical examples throughout,
October 2012: 234 x 156: 184pp combines established approaches to marketing planning e-Marketing is an essential read for all marketing and
Hb: 978-1-84872-085-5: £39.95 with the creative use of new e-models and e-tools. This business administration students.
For more information, visit: new edition seamlessly integrates social media technology
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Developments of
www.routledge.com/9781848720855 like Facebook check-in, social networking, tablets and Marketing Introduction: An Historical Outline 1. Marketing
mobile applications into the mix, demonstrating how and Strategy 2. Marketing as Concept 3. Marketing as
these new ways to reach customers can be integrated Activity 4. Marketing Instruments 5. Direct Marketing as a
New into your marketing plans. It also includes brand new Form of Marketing 6. Marketing and Internet Part 2: Impact
sections on online marketing legislation and QR codes, of Information Technology on Marketing Introduction: A
The Psychology of Digital plus an expanded section on email marketing, the most Buyer’s Prospective 7. The Development of Mechanization
commonly used e-marketing tool. 8. The Development of Information Technology Within the
Media @ Work Offering a highly structured and accessible guide to a
Organization 9. Applications of Information Technology
Within Marketing Part 3: Impact of the Internet on
Edited by Daantje Derks and Arnold Bakker critical and far-reaching subject, Emarketing Excellence Marketing Introduction: From Support to Strategy 10. The
fourth edition provides a vital reference point for all Development of the Internet 11. The Breakthrough of the
October 2012: 234 x 156 students of business or marketing and marketers and Internet 12. The Application of the Internet Part 4: Internet
Hb: 978-1-84872-074-9: £34.94 e-marketers involved in marketing strategy and Strategy Introduction: The Customer in Power
For more information, visit: implementation and who want a thorough yet practical 13. Developing the Internet Strategy 14. Applications of the
www.routledge.com/9781848720749 grounding in e-marketing. Internet Part 5: Marketing Strategy in a Dynamic World
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to e-Marketing Introduction: Orientation of Businesses 15. Marketing
2. ReMix 3. e-Models 4. e-Customers 5. Social Media Orientations as Competition Model 16. Application of the
Marketing 6. Site Design 7. Traffic Building 8. e-CRM Marketing Orientations 17. Changes and Choices 18. New
Developments in Marketing
related journals and Digital Body Language 9. e-Business 10. e-Planning
September 2012: 246 x 189: 528pp 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp

Culture & Organization Hb: 978-0-415-53335-5: £95.00 Hb: 978-0-415-67727-1: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-53337-9: £32.99 Pb: 978-0-415-67728-8: £34.99
Editors: Damien O’Doherty, University of Manchester, eBook: 978-0-203-80560-2
UK and Jo Brewis, University of Leicester, UK For more information, visit:
Accepted for coverage in the Thomson Reuters SSCI® www.routledge.com/9780415677288
The official journal of the Standing Conference on
Organizational Symbolism New
www.tandfonline.com/gsco
The 4 A’s of Marketing
Journal of Change Management Creating Value for Customer, Company and Society
Editor: Rune Todnem By, Staffordshire University Jagdish Sheth, Emory University, USA and Rajendra Sisodia, Bentley University, Massachusetts, USA
Business School, UK
In this book, the authors present a powerful and tested approach that helps managers see a
www.tandfonline.com/rjcm business’s every action through the eyes of its customers. This approach is organized around
the values that matter most to customers: Acceptability, Affordability, Accessibility and
The Academy of Management Annals Awareness. Taken together, these attributes are called the ’4A’s.’ The 4A framework derives
Editor: Royston Greenwood, University of Alberta, from a customer-value perspective based on the four distinct roles that customers play in the
Canada and University of Oxford, UK market: seekers, selectors, payers and users. For a marketing campaign to succeed, it must
achieve high marks on all four A’s, using a blend of marketing and non-marketing resources.
Citation Index®
A publication of the Academy of Management
www.tandfonline.com/rama
2011: 254 x 178: 224pp

Hb: 978-0-415-89834-8: £60.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-89835-5: £26.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-80216-8

42 m arket ing
New iN 2013 New New

Contemporary Selling Segmentation, Revenue Ethics in Marketing
Building Relationships. Creating Value Management and Pricing International Cases and Perspectives
Mark W. Johnston and Greg W. Marshall, Analytics Patrick E. Murphy, University of Notre Dame, USA,
both at Rollins College, USA Gene R. Laczniak, Marquette University, USA and
Tudor Bodea, Utrecht School of Economics, the Andrea Prothero, University College Dublin, Ireland
Published in previous editions by McGraw-Hill as
Netherlands and Mark Ferguson, University of
Relationship Selling, the latest edition of Mark Johnston Understanding and appreciating
and Greg Marshall’s Contemporary Selling: Building
South Carolina, Columbia, USA
the ethical dilemmas associated
Relationships. Creating Value continues to set the Segmentation, Revenue Management and Pricing with business is an important
standard for the most up-to-date and student-friendly Analytics introduces the concepts and quantitative dimension of marketing
selling textbook available anywhere today. methods available for improving profit through smarter strategy. Increasingly, matters of
capacity allocation and pricing. In particular, proven corporate social responsibility
The latest edition incorporates a new chapter on social
techniques are provided for analyzing historical sales data are part of marketing’s domain.
media and technology-enabled selling, as well as a new
to determine customer segments that exhibit significant
chapter on selling globally. To support student Ethics in Marketing contains 20
differences in their price elasticities. Once identified,
engagement, the book also features: cases that deal with a variety of
techniques are provided on how to determine the optimal
• mini-cases to help students understand and apply the ethical issues such as
capacity allocation or price for each segment.
principles they have learned in the classroom questionable selling practices,
This book uses historical sales data with mathematical exploitative advertising,
• in-chapter ‘Ethical Dilemmas’ that help students optimization to set and update capacity (or prices) counterfeiting, product safety, apparent bribery and
identify and handle effectively the numerous ethical offered through various channels in order to maximize channel conflict that companies face across the world.
issues that arise in selling profit. A familiar example is the passenger airline A hallmark of this book is its international dimension
• ‘expert advice’ chapter openers showing how each industry, where a carrier may sell the same type of seats along with high-profile case studies that represent
chapter’s sales concepts are applied in the real world (for example, coach) on the same flight to different situations in European, North American, Chinese, Indian
customer segments at different prices. These practices and South American companies. Well known
• role-plays at the end of each chapter enabling students
have transformed the transportation and hospitality multinationals like Caterpillar, Coca Cola, Cadbury and
to learn by doing
industries, and are increasingly important in industries as Facebook are featured. The two introductory chapters
• video material available on a companion website, diverse as retail, telecommunications, banking, health cover initial and advanced perspectives on ethical and
featuring the highly regarded role-play series care and manufacturing. The aim of this book is to guide socially responsible marketing, in order to provide
introduced by the authors, and new content from a students and professionals on how to identify and students with the necessary theoretical foundation to
recent PBS special produced by HR Chally featuring exploit revenue management and pricing opportunities engage in ethical reasoning. A decision-making model
sales experts discussing best sales practices in different business contexts. is also presented, for use in the case analyses.
• special added appendices on selling math and This unique case-book provides students with a global
developing a professional sales proposal. June 2012: 254 x 178: 400pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89832-4: £60.00 perspective on ethics in marketing and can be used in
Selected Contents: Part 1: What is Relationship Selling? Pb: 978-0-415-89833-1: £34.99 a free standing course on marketing ethics or marketing
1. Introduction to Relationship Selling 2. Using Information eBook: 978-0-203-80215-1 and society or it can be used as a supplement to the
to Understand Sellers and Buyers 3. Value Creation in readings for other marketing classes.
Buyer-Seller Relationships 4. Ethical and Legal Issues in
www.routledge.com/9780415898331 Selected Contents: 1. Perspectives for Ethical and Socially
Relationship Selling Part 2: Elements of Relationship
Selling 5. Prospecting and Sales Call Planning Responsible Marketing Decisions 2. Advanced Perspectives
6. Communicating the Sales Message 7. Negotiating for for Ethical and Socially Responsible Marketing Decisions
Win-Win Solutions 8. Closing the Sale and Follow-up New 3. Decision Model, Sample Case (L’Oreal), Analysis and the
9. Self Management: Time and Territory Part 3: Managing Rest of the Story Part 1: Short Cases 4. Going Along to
the Relationship Selling Process 10. Salesperson CRM Get Along 5. Hunky Dory 6. Tracking down Counterfeits on
Performance: Behavior, Motivation, and Role Perceptions eBay: Whose Responsibility is it? 7. Casas Bahia 8. Toys
The Foundation of Contemporary from China and the new Yum Burger Kids’ Meal 9. Koodo in
11. Recruiting and Selecting Salespeople 12. Training
Salespeople for Sales Success 13. Salesperson Compensation Marketing Strategy the Canadian Cell Phone Market 10. PETA 11. Drug Testing
and Incentives 14. Evaluating Salesperson Performance in India 12. Tough Decisions: Something to Snack on
Roger J. Baran, Depaul University, Chicago, USA 13. Honest Tea and Coke: An Unlikely Couple Part 2: Long
January 2013: 279 x 216: 480pp and Robert Galka Cases 14. Another Day in Paradise? 15. Montenegro
Hb: 978-0-415-52349-3: £135.00 Electronics, Ltd. 16. Arctic Desert 17. Superior Services:
Professors who wish to teach current best practices in
Pb: 978-0-415-52350-9: £42.99 Should Short Skirts Sell Software? 18. Facebook 19. Auchan
this quickly growing discipline will find that by adopting
eBook: 978-0-203-12096-5 (France) 20. A Young Pharmacist’s Dilemma 21. TOMS: One
this textbook with its very strong supporting material will for One Movement 22. Cadbury’s Chocolate Bars: Not such
For more information, visit: enhance their student learning, ensure currency in a Sweet Smell of Success? 23. Caterpillar, Inc.
www.routledge.com/9780415523509 topics, and reduce their preparation and teaching
efforts. Exercises found at the end of each chapter February 2012: 246 x 174: 192pp
provide a transition from theory to action whereby the Hb: 978-0-415-78351-4: £95.00
instructor can lead the student in development of action Pb: 978-0-415-78352-1: £30.99
related journals plans and subsequent implementation, measurement eBook: 978-0-203-13268-5
and development of a continuous improvement strategy. For more information, visit:
The Service Industries Journal www.routledge.com/9780415783521
Editor: Eileen Bridges, Kent State University, USA September 2012: 254 x 203: 530pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89656-6: £95.00
Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences Pb: 978-0-415-89657-3: £44.99 New iN 2013
Citation Index® eBook: 978-0-203-10757-7
www.tandfonline.com/fsij For more information, visit: Sales Force Management
Mark W. Johnston and Greg W. Marshall,
The International Review of Retail, both at Rollins College, USA
Distribution and Consumer Research
Editor: Leigh Sparks, University of Stirling, UK February 2013: 254 x 203: 496pp
Hb: 978-0-415-53461-1: £135.00
www.tandfonline.com/rirr Pb: 978-0-415-53462-8: £49.99
Journal of Marketing Communications www.routledge.com/9780415534628
Editor: Philip J. Kitchen, Brock University, Canada
www.tandfonline.com/rjmc

mar k e t i n g 43
New New New

Marketing Management The Alignment Factor Marketing Management
Worldwide Cases Leveraging the Power of Total Stakeholder A Cultural Perspective
Luiz Moutinho, University of Glasgow, UK Support Edited by Lisa Peñaloza, EDHEC Business School,
The case study method has been one of the most Cees B.M. Van Riel, Erasmus University, the France, Nil Toulouse, University of Lille North of
effective teaching tools in business management Netherlands France and Luca Massimiliano Visconti, Bocconi
education. Marketing Management: Worldwide Cases is University, Italy
The importance of creating
one of the first books to use this method to provide a a favourable impression is Culture pervades consumption
truly global perspective on the different realities of hard to overstate in all walks and marketing activity in ways
marketing management in a range of environments. of life - in business it’s vital that potentially benefit
This book provides a wide coverage of analytical to achieve strategic goals. marketing managers. This book
discussions in areas such as branding, retailing, strategic Customers, journalists, provides a comprehensive
marketing, marketing programming and innovation in bloggers, investors, account of cultural knowledge
marketing. The case studies presented range from governments and other groups and skills useful in strategic
fashion to petroleum pumps, snacks to electronics and are all important stakeholders marketing management.
computers and focus on some very well known in an organizations In making these cultural
companies including: Google, Microsoft, Sony, Red Bull, performance and in persuasively concepts and frameworks
Cacharel, Zara and ING. communicating a company’s accessible and in discussing
With a logically structured approach to case analysis ethical and socially responsible how to use them, this edited
and questions for review, this casebook will be engaging behaviour, these groups can be kept onside. textbook goes beyond the
reading for all students of marketing and international Supported throughout by lively examples, this book identification of historical, socio-cultural and political
business and will help to bridge the gap between contains guidance for implementing strategies that factors and their effects on market outcomes. It builds
academia and the real business world. engage stakeholders - highlighting those organizations understanding of the cultural symbols, world views, and
Selected Contents: Introduction to Case Analysis which employ communication professionals as key practices at the heart of organizations and consumer
Part 1: Consumer Behaviour 1. San Pellegrino (Italy) performers. Van Riel reveals how a dominant logic collectives to better comprehend their relationships in
2. Nintendo (Japan) 3. Zara (Spain) Part 2: Branding develops among executives, which influences styles and markets. This book highlights the benefits that managers
4. Lenovo (China) 5. Red Bull (Austria) 6. Singtel (Singapore) techniques of trust-building communication. can reap from applying interpretive cultural approaches
Part 3: Marketing Communication 7. Fosters (Australia) across the realm of strategic marketing activities including:
The practical insights demonstrated via cases including
8. Google (USA) 9. Tag-Heuer (Switzerland) 10. Cirque du market segmentation, product and brand positioning,
Google, Unilever and Barclays make this book useful
Soleil (Canada) 11. Labatt (Canada) Part 4: Retailing market research, pricing, product development,
12. Currys (UK) 13. Cold Storage (Singapore)
reading for MBA and other graduate classes across areas
advertising, and retail distribution, among others.
Part 5: Marketing Programming 14. Microsoft (USA) such as public relations and reputation management as
15. National Australia Bank (Australia) 16. Acer (Taiwan) well as thinking managers across the globe. With global contributions grounded in the authors’
17. Kerry (Ireland) 18. Siemens (Germany) 19. ING (The primary research with companies such as General
Netherlands) 20. Electrolux (Sweden) Part 6: Strategic and March 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp Motors, Camper, Prada, Mama Shelter, Kjaer Group,
Global Marketing 21. British Airways (UK) 22. Grundfos Hb: 978-0-415-69074-4: £95.00 Hom, and the Twilight Community, this edited volume
(Denmark) 23. Petrobras (Brazil) 24. Accor (France) Pb: 978-0-415-69075-1: £32.99 delivers a truly innovative marketing textbook.
eBook: 978-0-203-12453-6
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Global-Local
June 2012: 246 x 174: 584pp For more information, visit: Cultural Domains 1. Cultures, Consumers, and Corporations
Hb: 978-0-415-45888-7: £125.00 www.routledge.com/9780415690751 2. International Marketing at the Interface of the Alluring
Pb: 978-0-415-45889-4: £39.99 Global and the Comforting Local 3. Mediterranean Shoes
eBook: 978-0-203-15506-6
Conquer the World - Global Branding from Local Resources
For more information, visit: 4. Regional Affiliations: Building a Marketing Strategy on
www.routledge.com/9780415458894 Regional Ethnicity 5. Dove in Russia: The Role of Culture in
Advertising Success 6. Market Development in the African
Context 7. Market Development in the Latin American
Context 8. What Do Chinese Consumers Want?
Positioning the Brand Part 2: Consumer and Marketer Identity and Community
An Inside-Out Approach Politics 9. The Relational Roles of Brands 10. Experiencing
Consumption 11. Facilitating Collective Brand Engagement
Rik Riezebos, European Institute for Brand Management, the Netherlands and Jaap van der Grinten, and Collaborative Production through Cultural Marketing
InHolland University, the Netherlands 12. Tribal Marketing 13. Driving a Deeply Rooted Brand
14. Turning a Corporate Brand Upside-Down
Positioning is hot. Not only in the realm of consumer goods manufacturers, but also for Part 3: Researching Consumers, Marketers, and Markets
other companies, institutions, governments and even individual persons. An explosion of 15. The Way You See is What You Get 16. Interpretive
good quality products on the market and targeted media and advertising campaigns has led Research in Marketing 17. Research Methods For Innovative
to an increasing interest from organizations as to how to strategically position their brand. Cultural Marketing Management (CMM) 18. Action Research
Up to now, only a few books on positioning were published. Positioning the Brand picks up Methods in Consumer Culture Part 4: Refashioning
Marketing Practices 19. Segmentation and Targeting
the gauntlet with an approach based on two fundamental choices: Firstly, the book was
Reloaded 20. Value and Price 21. Product Design and
written from the perspective of the brand manager, and has therefore been shaped as a
Creativity 22. When the Diffusion of Innovation is a Cultural
practical roadmap. Secondly, this book advocates a new stance on positioning, teaching the Evolution 23. Gendered Bodies 24. Sales Promotion
reader to look from the inside-out, instead of adopting the usual outside-in methodology. 25. Second-Hand Markets 26. The Ecology of the
This inside-out approach departs from an analysis of the corporate identity, enabling better Marketplace Experience 27. Strategic Database Marketing
fulfilment of external positioning, and ensuring internal support. Part 5: Institutional Issues in the Marketing Organization
and Academy 28. (Re)thinking Distribution Strategy
29. Sustainable Development 30. Catering to Consumers or
2011: 216 x 138: 208pp Consuming to Caterers 31. Ethics and Credit
Hb: 978-0-415-66518-6: £85.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-66519-3: £26.99 • eBook: 978-0-203-80248-9
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415665193 2011: 246 x 174: 584pp
Hb: 978-0-415-60682-0: £125.00
Pb: 978-0-415-60683-7: £39.99
eBook: 978-0-203-35726-2

44 m arket ing
Advanced Sales Management The Routledge Companion to New

Handbook and Cases Digital Consumption The Routledge Companion to
Analytical, Applied, and Relevant Edited by Russell W. Belk, York University, Canada Identity and Consumption
Linda M. Orr and Rosa Llamas, University of León, Spain
Edited by Russell W. Belk, York University, Canada
Advanced Sales Management Series: Routledge Companions in Business, and Ayalla Ruvio, Temple University, USA
Handbook and Cases: Management and Accounting
Series: Routledge Companions in Business,
Analytical, Applied, and The first generation that has grown up in a digital world
Relevant will fill the need in the
Management and Accounting
is now in our university classrooms. They, their teachers,
market for a solid case work, and their parents have been fundamentally affected by The Routledge Companion to Identity and Consumption
role play, and activity book. It the digitization of text, images, sound, objects and introduces the reader to state-of-the-art research,
has been written by sales signals. They interact socially, play games, shop, read, written by the world’s leading scholars regarding the
teaching professionals and sales write, work, listen to music, collaborate, produce and interplay between identity and consumption.
executives. The life experiences co-produce, search and browse very differently than in Surprisingly, although consumption has become an
of professionals with varied the pre-digital age. inherent part of our self definition, to date, there is no
experiences will provide book that offers a comprehensive overview of the
The Routledge Companion to Digital Consumption offers
students with a solid foundation research in this important area. This Companion seeks to
an introduction to the perspectives needed to rethink
for learning. This will give college professors from rectify that by presenting a broad perspective on
consumer behaviour in a digital age that we are coming
around the world a better opportunity to ensure quality cutting-edge research on the dynamics of self-identity
to take for granted and which therefore often escapes
of learning. The book is intended to be supplemental to and consumption. As such, the chapters in this book will
careful research and reflective critical appraisal.
any other sales management text on the market, but address diverse issues regarding the ways identity affects
could be used alone in an advanced sales management Selected Contents: Part 1: What’s Digital? our consumption behavior and vice-versa.
or marketing analytics course in which the students 1. Introduction: Overview of Digital Consumption 2. Digital
Media and Technologies 3. Digital Home and Work 4. The With chapters discussing the theory, research and
already have the base theoretical knowledge. practical implications of these relationships, including
Posthuman Part 2: Representing the Self and Others
5. Blogging 6. Fashion Blogging 7. Web pages and Avatars the way they change across our life span, their
2011: 254 x 178: 216pp expression within different social, cultural, and religious
8. Pornography on the Internet Part 3: Researching the
Hb: 978-0-415-88651-2: £95.00
Digital Consumer 9. Text and Mobile Research contexts, and our tangible and virtual manifestations of
Pb: 978-0-415-88652-9: £43.99
10. Netnography 11. Data Mining 12. SMS & Online identity via material goods and services, this book will be
For more information, visit: Ethnography Part 4: Communicating, Interacting and a valuable reference source for students and academics
www.routledge.com/9780415886529 Sharing 13. Trapped in the Web 14. Uses of Mobile from a variety of disciplines.
Phones 15. File Sharing 16. Virtual and Secret Communities
17. Crowdsourcing 18. Interactive Audiences 19. Online October 2012: 246 x 174: 576pp
New Relationships/Digital Dating Part 5: Seeking Information Hb: 978-0-415-78306-4: £120.00
and Shopping 20. Virtual Health Communities and eBook: 978-0-203-10533-7
Consumer-Brand Relationships Medicine 21. Stock Trading Online 22. Sense of Virtual
Place 23. Online versus Offline Purchasing Part 6: Playing,
Theory and Practice Praying, Entertaining and Educating 24. Co-Creating
Edited by Susan Fournier, Boston University, USA, Virtual Worlds 25. Game Farms and Gaming 26. Online
Gambling 27. Social Media 28. Mobile Music 29. Viral
Michael Breazeale, Indiana University Southeast,
Propagation of Consumer- or Marketer-Generated Content
New
USA and Marc Fetscherin, Rollins College, USA 30. Fan Fiction & Fanaticism 31. Online Gamers 32. Religion
The creation and management and Religiosity Online Part 7: Issues of Concern in Society Social Marketing
of customer relationships is and Culture 33. Surveillance Society 34. Privacy 35. Self
Gerard Hastings, University of Stirling, UK and
fundamental to the practice of Disclosure 36. Consumer Activism Online 37. Multitasking
Dysfunctions 38. Children’s Issues 39. Consumer
Christine Domegan, National University of Ireland,
marketing. Marketers have long
Movements 40. Death, Disease and Social Greetings Galway
maintained a keen interest in
relationships: what they are, 41. Online Trust Social Marketing involves the
why they are formed, what application of marketing
October 2012: 246 x 174: 576pp techniques (usually associated
effects they have on consumers Hb: 978-0-415-67992-3: £120.00
and the marketplace, how they eBook: 978-0-203-10530-6
with promoting consumption)
can be measured and when and to social ends. Beyond this
how they evolve and decline. simple definition, social
marketing offers an alternative
While marketing research has a
to the standard Western
long tradition in the study of
2nd Edition economic model of
business relationships between manufacturers and
consumption at all costs.
suppliers and buyers and sellers, attention in the past
decade has expanded to the relationships that form Hispanic Marketing This popular introductory
between consumers and their brands (such as products, Connecting with the New Latino Consumer textbook has been updated to provide greater depth on
stores, celebrities, companies or countries). The aim of marketing theory, more on branding, co-production of
this book is to advance knowledge about consumer- Felipe Korzenny and Betty Ann Korzenny value, and Community Based Prevention Marketing
brand relationships by disseminating new research that This edition reflects and (CBPM). In addition, the communications chapter is
pushes beyond theory, to applications and practical responds to the profound extended and radically updated to include much more
implications of brand relationships that businesses can changes the Latino market has on digital media. The rise of corporate social
apply to their own marketing strategies. experienced since the first responsibility is also critically analyzed.
With contributions from an impressive array of scholars edition. It considers the way The subject of social marketing is brought to life with the
from around the world, this volume will provide students in which changes in cultural integration of case studies from across the world to
and researchers with a useful launch pad for further identity, immigration, provide a textbook which is required reading for students
research in this blossoming area. economics, and market at advanced undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
synergies need to be addressed
March 2012: 229 x 152: 456pp in a new relationship with October 2012: 246 x 189: 416pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78303-3: £85.00 Hispanic consumers. Hb: 978-0-415-68372-2: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-78313-2: £34.99 Pb: 978-0-415-68373-9: £34.99
eBook: 978-0-203-12879-4 For more information, visit:
For more information, visit: 2011: 225 x 152: 386pp www.routledge.com/9780415683739
eBook: 978-0-08-096278-8

mar k e t i n g 45
New New New

The Marketing Matrix Strategic Public Relations 3rd Edition
How the Corporation Gets Its Power Leadership The Essentials of
– And How We Can Reclaim It Anne Gregory and Paul Willis, both at Leeds Marketing Research
Gerard Hastings, University of Stirling, UK Metropolitan University, UK Robert E. Stevens, Southeastern Oklahoma State
In the nineteenth century, Public relations is operating in University, USA, Bruce Wrenn, Andrews University,
consumption was recognised an increasingly challenging and USA, Lawrence Silver, Southeastern Oklahoma
as a killer - now it’s the only complex environment. Pressures State University, USA and David Loudon, Samford
show in town. Today from outside the organization University, USA
quantitative easing is employed include new accountabilities,
to encourage consumption as a empowered stakeholders, Identifying and assessing the ways in which changes in
way out of recession, in the increased public cynicism and a the marketing mix affect consumer behavior is key to a
face of climate change causing new communication landscape. successful marketing strategy.
untold social, political and Internally, there are increasing The Essentials of Marketing Research guides the student
economic problems across the demands to demonstrate a in designing, conducting and interpreting marketing
world. How do corporations return on investment, alongside research. This comprehensive textbook covers the full
continue to pursue rapacious a requirement to coach and range of topics, including:
marketing techniques with no counsel senior managers • secondary research and data mining
concern for the costs? Is the answer to employ the same exposed to these environmental pressures.
aggressive marketing strategies to promote wellbeing, • internet marketing research
This context requires public relations professionals to be
social goods and to fight consumption for its own sake? able to clearly articulate and demonstrate their own • qualitative and exploratory research
Gerard Hastings investigates in this compelling book. contribution to organizational effectiveness. This textbook • statistical analysis
Hastings analyzes the boom in consumption provides aspiring public relations professionals with a • marketing research ethics.
opportunities - driven by marketing activities. He shines framework to do this, as well as a checklist of essential
a light on the obsessive marketing techniques that are capabilities which they must acquire and exhibit if they With learning objectives at the beginning of each chapter,
employed by crack marketing managers worldwide and are to operate at the highest levels of any organization. a host of cases and a comprehensive companion website,
explains how these not only feed the spectre of this book offers a range of tools to help students develop
This short textbook is suitable for MBA and other and test their research and analytical skills.
ever-growing levels of consumption but also cause great Masters qualifications in public relations - especially for
social problems. In a convincing final section, the author those students who wish to pursue a successful career as September 2012: 254 x 178: 576pp
presents social marketing as a saviour. a professional PR specialist able to operate strategically Hb: 978-0-415-89929-1: £95.00
at the top of successful organizations. Pb: 978-0-415-89928-4: £46.99
August 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp eBook: 978-0-203-18259-8
Hb: 978-0-415-67861-2: £90.00
October 2012: 234 x 156: 192pp For more information, visit:
Pb: 978-0-415-67862-9: £27.99
For more information, visit: Pb: 978-0-415-66795-1: £24.99
New
Innovation in Pricing New
Contemporary Theories and Best Practices Consumption and Spirituality
Edited by Andreas Hinterhuber and Edited by Diego Rinallo, Bocconi University, Italy, Linda Scott, Saïd Business School, University of Oxford, UK
Stephan Liozu, Ardex Americas, USA and Pauline Maclaran, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK
Pricing is one of the four crucial parts of the marketing Series: Routledge Interpretive Marketing Research
mix; yet innovation in this area has received scant
’Consumption and Spirituality provides a much-needed overview of a badly-neglected
attention. What are the latest thoughts and concepts in
aspect of consumer experiences. Whereas previous studies have focused on various
pricing approaches? How do companies actually
issues related to religion, theology, or expanded states of consciousness, not until
innovate in pricing? How does this innovation affect
now have we had a sustained attempt to consider the interaction between these
customers? And, importantly, how can these advances
facets of contemporary life.’ – Morris Holbrook, Columbia University, USA
be leveraged to increase value?
This book sheds light on the consumption of spiritual products, services, experiences, and
This edited volume brings together 21 articles by pricing
places through state-of-the-art studies by leading and emerging scholars in interpretive
specialists and CEOs worldwide, from high profile
consumer research, marketing, sociology, anthropology, cultural, and religious studies. The
companies like Siemens and centres of research such as
collection brings together fresh views and scholarship on a cultural tension that is at the
Cass Business School. It rounds up those at the forefront
centre of the lives of countless individuals living in postmodern societies: the relationship
of innovation in pricing to form a discussion as to how
between the material and the spiritual, the sacred and the profane.
new pricing practices can be integrated into best practice.
Included in the discussion are topics never previously The book examines how a variety of agents – religious institutions, spiritual leaders,
published, including: pricing in the due diligence process, marketers and consumers – interact and co-create spiritual meanings in a post-disenchanted
pricing and organizational mindfulness, price experiments society that has been defined as a ‘supermarket of the soul.’ Consumption and Spirituality examines not only religious
in consumer goods, pricing heresies and pricing and organizations, but also brands and marketers and the way they infuse their products, services and experiences with
organizational transformation. spiritual meanings that flow freely in the circuit of culture and can be appropriated by consumers even without
purchase acts. From a consumer perspective, the book investigates how spiritual beliefs, practices, and experiences
This book is the only book dedicated to innovation in
are now embedded into a global consumer culture. Rather than condemning consumption, the chapters in this book
pricing and an essential read for those business
highlight consumers’ agency and the creative processes through which authentic spiritual meanings are co-created
specialists and pricing managers who are always looking
from a variety of sources, local and global, and sacred and profane alike.
for a better way to do business.
June 2012: 229 x 152: 272pp
October 2012: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-88911-7: £80.00 • eBook: 978-0-203-10623-5
Hb: 978-0-415-52161-1: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-52164-2: £32.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415889117

46 m arket ing
New New New

Pioneers in Marketing Marketing without Advertising Marketing Management
A Collection of Biographical Essays Brand Preference and Consumer Choice in Asia
D.G. Brian Jones, Quinnipiac University, USA in Cuba Edited by Stanley Paliwoda and Tim Andrews,
Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Emilio Morales, CIMEX, Cuba and both at University of Strathclyde, UK and
Business Studies Joseph L. Scarpaci, West Liberty University, USA Junsong Chen, China Europe International Business
‘Jones’ study of the pioneers of marketing theory Series: Routledge Advances in Management and School
and practice reveals the complex philosophical Business Studies Series: Routledge Studies in International Business
underpinnings of the discipline, highlighting the In 1993, in order to stop an and the World Economy
impact of the socio-cultural environment on the economic freefall on the island Asia is no longer simply the continent to which the
way scholars have reflected on marketing and of Cuba, Fidel Castro’s world turns for outsourcing and off shoring of
reinserts forgotten pioneers into our disciplinary government reluctantly production, leaving retailing to Western countries. Asia
consciousness.’ – Mark Tadajewski, University of instituted a series of reforms to now contains many of the world’s largest markets plus
Leicester, UK compensate for the demise of many emergent markets as well. North America is fast
‘This carefully crafted set of biographies of marketing foreign aid from Moscow. These ceding ground to China as the world’s largest economic
’thought leaders’ deepens our understanding of the policies ushered in a broad power. Europe has been able to make productivity gains
history of academic marketing. This collection is spectrum of national and from trade, fiscal and monetary harmonization to remain
essential reading for those interested in the history international consumer products globally competitive while Africa, whose nations practice
of marketing thought. The book is concise, and services previously unknown free trade, is largely ignored both in terms of forgiving
exceedingly well written and all but unique in its use to islanders. In a few short years, debt and providing further credit.
of archival sources to provide a more complete Cubans were seeing foreign Each chapter of this volume details the characteristics
picture of its subjects.’ – Stan Shapiro, Simon Fraser brands among consumer durables and a broad array of of an individual market in Asia and demonstrates the
University, Canada logos brought in by tourists. Today, nearly two decades challenges that marketers are likely to face in these
Pioneers in Marketing: A Collection of Biographical into these limited market reforms, no systematic research environments. Covering not just production or
Essays discusses eight historically important marketing has explored consumer brand awareness among 11 consumption but trade as it is practiced now, this book
scholars including Edward David Jones, Simon Litman, millions Cubans living just 90 miles from the United outlines the new norms, conventions and service
Henry Charles Taylor, Percival White, George Burton States. The paucity of academic research stems from the performance levels that these markets demand.
Hotchkiss, Theodore N. Beckman, David D. Monieson, challenges of conducting public/consumer opinion, and
official state policy contends that consumer wants and Selected Contents: Introduction: Marketing Management in
and William R. Davidson. Separate chapters discuss the Asia 1. China: Distribution in China Jintao Wu, Junsong Chen
role of biography in the study of marketing thought and needs are satisfied by either a series of generic and
2. China: Consumer Behaviour in China Guoqing Guo
lessons drawn from this collection. Cuban-made brands, or by independent entrepreneurs
3. China: Celebrity Endorsement within the Chinese Beauty
who provide brandless products and services. Industry – Views from Beijing’s Female Consumers Mark
December 2011: 229 x 152: 210pp Marketing without Advertising analyzes the role, McPherson and Xiang Li 4. China and the Milk Powder
Hb: 978-0-415-89193-6: £80.00 narratives, and behaviour of consumption in Cuba since Contamination Scandal Paul Custance and Jiang Dongni
eBook: 978-0-203-12270-9 1959. It documents how consumer behaviour has 5. India: Culture and Consumer Behaviour Influences on Sales
For more information, visit: changed since the pre-revolutionary period, with special Promotion Practices in India Madhumita Banerjee, Paurav
www.routledge.com/9780415891936 focus on the early 1990s. The book documents the shift Shukla, and Phani Tej Adidam 6. Japan: Marketing
Management Issues in Japan Stephanie Slater 7. Taiwan:
from moral-based rewards in the early years of the
Consumers Reactions to Tesco`s Market Entry in Taiwan- A
Revolution, to the rise of material-based incentives.
New Cubans have long been exposed to foreign mass media
Comparison with the UK Experience Ching-Wei Ho and John
Temperley 8. Thailand: Relationship Marketing in Thailand: A
in the form of movies, music videos, cable television
Global Sport Marketing shows. Although the Internet is highly regulated, the
Case of the Real Estate Industry Ruth Banomyong and Nucharee
Supatn 9. Thailand: Marketing for Life in the Economic
Contemporary Issues and Practice Cuban Diaspora in exile brings back clothing, personal Recession Time: The Case of Thailand Orose Leelakulthanit
care products, electronic goods, and magazines that 10. Turkey, with 3rd Wave of MNC’s Nukhet Vardar
Edited by Michel Desbordes, ISC School of increase the awareness of brand logos, jingles, products, 11. Vietnam: Marketing in Vietnam - Culture and Quality
Management, France and André Richelieu, and services. These and related findings from the Considerations Kieran Tierney. List of Contributors. Index
Université Laval, Canada authors’ primary research are ripe with marketing
implications such as substitution effects, price elasticity, April 2012: 229 x 152: 192pp
Series: Routledge Research in Sport Business and Hb: 978-0-415-52317-2: £80.00
Management latent demand for certain products and services, and
eBook: 978-0-203-11748-4
consumer behaviour.
Globalization has had a profound impact on the sports For more information, visit:
industry, creating an international market in which sports December 2011: 229 x 152: 252pp www.routledge.com/9780415523172
teams, leagues and players have become internationally Hb: 978-0-415-89698-6: £80.00
recognized brands. This important new study of eBook: 978-0-203-13414-6
contemporary sports marketing examines the opportunities For more information, visit:
New
and threats posed by a global sports market, outlining the www.routledge.com/9780415896986
tools and strategies that marketers and managers can use Marketing Technologies
to take advantage of those opportunities. Corporate Cultures and
The book surveys current trends, issues and best practice Routledge Handbook of Technological Change
in international sport marketing, providing a useful blend
of contemporary theory and case studies from the
Political Marketing Elena Simakova, University of Exeter, UK
Americas, Europe and Asia. It assesses the impact of Jennifer Lees-Marshment, This book offers an ethnographic account of what it
globalization on teams, leagues, players, sponsors and University of Auckland, New means and what it takes to become a competent
equipment manufacturers, and highlights the central Zealand member of the technology marketing community,
significance of culture on the development of effective through engaging with the participants’ ways of making
marketing strategy. Global Sport Marketing is key reading 2011: 246 x 174: 416pp sense of socio-technical orders. The book helps the
for any advanced student, researcher or practitioner Hb: 978-0-415-57993-3: £120.00 reader to understand the corporate assumptions behind
working in sport marketing or sport business. technological change and unravels the construction of
expectations, inclusions and exclusions around emerging
May 2012: 234 x 156: 216pp technologies.
Hb: 978-0-415-50720-2: £80.00
eBook: 978-0-203-12646-2
September 2012: 234 x 156: 232pp

c or Por at e
47
g ov e r n a n c e
New
Advanced Theory and Practice
New iN 2013
Marketing and Consumption
corPorate
in Sport Marketing in Japan governance
Eric Schwarz, Saint Leo University, USA, Kazuo Usui, Saitama University, Japan
Jason Hunter, College of DuPage, USA and This book explores the development of marketing,
Alan LaFleur consumption and marketing thought in Japan New iN 2013
Selected Contents: Part 1: Sport Marketing: The Basics throughout the twentieth century.
2nd Edition
1. Introduction to Sport Marketing 2. The Sport Marketing Selected Contents: Introduction: Modern Japan, the
Mix 3. Ethics and Social Responsibility in Sport Marketing
Part 2: Understanding the Sport Consumer 4. Sport
Ambiguous: The Basis for Macromarketing Analysis International Corporate
Part 1: The Interwar Period 1. Emergence of Modern
Marketing Research and Information Systems 5. Sport Western Marketing and Consumption 2. The Distribution Governance
Consumer Behavior Part 3: Sport Marketing Logistics System as a Social Problems Part 2: The Latter Half
6. Sport Product Management 7. Sales Management in of the 20th Century 3. The Revolution of Distribution
A Comparative Approach
Sport 8. Retail and E-Management in Sport 4. Manufacturer-Led Marketing of Consumer Goods Thomas Clarke, University of Technology, Sydney,
Part 4: Promotional Aspects of Sport Marketing Part 3: Post-Industrial Japan 5. Service Economy as the
9. Communication Management in Sport 10. Sport Australia
Japanese Way 6. Globalisation and Japaneseness
Advertising 11. Sport Sponsorship 12. Social Media and Corporate governance has changed and developed a
Networking in the Sport Industry Part 5: The Evolution of June 2013: 234 x 156: 256pp good deal in recent years. Thomas Clarke’s International
Sport Marketing 13. International and Global Marketing Hb: 978-0-415-32313-0: £80.00 Corporate Governance offers a comprehensive guide to
in Sport 14. Sociological Concepts in Sport Marketing eBook: 978-0-203-31659-7 understanding corporate governance as a discipline, and
15. Strategic Sport Marketing: A Vision for the Future does so with a style and panache that can be lacking in
www.routledge.com/9780415323130 many competitor texts.
September 2012
Hb: 978-0-415-51847-5: £95.00 While the popular structure has been retained, significant
Pb: 978-0-415-51848-2: £37.99 changes have been made to take account of the
eBook: 978-0-203-12338-6 New implications of the global financial crisis, the relevance
of the post-GFC new regulatory order and corporate
www.routledge.com/9780415518482 Globalisation and Advertising governance in Eastern Europe, the Middle East, South
in Emerging Economies America, and Africa. In this cutting edge new edition,
Clarke extends an already excellent range of case studies
New Brazil, Russia, India and China to include Lehman Brothers, AIG, Royal Bank of Scotland
Lynne Ciochetto, Massey University, Wellington, and UBS, as well as updating classic case studies in light
Olympic Marketing New Zealand of recent events. New textbook features include student
Alain Ferrand, Université de Poitiers, France, questions to assist with assessments, as well as a new and
Series: Routledge Studies in International Business impressive companion website.
Jean-Loup Chappelet, Swiss Graduate School of and the World Economy
Public Administration, Switzerland and Already a popular textbook, this new edition of
Brazil, Russia, India and China are four of the largest and International Corporate Governance will prove essential
Benoit Seguin, University of Ottawa, Canada
most dynamic contemporary emerging economies in the reading for all students of corporate governance,
The Olympic Games have world. Strong economic growth in each of these whether advanced undergraduate, masters or executive.
become the definitive sports economies has been accompanied by the expansion of the
event, with an unparalleled advertising and consumer goods sectors. Using a series of January 2013: 246 x 189: 544pp
global reach and a remarkably country studies, this book explores the dynamics of global Hb: 978-0-415-58646-7: £95.00
diverse constituency of capitalism from the perspective of global advertising. Pb: 978-0-415-58645-0: £36.99
stakeholders, from the IOC and For more information, visit:
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Brazil 3. Russia
International Federations to 4. India 5. China 6. An Environmental Audit of the BRICS www.routledge.com/9780415586450
athletes, sponsors and fans. 7. Conclusion
It has been estimated, for
example, that 3.6 billion people 2011: 234 x 156: 200pp New
(about half of the world Hb: 978-0-415-56200-3: £85.00
population) watched at least one For more information, visit: Risk Management and
minute of the Beijing Games in www.routledge.com/9780415562003
2008 on television. The driving force behind the rise of Corporate Governance
the modern Olympics has been the Olympic marketing Edited by Abol Jalilvand and Tassos Malliaris,
programme, which has acted as a catalyst for cooperation both at Loyola University, USA
between stakeholders and driven the promotion, financial related journals
security and stability of the Olympic movement. Series: Routledge Advances in Management and
The Journals of Strategic Marketing Business Studies
This book is the first to explain the principles of Olympic
marketing and to demonstrate how they can be applied Editors: Carolyn Strong, University of Bath, UK and The book allows academics and practitioners to assess
successfully in all other areas of sports marketing and Nigel F. Piercy, University of Warwick, UK the state of international research in risk management
management. The book outlines a strategic and and corporate governance. The chapters overlay the
operational framework based on three types of www.tandfonline.com/rjsm areas of risk management and corporate governance on
co-productive relationships (market, network and both financial and operating decisions of a firm while
informal) and explains how this framework can guide Journal of Marketing Management treating legal and political environments as externalities
professional marketing practice. Containing case studies, Editors: Mark Tadajewski, University of Strathclyde, to decisions undertaken.
summaries, insight boxes and examples of best practice UK and Paul Hewer, University of Strathclyde, UK
in every chapter, this book is important reading for all December 2011: 229 x 152: 494pp
www.tandfonline.com/rjmm Hb: 978-0-415-87970-5: £80.00
students and practitioners working in sports marketing,
eBook: 978-0-203-80498-8
sports management or Olympic studies.
Journal of Global Scholars of For more information, visit:
May 2012: 234 x 156: 288pp Marketing Science
Hb: 978-0-415-58786-0: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-58787-7: £27.99 Editor: Seong-Yeon Park, Ewha Womans University,
eBook: 978-0-203-13206-7 Republic of Korea
For more information, visit: Publication of the Korean Scholars of Marketing Science
www.routledge.com/9780415587877 and Yonsei University
www.tandfonline.com/rgam

48 co rPo rat e g overn an ce
New New New

The Enlightened Shareholder Rethinking Corporate Rewards for High Public Office
Value Principle and Corporate Governance in Europe and North America
Governance The Law and Economics of Control Powers Edited by Marleen Brans, Katholieke Universiteit
Alessio Pacces, Erasmus University, the Netherlands Leuven, Belgium and B.Guy Peters, University of
Andrew Keay, University of Leeds, UK
Pittsburgh, USA
Series: Routledge Research in Corporate Law Series: Routledge Research in Corporate Law
Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics
This book explains and analyzes the nature of ESV and This book reappraises the existing framework for
economic analysis of corporate law. The standard This book addresses an important element of public
its contribution to corporate governance whilst also
approach to the legal foundations of corporate governance, and does so in longitudinal and
examining where it fits into the existing theoretical
governance is based on the ‘law matters’ thesis, comparative manner. The approach enables the
landscape. Andrew Keay traces the development of the
according to which corporate law promotes the contributors to make a number of key statements not
principle of ESV and considers it in the context of the
separation of ownership and control by protecting only about the development of political systems but also
existing principles which have historically influenced
minority shareholders from expropriation. Rethinking about the differences among those systems. It provides a
corporate governance. In doing so, the book draws on
Corporate Governance takes a broader perspective on unique and systematic investigation of both formal and
several empirical studies thereby enabling us to gauge
the economic and legal determinants of corporate informal rewards for working in high-level positions in
how the ESV principle is addressed in commercial
governance. It shows that investor protection is a the public sector, and seeks to determine the impacts of
practice. Keay goes on to compare ESV with the
necessary, but not sufficient, legal condition for efficient the choices of reward structures.
constituency statutes that apply in the US in order to
determine whether anything can be learnt from the separation of ownership and control. Supporting control Covering 14 countries and drawing on a wide range of
American experience. The book also assesses the powers vested in managers or controlling shareholders is data sources, this work will be of great interest to
reaction of other jurisdictions to the advent of ESV and at least as important as protecting investors from their students and scholars of comparative public
considers what impact ESV will have on financial abuse. Corporate law does not only matter in the last administration, international politics and government.
institutions and non-financial institutions in the respect; it matters in both.
aftermath of the global financial crisis. April 2012: 234 x 156: 320pp
October 2012: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-78105-3: £90.00
Hb: 978-0-415-56519-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-12072-9
July 2012: 234 x 156: 328pp
Hb: 978-0-415-68434-7: £80.00 For more information, visit: For more information, visit:
New New
New 5th Edition – Textbook The Corporate Criminal
Progressive Comparative Competition Law and Policy Steve Tombs, Liverpool John Moores University, UK
Corporate Governance in the EU and UK and David Whyte, Liverpool University, UK
Lorraine Talbot, University of Warwick, UK Series: Key Ideas in Criminology

Angus MacCulloch, Lancaster University, UK and
Treating the corporation as if it were a human person is
Series: Routledge Research in Corporate Law Barry Rodger, University of Strathclyde, UK
ubiquitous in contemporary political, cultural and legal
This book provides a critical and comparative approach constructions of the corporation – from the creation of
November 2012: 234 x 156: 520pp
to corporate governance, setting out the concept of Pb: 978-0-415-53883-1: ’brands’ and the representation of the corporation in
‘progressive corporate governance’. The book assesses fiction, to statutory and common law rules of corporate
the situation in Anglo-American, European and liability. It dominates both academic approaches and
transitional economies, and considers progressive popular representations of the corporation, from
corporate governance in the light of the recent discussions of corporate citizenship, corporate social
worldwide economic crises. New responsibility and ’corporate greed’.
This book interrogates the concept of corporate
July 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-56382-6: £75.00
Corporate Power ’personhood’ to understand the nature of corporate
criminality and the prospects for more effective
For more information, visit: and Globalization in corporate control. Linking debates in criminology to
US Foreign Policy broader claims around corporate social responsibility, it
provides an understanding of the key ideas that explain
Edited by Ronald W. Cox, Florida International the role of the corporation in the global economy.
New
University, USA
Directors’ Decisions and the Law Series: Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy June 2012: 198 x 129: 250pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55636-1: £70.00
Promoting Success More than a decade into the new millennium, the fusion Pb: 978-0-415-55637-8: £20.99
of corporate and state power is the essential defining eBook: 978-0-203-86940-6
Alice Belcher, University of Dundee, UK feature of US foreign policy. This edited volume critically For more information, visit:
Series: Routledge Research in Corporate Law examines the relationship between corporations and www.routledge.com/9780415556378
the US state in the development of foreign policies
This book addresses key tensions and problems involved
related to globalization.
in director’s duties and responsibilities in promoting
success, including issues surrounding trust, risk and Drawing together a wide range of contributors, this
uncertainty, corporate culture and credibility, collective work explores the role of corporations in using US
responsibility and the degree of control. The book foreign policies to advance the interests of transnational
considers directors’ decision making not only in the capital in a wide range of contexts.
private sector but also in, and between, public sector
organisations and it explicitly examines aspects of April 2012: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78196-1: £80.00
decision-making when organisations are in, or close to,
eBook: 978-0-203-12161-0
financial distress. The book whilst mostly rooted in UK
law draws on the company law in other jurisdictions For more information, visit:
including the USA, Germany and Australia.
August 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp

Hb: 978-0-415-67193-4: £80.00

c or Por ate s oc i al r e s Pon s i bi l i t y
49
& bus i n e s s e th i c s
New
The Chinese Transformation
corPorate New
Business Ethics
of Corporate Culture social A Critical Approach: Integrating Ethics
Across the Business World
Colin Hawes, Simon Fraser University, Canada
Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series
resPonsibility & Edited by Patrick O’Sullivan, Mark Smith and
Mark Esposito, all at Grenoble School of
In recent years, Chinese policymakers and corporate
leaders have focused significant attention on the business ethics Management, France
Events such as Trafigura’s illegal
concept of corporate culture. This book will reveal the
political, social and economic factors behind the dumping of toxic waste in Côte
enormous current interest in corporate culture in China d’Ivoire and BP’s environmentally
and provide a wide range of case studies that focus on New disastrous oil spill in the Gulf of
how large corporations like Haier, Huawei and Mengniu Mexico have highlighted ethical
have attempted to transform their cultures, and how Business Ethics issues in international business
they represent themselves as complying with the at a time when business leaders,
K. Praveen Parboteeah, University of Wisconsin,
Chinese government’s interpretation of ’positive’ academics and business schools
Whitewater, USA and John B. Cullen, Washington
corporate culture. were reflecting on their own
State University, USA responsibilities following the
July 2012: 234 x 156: 160pp Business Ethics provides students with a comprehensive global financial crisis. The scope
Hb: 978-0-415-69706-4: £75.00 understanding of the relationships between and scale of the global
eBook: 978-0-203-11870-2 organizations and stakeholders (customers, employees, operations of multinational
For more information, visit: society, stockholders, etc.) and the many ways in which businesses means that decisions taken in different parts
www.routledge.com/9780415697064 ethics affects these relationships. Authors K. Praveen of the world have far reaching consequences beyond the
Parboteeah and John B. Cullen highlight how ethics national settings where employees are located or where
is a fundamental part of any business strategy with a firms are registered and as such, an awareness of these
Corporate Political Strategies step-by-step approach, examining each aspect of responsibilities needs to be integrated into all levels and
businesses and their key stakeholders. all subjects.
of Private Chinese Firms The text is illustrated with diagrams and real-world case Using four guiding principles – a critical multi-level
Hao Ma, Peking University, China, and Shu Lin and studies throughout, making business ethics accessible approach rooted in the tradition of European social
Neng Liang, both at CEIBS, China and relevant to students. Features include: theory, a comparative and international perspective, a
Corporate political strategy (CPS) is often devised by • Learning Objectives global rather than just a European or American stand
business firms to influence government policy toward point and engaging with subject-specific issues this book
• Business Ethics Insights Boxes aims to ’mainstream’ business ethics into the work of
directions favorable to the business. The book
• Key Terms teachers and students in business schools. This
differentiates between the individuals (entrepreneurs vs.
officials) and the institutions (firms vs. government) so • Discussion Questions comprehensive volume brings together contributions from
as to better understand exactly who are the actual a range of experts in different areas of business studies
• Internet Activities thereby facilitating and encouraging a move away from
parties engaged in the exchange and how the exchange
• What Would You Do? Ethical Dilemma Boxes business ethics being a box to be ticked to being an
is conducted. The book would be of considerable
interest to those interested in Chinese corporate world. • 30 Real-World Case Studies. integrated consideration across the business disciplines.
A companion website features additional resources for This impressive book brings ethical considerations back
2011: 234 x 156: 168pp both students and instructors expanding on the points to the heart of the business curriculum and in doing so,
Hb: 978-0-415-61479-5: £100.00 provides a companion for the progressive business
within the text. Business Ethics demonstrates the power
For more information, visit: of social responsibility and ethical decisions in today’s student throughout their university career.
www.routledge.com/9780415614795 rapidly-changing business environment.
June 2012: 234 x 156: 384pp
Hb: 978-0-415-66356-4: £125.00
July 2012: 254 x 178: 400pp
Pb: 978-0-415-66358-8: £39.99
Hb: 978-0-415-89368-8: £75.00
eBook: 978-0-203-11901-3
Pb: 978-0-415-89369-5: £44.99
: 978-0-203-10762-1 For more information, visit:
New
Ethics for Managers
Philosophical Foundations & Business Realities
Joseph Gilbert, University of Nevada - Las Vegas, USA
This book examines issues relating to ethical decision-making in the managerial context.
Author Joseph Gilbert lays the groundwork for discussion by delving into the meaning of
ethics and its philosophical foundations, then exploring its application to the task of
management. This balanced approach both makes clear the moral implications of actions
taken by managers and provides some time-tested ways of thinking about moral issues when
they arise. Without preaching or critiquing the reader’s existing ethical sense, Ethics for
Managers prepares the manager or student of business to reflect on the impact of their
decisions, and to help them in making such decisions ethically.
July 2012: 229 x 152: 304pp

Hb: 978-0-415-80708-1: £60.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-80709-8: £31.99

50 co rPo rat e social resPon sibil i ty & bus i n e s s e th i c s
New New New

Ethical Lessons of the Sustainability and Business Reforming Capitalism
Financial Crisis An Integrated Textbook The Scientific Worldview and Business
Eileen P. Flynn, St. Peter’s College, USA Peter Nemetz, University of British Columbia, Canada Rogene Buchholz, Loyola University New Orleans,
The principal purpose of this book is to provide a Louisiana, USA
In the aftermath of the
economic crisis of 2008 it is comprehensive overview of the issues of sustainability Series: Routledge Studies in Business Ethics
important to ask what ethics as they pertain to business with an extensive discussion
’Against the backdrop of seemingly unending
has to say to the many of corporate sustainability metrics and procedures for
business scandals, this book is a must read for all
stakeholders in the U.S. incorporating sustainability issues into strategic
who are interested in the potential of capitalism to
economy. The crisis in the decsionmaking.
serve community needs. Professor Buchholz, a
financial industry, precipitated distinguished and prolific business scholar, offers a
by the bursting of a bubble in July 2012: 254 x 190: 400pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88240-8: £70.00 rare view of how American Pragmatism can inform
the housing sector, brought the our understanding of the relationship between
Pb: 978-0-415-88241-5: £33.99
U.S. economy to the brink of a eBook: 978-0-203-10747-8 science and capitalism and, in turn, business and
major depression. Government society. This provocative view has compelling
officials, economists and implications for business practice, public policy, and
financial executives intervened management education.’ – Diane Swanson, Kansas
to implement measures to mitigate the damage, State University, USA
applying their expertise and using their best judgments
to rescue the economy. The Green Executive This book examines the role that the traditional
understanding of science plays in how we understand
The actions they took required technical competence, Corporate Leadership in a
the capitalistic system and how it informs business and
pragmatic judgments and controversial decisions. They Low Carbon Economy business school education. Science serves many
worked through a crisis to try to prevent a very bad purposes in business organizations; it is much more than
situation from becoming a catastrophe. As events played Gareth Kane
just a method to gain knowledge about business
out in the autumn of 2008, there was little time to The Green Executive provides problems. It acculturates students to a certain way of
reflect on how immoral conduct contributed to the crisis everything you need to know in thinking about the world and provides a rationale for
and how financial recovery needs to be built on an order to develop and implement the things business does and a justification for its
ethical foundation. The purpose of this book is to a winning sustainability purposes in society. It then utilizes the philosophy of
examine the role of ethics in setting things right. In strategy. The book explores the Classical American Pragmatism to view science in a
taking a close look at the events of 2008 this book environmental and sustainability different manner, reconceptualizing the multiple
makes an important contribution to business ethics. issues a business might be environments in which business functions. Author
confronted with and provides a Rogene Buchholz traces the implications of this view for
July 2012: 229 x 152: 192pp break-down of the global our understanding of the corporation, how science is
Hb: 978-0-415-51674-7: £55.00 solutions of these problems,
Pb: 978-0-415-51675-4: £19.99
used in business organizations, the recent financial crisis,
into practical actions for a and finally what it means for management and
eBook: 978-0-203-12404-8
single business. The book is supplemented by eighteen management education. No other book examines
For more information, visit: exclusive interviews with senior level executives from
capitalism and the business system from this unique and
international giants like Canon, BT and GlaxoSmithKline. timely perspective.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Why Do It: Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Traditional
Understanding the Business Case 1. Doing Nothing is not
New an Option 2. Green Business Opportunities 3. The Moral
Scientific Worldview 1. The Rise of Modern Science and
Its Characteristics 2. Values and Ethics 3. Economics
Imperative 4. Green Business Risks Part 2: The Global
Corporate Social Responsibility Context 5. Global Problems 6. Global Solutions 7. Visions of
4. Politics 5. Culture 6. Nature Part 2: Toward A New
Understanding of Science 7. The Pragmatic View of
A Research Handbook a Sustainable Economy Part 3: Green Business Techniques Science and Its Characteristics 8. Pragmatism and Values
8. Outreach 9. Good Housekeeping 10. Greener Operations 9. Pragmatism and Economics 10. Pragmatism and Politics
Edited by Kathryn Haynes, Newcastle University, 11. Greening the Supply Chain 12. Greener Product Portfolio 11. Pragmatism and Culture 12. Pragmatism and Nature
UK, Alan Murray, Leeds University Business School, 13. Innovative Business Models Part 4: Making it Happen Part Three: Implications for Business 13. The Corporation
UK and Jesse Dillard, Portland State University, USA 14. Embedding Sustainability 15. Leadership 16. Strategy and Community 14. Business and Science 15. Financial
17. Mobilising Stakeholders Stakeholders 18. Management. Armageddon 16. Management and an Ethic of Service.
This volume sets the agenda for a developing field of Conclusions: Bringing it all Together. Annex: New and
thought from a variety of perspectives from academia, Selected Bibliography. Notes. Index
Emerging Green Markets
policy, business and the professions. Articulating current 2011: 288pp March 2012: 229 x 152: 320pp
thinking, each subject is represented by a scholarly Hb: 978-1-84971-334-4: £24.99 Hb: 978-0-415-51738-6: £80.00
presentation, together with responses from other eBook: 978-0-203-12291-4
researchers and practitioners in the field. The book www.routledge.com/9781849713344 For more information, visit:
explores and critiques corporate social responsibility www.routledge.com/9780415517386
(CSR) goals and national, organizational and managerial
strategies, whilst reviewing the importance, sustainability
and long term value of CSR practice to corporations New iN 2013
and civil society. 2nd Edition
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Deciphering
the Domain of CSR Part 2: Social Justice and Taxation Corporate Social Responsibility
Part 3: The Environment, Externalities and Sustainability
Part 4: Corporate Social Responsibility and Human Rights
Readings and Cases in a Global Context
Part 5: Social Enterprise and CSR. Conclusions Edited by Andrew Crane and Dirk Matten, both at York University, Canada and Laura Spence, Royal
Holloway, University of London, UK
September 2012: 229 x 152: 368pp
Hb: 978-0-415-78171-8: £95.00 Retaining the features which made the first edition a top selling text in the field, the new edition will continue to be
For more information, visit: the only textbook available which provides a ready-made, enhanced course pack for CSR classes. With brand new
www.routledge.com/9780415783125 cases integrated throughout and aided by further pedagogical features and a companion website, the entire textbook
now reflects the global nature of CSR as a discipline.
January 2013: 246 x 189: 532pp

Hb: 978-0-415-68324-1: £95.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-68325-8: £39.99

corPor ate s oc i al r e s Pon s i bi l i ty & bus i n e s s e th i c s 51
New New New

Corporate Social Responsibility, Fair Trade Organizations and Organizations and the
Entrepreneurship, and Social Enterprise Bioeconomy
Innovation Social Innovation through Hybrid The Management and Commodification
Kenneth Amaeshi, Cranfield University, UK and
Organization Models of the Life Sciences
Paul Nnodim, University of Massachusetts, College Benjamin Huybrechts, Université de Liège, Belgium Alexander Styhre, Chalmers University of Technology,
of Liberal Arts, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Sweden
Series: Routledge Studies in Business Ethics Organizations and Society Series: Routledge Studies in Management,
Despite its recent popularity in literature, theory, and For several decades, Fair Trade Social Enterprises have Organizations and Society
practice, Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) remains been pioneers in the conception and implementation of ’Seamlessly weaving old literatures with new, this
a vague concept that struggles to define itself beyond a still relatively new concept – Fair Trade (FT) – creating a book grapples with the processes by which
the confines of corporate philanthropy or sustainability. movement which has challenged mainstream trading capitalism explores and – when possible, exploits
In some circles, it is a response to the present and practices and offered development opportunities for – biological resources. Interdisciplinary in its scope,
anticipated climate change challenges, while in others disadvantaged producer groups in the South. Starting Organizations and the Bioeconomy gives us a lucid
it focuses on fair trade, corporate governance, and from a niche market aimed at convinced customers, FT and well researched account of how ‘life’ is
responsible investment. What then is CSR, and how has expanded and entered mainstream retailing outlets, increasingly becoming the currency of control in
do we understand its purpose? In Corporate Social growing in visibility and market share, while the twenty-first century.’ – Michael Carolan, Colorado
Responsibility, Entrepreneurship, and Innovation, simultaneously experiencing internal debates and State University, USA
authors Kenneth Amaeshi and Paul Nnodim consider divisions. While pioneer Fair Trade Social Enterprises in The advancement of the life sciences and the
the governance of corporate externalities (positive the early years were largely nonprofit organizations technosciences has enhanced the longevity of citizens
and negative impacts of firms on society and the relying on voluntary work, they have become in the Western world, and half of the generation born in
environment) as the main thrust of the CSR discourse increasingly diversified in terms of organizational models the first decade of the new millennium is now expected
– a field that hitherto only the state has regulated, with and strategies. Indeed, they’ve adopted diverse types of to live to the age of one hundred years. In a society
sometimes coercive actions. legal forms and governance models, experimenting with with such longevity and affluence, consumption of
This book contributes to the theorization of CSR by various and often innovative combinations of the health-related goods and services such as pharmaceuticals
presenting the meaning of CSR in a clear and distinct multiple dimensions of FT: the commercial activity and scanning procedures may be seen as a sustainable
manner, giving the ongoing CSR debate a new direction (trading of FT products), the social mission (support to source of income for the industries that promote it.
anchored on a firm economic philosophy. It reinforces producers), and the explicit or implicit political message Though the healthcare sector has traditionally been
the view of firms as social institutions as well as (often expressed through education and advocacy). organized in the public sector in Europe and in the
economic actors, establishing CSR as a form of justice This book builds a typology of Fair Trade Social Enterprises private sector in the US, the recent advancement of new
rather than philanthropy. Articulating CSR as private based on their organizational models and strategies. This therapies and direct-to-consumer marketing have opened
governance of corporate externalities, for the first time, typology is built thanks to an empirical study including up new streams of consumption and revenue for health
this book provides researchers with a new paradigm to 57 Fair Trade Social Enterprises across Europe. Author care goods and services around the globe.
translate knowledge into action and offers reflective Benjamin Huybrechts further examines how the different This book examines the so-called ‘bioeconomy’ as a
managers an alternative framework in which to explore types of these combine the economic, social, and political new economic and commercial field that emphasizes
their corporate strategies and decisions. dimensions of FT, and how they manage the possible the management of individual life, including the
tensions between these dimensions. Finally, Fair Trade regulation and control of weight and food consumption
June 2012: 229 x 152: 144pp Organizations and Social Enterprise proposes a range of
Hb: 978-0-415-88079-4: £80.00 and other issues pertaining to individual well-being. In
theoretical approaches allowing for various interpretations addition, the bioeconomy includes a variety of practices
For more information, visit: of the diversity among them as well as the links between based on commercial interests such as organ donations,
www.routledge.com/9780415880794 the organizational models and the strategies that these reproductive medicine and technologies, and what has
models enable. been referred to as the tissue economy – the various
forms of trade with human tissues. Author Alexander
Alleviating Poverty Through March 2012: 229 x 152: 260pp
Styhre provides a thorough introduction to the
Hb: 978-0-415-51745-4: £80.00
Profitable Partnerships eBook: 978-0-203-12191-7 bioeconomy, exploring this new and unique intersection
of the life sciences and the technosciences with more
Globalization, Markets, and For more information, visit:
traditional consumer markets.
Economic Well-Being
May 2012: 229 x 152: 178pp
Patricia H. Werhane, Scott P. Kelley, Hb: 978-0-415-52926-6: £80.00
Laura P. Hartman and Dennis J. Moberg New eBook: 978-0-203-11657-9
In this book, the authors Resilient Participation For more information, visit:
approach poverty alleviation
from an atypical perspective. Saving the Human Project?
The evidence they present Simon Bell, Bayswater
demonstrates that a mindset Institute, London, UK and
The Global Corporation
embracing initiatives developed Sustainable, Effective and Ethical Practices,
the Open University and
by global corporations in
Stephen Morse, University A Case Book
response to the poverty
challenge is significantly more of Reading, UK
Edited by Laura P. Hartman
effective that tradional and Patricia H. Werhane
April 2012: 234 x 156: 192pp
approaches to the alleviation Hb: 978-1-84971-254-5: £90.00
of poverty. Developing Pb: 978-1-84971-255-2: £27.99 2009: 254 x 178: 440pp
partnership with today’s global corporations is a gigantic Hb: 978-0-415-80161-4: £75.00
first step towards eradicating poverty as we know it. Pb: 978-0-415-80160-7: £39.99
2009: 254 x 178: 176pp

Pb: 978-0-415-80153-9: £37.99 www.routledge.com/9781849712552


52 co rPo rat e social resPon sibil i ty & bus i n e s s e th i c s
New Business Ethics New

Sustainability Brief Readings on Vital Topics The Global Economics
Duty or Opportunity for Business? Archie B. Carroll of Forestry
These readings grew out of
Michael Norton, Shinshu University, Japan William F. Hyde, Retired Professor of Natural
the author’s monthly column
This book will be of valuable use to those teaching on business ethics in the Resource Economics
sustainability and business and businesses who wish to gain business section of the Athens This book traces the economic and biological pattern of
more comprehensive and compact overview of the entire Banner-Herald newspaper. forest development from initial settlement and harvest
field of interaction between sustainability and business. Written in an open and activity at the natural forest frontier to modern industrial
Selected Contents: Part 1: Business and Sustainability engaging style, the book forest plantations. It builds from diagrams describing
- Background 1.1. The Challenge of a Sustainable World features topics that are timely, three discrete stages of forest development, and then
1.2. Sustainability, Innovation and Competitiveness each followed by several discusses the management and policy implications
Part 2: Sustainability Foundations 2.1. What You Need thought provoking discussion associated with each stage—supported with examples
to Know 2.2. History of Development of Pollution Problems questions. and data from six continents. Characteristic biological
2.3. Introducing Sustainable Development 2.4. Major and economic distinctions between the three stages
Environmental Sustainability Challenges 2.5. Ethical
make forestry unusual in the management of natural
Dilemmas and Stakeholders 2.6. Paths towards Sustainability
2009: 235 x 156: 304pp resources and require different, even contrasting,
2.7. Envisaging the Future 2.8. Practical Examples
Part 3: Applying Sustainability Thinking in Business Hb: 978-0-415-80206-2: £65.00 decisions for effective policy in each stage.
3.1. How does Business Interact with Sustainability? Pb: 978-0-415-99736-2: £21.99
3.2. Assessing Performance of Businesses in Sustainable For more information, visit: April 2012: 235 x 156: 560pp
Development 3.3. Reporting Performance in Sustainability www.routledge.com/9780415997362 Hb: 978-0-415-51828-4: £60.00
3.4. Supply Chain and Sustainability 3.5. Alternative For more information, visit:
Business Approaches 3.6. Scenarios 3.7. Business www.routledge.com/9780415518284
Opportunities in Sustainability 3.8. The Green Consumer
3.9. Practical Examples
Living With the Dragon
Acting Ethically in a World of Unintended New
July 2012: 234 x 156: 378pp Consequences
Hb: 978-0-415-52933-4: £110.00 The Carbon Connection
For more information, visit: Daryl Koehn, University of
www.routledge.com/9780415529334 St. Thomas, USA Climate Change Solutions for our Energy,
Economic and Geopolitical Challenges
2009: 190 x 127: 184pp
New Hb: 978-0-415-87496-0: £55.00 Michael Grubb, University of Cambridge, UK and
Pb: 978-0-415-87497-7: £21.99 Claudia Comberti, Climate Strategies, UK
Leading the Sustainable The oil shock, the credit crunch
and the near-collapse of global
Organization climate negotiations demand a
Development, Implementation radical rethink of current
policies. Michael Grubb and his
and Assessment
co-authors present a path to
Tim Galpin, University of Dallas, USA, tackling climate change that
J. Lee Whittington and Greg Bell For more information, visit: can also enhance international
www.routledge.com/9780415874977 and energy security, and help
This book is the first to combine
the much talked about topics of global financial and political
adjustment to the rise of the
leadership and sustainability, New emerging economies.
and provides readers with a
comprehensive overview and Inspiring Sustainable Behaviour Bringing together insights from contemporary
pragmatic approach to leading development, management and behavioural sciences,
sustainable organizations. 19 Ways to Ask for Change
the book develops a new planetary economics. As carbon
Chapters include discussions, Oliver Payne, Founder, becomes an increasingly limited and valuable global
case examples, steps, and the Hunting Dynasty resource, it can also serve as an anchor point for adjusting
useful tools centred on the global financial imbalances. This book shows that low
components of the Leading April 2012: 234 x 156: 176pp carbon economies can have a long-run competitive
the Sustainable Organization Hb: 978-1-84971-400-6: £22.99 advantage because of their higher efficiency and reduced
model. This model provides exposure to oil instability. The key to making this transition
managers with a pragmatic, end-to-end framework for lies in the integrated use of innovation policy, carbon
creating (in the case of new entities) or shifting (in the pricing and consumer empowerment.
case of existing firms) their organizations’ workforces to The triad of interlinked solutions presented in this book
a sustainability focus. can create a tipping point towards energy and climate
Leading the Sustainable Organization is the perfect tool security. A coalition of countries that spearhead this
for executives and managers in small, medium, and large agenda will benefit most from it – the powerful
companies, and in all industries, to assist with the difficult combination of benefits it offers will make it impossible,
and confusing topic of leading sustainability efforts. www.routledge.com/9781849714006 ultimately, for any country to stand aside.
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Development
2. Direction Setting: Mission, Values, Goals, and Strategy December 2012: 234 x 156: 224pp
Hb: 978-1-84971-284-2: £29.99
3. Setting the context: The ‘HR Value Chain’
Part 2: Implementation 4. Full-range Leadership 5. Goal For more information, visit:
Setting and Task Design 6. Building High Trust Relationships www.routledge.com/9781849712842
Part 3: Assessment 7. Employees and the ‘Micro-level’ of
Sustainability Performance 8. Organizations and the
‘Macro-level’ of Sustainability Performance 9. Summary
Appendices
March 2012: 234 x 156: 224pp

Hb: 978-1-84971-466-2: £95.00
Pb: 978-0-415-69783-5: £29.99

bus i n e s s h i s to ry 53
New
The Zeronauts
New
E-waste Management
business
John Elkington, Environmental Data Services
(ENDS), SustainAbility and Volans
From Waste to Resource history
Edited by Ramzy Kahhat,
In the last century, Astronauts Arizona State University, USA,
launched into the heavens, in Klaus Hieronymi,
search of new worlds to Environmental Board, Hewlett
Business History
colonize, their adventures Packard Europe, Middle East Complexities and Comparisons
helping to catalyze the evolution and Africa and Eric Williams,
of everything from non-stick Franco Amatori and Andrea Colli, both at Bocconi
Arizona State University, USA University, Italy
frying pans and minicomputers
to satellite telecommunications. May 2012: 234 x 156: 264pp This major new textbook on
Their work forced our species to Hb: 978-1-84971-402-0: £85.00 business history brings together
recognize that our Earth is a very the expertise of two
rare planet indeed and our only internationally renowned
home for the foreseeable future. authors to provide a thorough
Now a new wave of explorers, For more information, visit: overview of the developments
adventurers and entrepreneurs is pioneering novel ways www.routledge.com/9781849714020
in business – from just before
to create wealth in tune with the twenty-first century the industrial revolution right
reality of a human population pushing towards 10 billion up to the present day.
people by mid-century and with key elements of the New
Business History is global in
planet’s biosphere already coming apart at the seams.
These are the Zeronauts. Low-Carbon Energy scope and looks at the major
players – Europe, the US and
Featuring contributions by 25 of the world’s leading Controversies Japan – as well as emerging
innovators and drawing on interviews and surveys of economies, such as China and India. Focusing mainly on
Edited by Thomas Roberts,
many more, the book showcases the pioneers that are at ‘big business‘, Amatori and Colli critically analyze ‘the
the cutting edge of the global sustainability movement, Paul Upham,
firm‘ and its interaction with the evolution of economic,
which the author, John Elkginton, has helped create and Carly Mclachlan, technological and political systems at the micro and
lead over several decades. Elkington introduces the Sarah Mander, macro levels.
emerging disciplines of zero-impact design, engineering Clair Gough, Philip Boucher
This up-to-date textbook is an exceptional resource for
and management through the personal experiences and and Dana Abi Ghanem
students on economic and business history courses, as
reflections of the leading practitioners putting us on a
September 2012: 234 x 156: 320pp well as for practitioners interested in broadening their
path to a zero impact economy: Zero Risk, Zero
Hb: 978-0-415-50262-7: £60.00 understanding of business.
Emissions, Zero Pollution and Waste, Zero Biodiversity
Loss and Zero Population Growth. Leading Zeronauts Selected Contents: Part 1: Relevant Issues 1. Introduction
explain how they came to wake up to the challenges, 2. Business History and Theories of the Firm 3. Entrepreneurship
Part 2: The Company Between the Pre-Industrial Era and
they speak about the mistakes they have made along
the First Industrial Revolution 4. Pre-Industrial
the way and the lessons they have learned in the For more information, visit: Manufacturing 5. Enterprises and Entrepreneurs of the First
process, offering their advice on how we can get others www.routledge.com/9780415502627 Industrial Revolution 6. Technology, Society and the Factory
to the same point in terms of thinking and action. From System Part 3: The Birth and Consolidation of Big Business
this, Elkington distils a concise set of rules for success. 7. Infrastructures 8. Technology and Organization 9. National
Concluding with recommendations for governments, New iN 2013 Patterns Part 4: State and Market in the Period between
investors, innovators and educators, the book shares the the Two World Wars 10. The Multi-Divisional Corporation
lessons learned from scores of people worldwide who Ethical Biotrade and Managerial Capitalism 11. Europe between the Two Wars:
Convergence and Divergence with the U.S. 12. At the Origins
are helping define the scale of the challenges our species A Reference Handbook of the Japanese Miracle: Entrepreneurship, the State and
now faces and, crucially, developing and deploying at
Maria Julia Oliva, Union for Ethical BioTrade, Business Groups Part 5: From the Post-War Years to the
scale some of the solutions that will provide the Fall of the Wall: The Age of ’Shrinking’ Space 13. From
building-blocks of tomorrow’s economies and the Geneva and Pierre Hauselmann
World War II to the Third Industrial Revolution 14. American
foundations for some of the future’s greatest fortunes. Edited by Rik Kutsch Lojenga Hegemony and its Aftermath 15. The Soviet Union: The
Selected Contents: Part 1: Zero, the New Black Antagonist 16. Japan: The Challenger 17. Hybrid Europe
Demand is soaring for ’green’ products, including food,
1. Breaking the Sustainability Barrier 2. Houston, We Have 18. Different Strategies for ’Catching Up’: South Korea and
cosmetics and medicines. Consumers not only expect high
A(nother) Problem 3. Enter the Zeronauts Part 2: Cracking Argentina 19. Multinationals: Quid Novi? Part 6: The
quality, they also want to know the ethical nature of the Globalization of Today 20. New Forms of Enterprise
the 1-Earth Code 4. Turbulent Teens: Our Detox Decade
Part 3: Breaking Through 5. The Race to Zero products they buy. Are they sustainable? Are the source 21. The ’Roaring Nineties’: America is Back 22. Slowing Down:
6. Zeronautics 101 7. It’s the System That’s Stupid communities receiving a fair share of the benefits? Japan and Europe 23. New Protagonists: China and India
Part 4: Beyond Zero 8. Ambassadors from the Future In a complex international market, finding the answers to 24. A Last Look
these questions can be a challenge. The Union for Ethical
May 2012: 234 x 156: 304pp 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp
BioTrade (UEBT) aims to help reassure companies and their
Hb: 978-1-84971-397-9: £19.99 Hb: 978-0-415-42396-0: £100.00
customers about the true history of the products they sell, Pb: 978-0-415-42397-7: £32.99
For more information, visit: by promoting the ’sourcing with respect’ of ingredients
that come from native biodiversity. This book, developed
by UEBT, provides both an introduction to the key
concepts of ethical biotrade and – based on a wide range
related journals of case studies from around the world – practical
guidelines for companies or organizations seeking to
Journal of Trust Research improve the sustainability and equity of their business. As
a result, they can be better equipped to ensure that their
Editor: Peter Ping Li, Copenhagen Business School, sourcing practices promote the conservation of
Denmark biodiversity, respect traditional knowledge, and assure the
www.tandfonline.com/rjtr equitable sharing of benefits all along the supply chain.
March 2013: 234 x 156: 256pp

Journal of Management, Spirituality Hb: 978-1-84971-286-6: £49.99
& Religion For more information, visit:
Editor: Robert A. Giacalone, Temple University, USA www.routledge.com/9781849712866
www.tandfonline.com/rmsr

54 b u siness hi story
New New New iN 2013

Globalization and Time A History of Management The Dynamics of Big Business
Luchien Karsten, University of Groningen, Thought Structure, Strategy, and Impact in Italy
the Netherlands
Morgen Witzel, University of Exeter, UK
and Spain
The process of globalization has Veronica Binda, University of Bocconi, Italy
For the past three thousand
brought about countless changes
years people have been Series: Routledge International Studies in Business
in societies, communities, regions
thinking about the problems History
and economies across the globe.
of management. This book
It has been analyzed from many Throughout the twentieth century, big business has been
shows how thinking about
perspectives as a result and much a basic institution. Large corporations have provided a
management has evolved and
has been written to muddy the fundamental contribution to the wealth of nations and,
changed. It shows how
waters of our understanding of at the same time, have had a remarkable impact on the
changing social, political and
this important concept. In going political and social systems within which they have
technological forces have
back to the real origins of the operated. It is difficult to understand the development of
challenged people to think
global economy, this book the most advanced economies if we do not consider the
about management in new
demonstrates that understanding specific evolution of big business in every national case.
ways, and how management
this phenomenon as a, ’battle On the other hand, it is not possible to explain the shape
thinkers have responded. Sometimes their responses
against time’ will bring a new clarity to the subject. and behavior of big business without considering its
missed the mark and occasionally, great ideas about
The process of globalization was accompanied by the development as part of the history of the country in
management failed to be picked up and were lost along
mastering of ‘social time’, thereby producing a progressive which they operate. The largest US, German, British and
the way. Sometimes, truly original and creative, even
increase in the speed of business transactions, both in French firms were key actors in favoring their nations’
world-changing ideas appeared.
manufacturing and in services. The context is the development and, even at the end of the Twentieth
Following key currents in management thought from Century, made a very important contribution to their
development of international trade in western societies
the origins of civilization to the present day, the book growth. In many countries, a stable core of large
and the creation of business institutions to drive forward
begins in the ancient world, when people were wrestling corporations developed only relatively lately, or did not
growth. The account takes a ‘long view’, beginning with
with the problems of organization and leadership. It develop at all, and under these circumstances, big
early European exploration in the B.C. period, and ending
continues through the Middle Ages, east and west, as business was not able to significantly participate in the
with the establishment of Multinational Enterprises in the
people pondered on how to manage risk and think economic growth of such countries. Scholars who dealt
20th century.
strategically, and on the role of business in society. with the economic history of Italy and Spain are generally
Using an impressive range of sources this unique book It shows how the Industrial Revolution led to the unanimous in tagging these nations as industrial
will be valuable reading for students and academics emergence of scientific management, and how political late-comers, ineffective in promoting big autochthonous
involved with the study of international business, and social events of the twentieth century shaped private and State-owned firms, dominated by family
economic history, business history and politics, among management thinking right up to the present day. companies, and characterized by a strong competitive
other disciplines.
From the pyramids to Facebook, from military strategy to advantage on the part of small and medium-sized
managing for sustainability, A History of Management enterprises. At the same time, Spanish and Italian business
July 2012: 234 x 156: 456pp
Hb: 978-0-415-68312-8: £85.00 Thought tells the fascinating story of how management and economic historians have tended to say little about
Pb: 978-0-415-68313-5: £32.99 thinking has changed, shifted, evolved and developed the role and features of big business.
eBook: 978-0-203-11676-0 down through the centuries. Students taking classes in This book thus fills a significant gap in the work on the
For more information, visit: the history of management thought will find this text to development of Southern European capitalism and its
www.routledge.com/9780415683135 be the perfect accompaniment to their studies and will large corporations by analyzing the Italian and Spanish
be a captivating read for anyone else. cases and comparing them with each other and with
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Early Management what has occurred in the United States and in the largest
Regulation Theory and Thought 3. Management Thought in the Age of Commerce European nations. Examining both the macro dynamics
4. Management Thought in an Age of Enlightenment (national but also supra national) and the micro level,
Sustainable Development 5. Scientific Management 6. European Management utilizing samples of big corporations and going deeply
Business Leaders and Thought 7. Management Thought and Human Relations into some company cases, this volume identifies some
8. The Divisionalization of Management Thought 9. From important protagonists of the Italian and Spanish
Ecological Modernisation Scientific Management to Management Science 10. The Age
economies (such as the State, families and foreign
of the Management Gurus 11. Management Thought in the
Corinne Gendron, Université du Québec à Montréal, investors) and investigates a wider panorama which
Internet Age 12. Conclusions
Canada includes the political, economic and social relationships
2011: 246 x 174: 328pp of the corporations, providing insights into the form of
Series: Routledge Research in Environmental Politics
Hb: 978-0-415-60057-6: £95.00 capitalism that exists in these countries.
Economist theories do not take Pb: 978-0-415-60058-3: £32.99
into account the socially eBook: 978-0-203-14560-9 January 2013: 229 x 152: 264pp
constructed nature of debate For more information, visit: Hb: 978-0-415-89614-6: £80.00
surrounding the environment www.routledge.com/9780415600583 For more information, visit:
and environmental policy. www.routledge.com/9780415896146
This book examines whether
proposed economic solutions
to environmental policy are
viable in practice.
related journals
Selected Contents:
Part 1: Towards a
Socio-Economic Theory of Business History
the Environmental Issue Editors: John Wilson, University of Liverpool Management School, UK and Steven Toms, University of York, UK
Introduction 1. Contemporary Approaches to Environmental
Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences Citation Index®
Economics 2. The Regulation Theory and the Environmental
Issue 3. Collective Action, New Social Movements and www.tandfonline.com/fbsh
Regulation Theory Part 2: Sustainable Development as a
Social Compromise 4. Environmentalist Business Leaders?
5. A New Societal Model
2011: 234 x 156: 240pp

Hb: 978-0-415-61770-3: £85.00

ac c oun ti n g & f i n a n c e 55
The Official History of

North Sea Oil and Gas
New
The Official History of
accounting
Vol. I: The Growing Dominance of the State Privatisation, Vol. II & finance
Alex Kemp, University of Aberdeen, UK Popular Capitalism, 1987-97
Series: Government Official History Series David Parker, Cranfield University, UK
’brilliantly written’ – William New
Series: Government Official History Series
Keegan, Observer
Written by the leading expert in
This is Volume II of Professor Commodity Risk Management
Parker’s authoritative Official
the history of UK energy, this Theory and Application
History of Privatisation,
study provides new, in-depth
covering the period from the Geoffrey Poitras, Simon Fraser University, USA
analysis of the development of
re-election of Margaret This book aims to cover the following general topics:
British petroleum policies
Thatcher in 1987 to the development and assessment of theories for evaluating
towards the North Sea based on
election of Tony Blair in 1997. commodity risk; the role of derivative securities in
full access to the Government’s
relevant archives. managing commodity risk; and, an assessment of the
actual management of commodity risk in specific
situations. The primary contribution of the book is the
explicit development of the often overlooked connection
2011: 234 x 156: 640pp between risk management and speculation. The central
Hb: 978-0-415-44754-6: £95.00 theme is to demonstrate commodity risk management
eBook: 978-0-203-80624-1 March 2012: 234 x 156: 656pp decisions require an in depth understanding of
For more information, visit: Hb: 978-0-415-69221-2: £75.00 speculative strategies. To this end, this book aims to
www.routledge.com/9780415447546 eBook: 978-0-203-12214-3 provide an unified treatment of important concepts and
For more information, visit: techniques that are useful in applying derivative
www.routledge.com/9780415692212 securities in the management of risk arising in
The Official History of commodity markets.
North Sea Oil and Gas New July 2012: 254 x 190: 350pp
Hb: 978-0-415-87929-3: £70.00
Vol. II: Moderating the State’s Role The Role of Business in Pb: 978-0-415-87930-9: £33.99
Alex Kemp, University of Aberdeen, UK eBook: 978-0-203-10761-4
the Development of For more information, visit:
Series: Government Official History Series
Written by the leading expert in
the Welfare State and www.routledge.com/9780415879309
the history of UK energy, this Labor Markets in Germany

study provides new, in-depth New iN 2013
analysis of the development of
Containing Social Reforms
UK petroleum policies towards Thomas Paster, Max Planck Institute for the Study Accounting for Risk, Hedging
the North Sea based on full of Societies, Germany
access to the Government’s and Complex Contracts
relevant archives. Series: Routledge/EUI Studies in the Political Economy
of the Welfare State Rashad A. Abdel-Khalik, University of Illinois-
Selected Contents: 1. Natural Champagne, USA
Gas in the New market This book assesses the role of
employers in the development For the past 25 years, risk has consistently grown in
Environment 2. Oil Policies in the
New Market Environment of welfare state and labour prominence in accounting standards and thought. It
3. Taxation for Changing Market market institutions. Building on became more evident with the tremendous growth in
Conditions 4. Licensing in Changing Market Conditions an in-depth analysis of derivatives, securitization and hedging. Accounting
5. The Demise of State Intervention 6. Further Taxation Germany, a market economy standard setters have to keep pace and devise new ways
Developments 7. The Onshore Impact and Policies known to often provide of accounting. The most revealing aspect of this
8. Licensing and Related Issues into the 1990s 9. Health economic benefits to firms, this development is to observe the Financial Accounting
and Safety 10. Decommissioning and Environment Standards Board, the International Accounting Standards
book explores one of the most
11. Concluding Reflections Board, the National Association of Insurance
contested issues in the
comparative and historical Commissioners and other bodies take a serious look
2011: 234 x 156: 728pp back at prior standards and ask the question: ’why did
Hb: 978-0-415-57094-7: £95.00 literature on the welfare state.
we ignore risk?’ As a result, we have a plethora of
eBook: 978-0-203-80623-4
Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Theory: Economic revisions of accounting - a revision that is growing at an
For more information, visit: incredible pace.
www.routledge.com/9780415570947 Interests and Political Constraints 3. The Origins of
Employers’ Associations: Coordinating against Organized
Labor 4. Bismarck’s Social Reforms: Employers and Social July 2013: 350pp
Pacification 5. World War I and Its Consequences: Class Hb: 978-0-415-80893-4: £70.00
Collaboration in Exceptional Times 6. Business and the Pb: 978-0-415-80894-1: £50.99
Origins of Unemployment Insurance: Protecting Work eBook: 978-0-203-13753-6
Incentives 7. Business after World War II: The ’Social Market For more information, visit:
Economy’ 8. Post-War Social Policy Reforms: Containing www.routledge.com/9780415808941
Welfare Expansion 9. Codetermination: Employers against
Economic Democracy 10. Employers and the German
Model Today 11. Conclusions: How Employers Shaped the
Welfare State
2011: 234 x 156: 248pp

Hb: 978-0-415-61136-7: £80.00

56 acco u nt ing & fin an ce
Fundamentals of Risk New iN 2013 The Routledge Companion to

Management for Accountants The Routledge Companion to Accounting History
and Managers Accounting Communication Edited by John Richard Edwards and
Stephen P. Walker
Paul M. Collier Edited by Lisa Jack, University of Portsmouth, UK,
Jane Davison, Royal Holloway, University of Series: Routledge Companions in Business,
2009: 229 x 152: 328pp
London, UK and Russell Craig, University of Management and Accounting
Pb: 978-0-7506-8650-1: £41.99
Canterbury, New Zealand The Routledge Companion to
eBook: 978-0-08-094275-9
Accounting History shows how
Series: Routledge Companions in Business,
the seemingly innocuous
Management and Accounting practice of accounting has
Accounting can be defined as the communication of pervaded human existence in
financial information, whilst a significant amount of fascinating ways at numerous
research in accounting is based on assessing the quality times and places; from ancient
of accounting information and its relevance to standard civilisations to the modern day,
setting, performance and behaviour. The ways in which and from the personal to the
accounting information is communicated to a wide political.
range of stakeholders is of the utmost importance. Placing the history of
This unique companion is designed to capture both accounting in context with
the qualitative research and the pedagogic concerns other fields of study, the collection gives invaluable
New surrounding the concept of communicating insights to subjects such as the rise of capitalism, the
accounting. In a comprehensive reference volume, control of labour, gender and family relationships, racial
Analyzing Financial Statements an international coterie of contributors line up to exploitation, the functioning of the state, and the
present a state-of-the-art assessment on each of the pursuit of military conflict. An engaging and
for Non-Specialists main facets of this important topic comprehensive overview also examining geographical
Jim O’Hare, University of Leicester, UK Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Introduction: differences, this Companion is split into key sections,
Researching Accounting Communication 2. Historical which explore:
This textbook introduces the topic of financial
Perspective 3. Communication Anxiety Among Accountants • changing technologies used to represent financial
statements, without assuming prior training and study
Part 2: Communications Media - Beyond Numbers and other data
in accounting - because of this and with the aid of an 4. Narrative Reporting 5. State of the Art in Research
array of pedagogical features, it is perfect for students and Practice 6. Rhetoric and Metaphor in Accounting • historical development of accounting theory and
and managers who need to build their understanding Communications 7. Rhetoric in Management Accounting practice
of financial statements without taking an entire degree Part 3: Contemporary Issues in Accounting • accounting institutions and those who perform
in accounting. Communications 8. Audit Perspectives 9. Perceptions accounting
of Poor Accounting Communications 10. Communication
December 2012: 246 x 174: 320pp and Accounting Education 11. Virtual Accounting • accountancy and the economy
Hb: 978-0-415-62472-5: £100.00 Part 4: Contrasting Viewpoint 13. Evaluating Accounting • accounting, society, and culture
Pb: 978-0-415-62473-2: £29.99 Communications from the Outside
eBook: 978-0-203-10430-9 • the role of accounting in the government, protection
For more information, visit: January 2013: 246 x 174: 480pp and financing of states including chapters on the
www.routledge.com/9780415624732 Hb: 978-0-415-61714-7: £120.00 important role played by accountancy in religious
For more information, visit: organizations, a review of how the discipline is
www.routledge.com/9780415617147 portrayed in fine art and popular culture, and analysis
New of sharp practice and corporate scandals.
The Routledge Companion to Accounting History has a
The Power of Accounting Accounting and Business Ethics breadth of coverage that is unmatched in this growing
What the Numbers Mean and An Introduction area of study. Bringing together leading writers in the
field, this is an essential reference work for any student
How to Use Them Ken McPhail and Diane Walters of accounting, business and management, and history.
Lawrence D. Lewis, University of Portland, USA In the wake of various Selected Contents: Introduction: Synthesis and Engagement
The Power of Accounting: What accounting scandals culminating Part 1: The Discipline 1. Structures, Territories and Tribes
the Numbers Mean and How to in the global financial crisis, 2. Historiography 3. Subjects, Sources and Dissemination
Use Them provides a highly the ethics of the accounting Part 2: Technologies 4. Ancient Accounting 5. Bookkeeping
profession have come under 6. Mechanisation and Computerisation Part 3: Theory
readable text for non-financial
and Practice 7. Financial Accounting Theory 8. Financial
managers. It explores real scrutiny. This concise
Accounting Practice 9. Management Accounting: Theory
accounting’s uses and textbook, aimed at students
and Practice 10. Auditing Part 4: Institutions
limitations in the management and practitioners, develops an 11. Professionalisation 12. Practitioners, Work and Firms
process. The text is intended for understanding of the way 13. Education 14. Regulation Part 5: Economy
users of accounting information accountants make ethical 15. Capitalism 16. National Accounting 17. Finance and
as opposed to preparers. It decisions in practice by exploring Financial Institutions 18. Railroads 19. Scandals
focuses on aiding the reader in the factors that impact on the Part 6: Society and Culture 20. Gender 21. Race and
understanding what accounting dilemmas they face. Ethnicity 22. Indigenous Peoples and Colonialism
numbers mean, what they do 23. Emancipation 24. Religion 25. Creative Arts
not mean, when and how they can be used for decision 2009: 234 x 156: 240pp Part 7: Polity 26. The State 27. Military 28. Taxation
making and planning and when they cannot. Hb: 978-0-415-36235-1: £90.00
Pb: 978-0-415-36236-8: £29.99 2008: 246 x 174: 640pp
The book discusses the importance of accounting eBook: 978-0-203-01262-8 Hb: 978-0-415-41094-6: £135.00
information in the economy and the fact that accounting For more information, visit: For more information, visit:
numbers are often the result of estimates and arbitrary www.routledge.com/9780415362368 www.routledge.com/9780415410946
allocations. It also includes a cautionary word about the
imprecise use of terminology often found in accounting
and financial literature.
January 2012: 229 x 152: 264pp

Hb: 978-0-415-88430-3: £75.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88431-0: £49.99
eBook: 978-0-203-12909-8

New Accounting for Sustainability Basic Management Accounting

The Routledge Companion to Practical Insights for the Hospitality Industry
Cost Management Edited by Anthony Hopwood, Jeffrey Unerman,
Royal Holloway, University of London, UK and
Michael Chibili
Basic Management Accounting
Edited by Falconer Mitchell, University of Edinburgh, Jessica Fries for the Hospitality Industry deals
UK, Hanne Nørreklit and Morten Jakobsen, both
Foreword by HRH The Prince of Wales with a range of topics:
at Aarhus University, Denmark commencing with a basic
Using a number of tools and
Series: Routledge Companions in Business, approaches that have been introduction to management
Management and Accounting developed and applied by accounting; and ending with
leading organizations, as well as capital investment decisions.
Over the last two decades,
cost management has been an a raft of in-depth case studies to The objective of the book is to
area of dynamic change and detail how accounting for provide an introduction to the
development. This is evident in sustainability works in practice, basic management accounting
the extensive inventory of new, Accounting for Sustainability: concepts and applications
high-profile techniques that Practical Insights will help based on Einstein’s maxim that
have emerged. organizations to address the issue ’everything should be made as simple as possible, but no
of how to embed sustainability simpler’. This choice of simplification is due to the fact
With cost management now
considerations into their that the level of English used in the text takes into
firmly established as a distinct
decision-making and reporting. consideration that a good proportion of students in
sub-discipline within
hotel or tourism-related education use English as a
management accounting, The
2010: 234 x 156: 288pp second language.
Routledge Companion to Cost Hb: 978-1-84971-066-4: £90.00
Management is a timely reference volume covering both Pb: 978-1-84971-067-1: £26.99 The approach used in the book makes it very
practical developments and research in this area. Topics comprehensible. It takes the reader clearly and logically
covered include: through the concepts and applications of hospitality
management accounting. Students involved with
• input cost management
hospitality and tourism degrees will find this text enables
• product design them to independently master the subject.
• cost analysis and decision making
Sustainability Accounting
• cost management systems and Accountability 2010: 354pp
Pb: 978-90-01-79635-8: £41.99
• lessons for cost management. Edited by Jeffrey Unerman, Jan Bebbington and For more information, visit:
With chapters from an international team of Brendan O’Dwyer www.routledge.com/9789001796358
contributors, this prestigious companion will prove an This exciting book is one of the
indispensible addition to any library with aspirations to first textbooks in the fast
keeping up-to-date with the world of accounting.
2nd Edition
growing area of sustainability
Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. An Overview accounting. Contributed to, and
edited by an impressive array of
The Basics of Financial
of Research in Cost Management Part 2: Input Cost
Management 2. Purchasing, Material Cost and Supply internationally renowned Management
Chain Management 3. Managing Labour Costs authorities, it focuses on the use
4. Managing Overhead Costs 5. Capacity Usage
An Introductory Course in Finance,
of sustainability accounting both
6. Environmental and Social Costs Part 3: Product Design as an external accountability Management Accounting and Financial
7. Organizing Design for Cost Effectiveness 8. Target Cost mechanism (external reporting) Accounting
Analysis 9. Value and Functional Analysis Part 4: Cost and as a tool for helping
Analysis and Decision Making 10. Pricing and
managers assess and manage
Peter de Boer, Rien Brouwers and Wim Koetzier
Product-Mix Decisions Using Activity Based Costing 11. Cost
the social and environmental The primary aim of this basic book is to familiarize
Reduction 12. Continuous Improvement 13. Quality Costing
impacts of their operations (management accounting). students in (international) English-language programmes
14. Value Chain Analysis 15. Outsourcing 16. Strategic
Investment Decisions 17. Cost Reduction Part 5: Cost with the basics in the fields of finance, finance
Using real-life examples and case studies to emphasize
Management Systems 18. The Theory of Constraints management and accounting. No prior knowledge of
the links between the conceptual basis and issues in
19. Lean Production 20. Activity Based Cost Management business economics is required.
practice, this outstanding book addresses the growing
21. Budgetary Control 22. Performance Measurement interest among both practitioners and academics in This book is user-friendly, accessible, and yet
23. Working Capital Control 24. Inter Organizational Cost social, environmental and ethical accountability, as comprehensive in its approach. It takes an in-depth,
Management 25. IT Systems and Cost Management integrated look at the principles of management
interpreted through the lens of sustainable development.
Part 6: Lessons for Cost Management 26. From
accounting, financial accounting and finance. Examples
Economics 27. From Mathematical Analysis 28. From
2007: 234 x 156: 384pp and case studies from newspapers and professional
Organization Studies Part 7: Conclusions 29. Conclusions
Hb: 978-0-415-38488-9: £115.00 journals encourage the practical application of the
Pb: 978-0-415-38489-6: £35.99 material. Study questions reinforce and test the student’s
October 2012: 246 x 174: 608pp
eBook: 978-0-203-81528-1 understanding of the key concepts. A glossary of key
Hb: 978-0-415-59247-5: £120.00
For more information, visit: terms is included at the end of each chapter. The book
www.routledge.com/9780415384896 also contains multiple choice questions and other
assignments designed to stimulate thinking about the
topics that are discussed.
Management Further self-test materials are available at
www.basicsfinancialmanagement.noordhoff.nl
Accounting Change including interactive multiple choice questions, exercises,
Approaches and Perspectives cases and teachers manual.
Danture Wickramasinghe and

Full Table of Contents October 2011: 234 x 156: 403pp
Chandana Alawattage For full table of contents on all titles Pb: 978-9-001-80580-7: £39.99
featured in this catalog, visit: For more information, visit:

2007: 246 x 174: 568pp www.routledge.com/9789001805807
Hb: 978-0-415-39331-7: £125.00 www.routledge.com/business
Pb: 978-0-415-39332-4: £41.99

Introduction to the New iN 2013 New

Accounting Process Financial Information Analysis Taxation
C.A.M. Klerks-van de Nouland and The Role of Accounting Information in A Fieldwork Research Handbook
H.J.M van Sten-van ’t Hoff Modern Society Edited by Lynne Oats, University of Exeter, UK
Introduction to the Accounting
Philip O’Regan, University of Limerick, Ireland ’This unique book offers
Process brings clarity to to the
The global recession, bank collapses and subsequent new ways of thinking for
process of setting up an
market volatility of recent years has changed the practitioners and researchers
accounting system, including a
accounting landscape forever. The global environment is to explore tax policy, its
basic explanation of how to
now all too painfully aware of the significance of practical application and its
enter numbers into the system
accounting information and its impact upon a large critical importance in
manually. The clear structure of
range of stakeholders. modern society.’ - John
the book provides students with
Hasseldine, University of New
good insight into the basics of This new edition has been updated to reflect the Hampshire, USA
accounting. increased emphasis upon corporate governance as a
critical control and mediating influence. The subsequent Taxation is a subject of enquiry
The book consists of four parts: that cuts across a range of
shifts in the regulatory frameworks and new forms of
IFRS form the core of the text and allow the book to shed disciplines, including law,
• designing an accounting system
light on the growing emphasis placed on the role of economics, politics, psychology,
• special entries and frequently occurring themes such history and accountancy, to name a few. However,
accounting information in formulating financial strategy.
as VAT, clearing of invoices and discounts research into taxation as a social and institutional
This third edition of Financial Information Analysis phenomenon – rather than as abstraction from the real
• international aspects of accounting, including ratio
contains a wide-range of pedagogical features, including world – is largely neglected.
analysis
insightful end of chapter case studies, drawn from a
• an integrated case enabling students to show their range of companies and events as well as questions for Taxation: A Fieldwork Research Handbook opens up
knowledge in practice. review. Supplemented by a comprehensive companion new avenues of enquiry in the research of taxation by
website, the book will be essential reading for both offering suggestions on how research might be
The simple structure and concise nature of the book,
undergraduate and Masters students taking courses in conducted into actual tax practice, rather than abstract
combined with a useful companion website, will help
finance and accounting. models. This book:
students to improve on any deficiencies in the subject.
Selected Contents: Introduction Part 2: The Accounting Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Contexts • introduces tax as a field of enormous potential for
System 1. Balance Sheet 2. Ledger Accounts 3. Eight-Column 1. Regulatory and Legislative Contexts 2. Conceptual research to all social scientists
Financial Statements 4. Closing the Ledger Accounts 5. Journal Context 3. Theoretical Context 4. Governance Context • explains the methodological issues relating to tax research
Entries 6. Special Journals 7. Sub-Ledger Accounts Part 2: Content 5. Narrative Reports 6. Financial
Statements Part 3: Analysis 7. Fundamental Analysis • provides new opportunities for tax researchers to
Part 2: Special Entries 8. The Decimal Accounting System
9. Value-Added tax 10. Withdrawals 11. Sales Revenues 8. Activity and Liquidity 9. Financing 10. Profitability and widen the scope of their enquiries
12. Various Entries in Cash Books 13. Adjusting Entries Return on Investment Part 4: Issues 11. Business • encourages researchers to think differently about this
Part 3: International Aspects of Accounting 14. Various Combinations 12. Pensions, Share Options, Leases, subject.
Formats of Financial Statements 15. Ratio Analysis 16. Cash Taxation and Foreign Currency 13. Creative Accounting
Flow Statements Part 4: Case Study 17. Case study: Hoovers 14. Corporate Social Reporting (CSR) 15. International Given the importance of taxation to modern society, not
Accounting and Harmonization Part 5: Interpretation only as a revenue raising mechanism, but also as a tool of
2010: 152pp 16. Tesco Plc Part 6: Challenges and Opportunities governance used to influence social actors, this unique
Pb: 978-90-01-78923-7: £36.99 17. Alternative Approaches 18: Future Reporting. text is a vital read for any social science researcher
Appendix I. Annual Report and Financial Statements 2005. interested in this subject.
www.routledge.com/9789001789237 Appendix II. IFRS Restatement
Selected Contents: Part 1: Researching Tax Introduction
1. Tax as a Social and Institutional Practice 2. On Methods
February 2013: 246 x 189: 624pp
and Methodology 3. Gathering and Interpreting Qualitative
Hb: 978-0-415-69584-8: £95.00
Data 4. Case Studies 5. Designing and Administering
New Pb: 978-0-415-69585-5: £39.99
Surveys 6. Quantitative Approaches 7. Ethnography
For more information, visit: and Tax Compliance 8. Moral Reasoning in Tax Practice:
Theory and Principles www.routledge.com/9780415695855 The Development of an Assessment Instrument
of Taxation Part 2: Possibilities of Social Theory 9. Varieties of
Institutionalism 10. New Institutional Sociology and the
An Introductory Textbook Endogeneity of Law 11. Historical Institutionalism
12. Communities of Experts 13. Insights from Bourdieu
Jane Frecknall Hughes, Sheffield University, UK 14. Governmentality 15. Tea Parties, Tax and Power
This book is an introduction to the topic of taxation, but from a theoretical aspect and at an advanced level. It is 16. Actor-Network Theory and Tax Compliance Part 3: Tales
primarily aimed at masters’ students typically studying a module on taxation as part of an MA/MSc in various aspects from the Field 17. The Management of Tax Knowledge
of business/management or as part of an MBA. Such students are often from non-UK backgrounds and are unlikely 18. Ethics in Tax Practice: An Exploratory Analysis 19. A
to have studied the subject before. Typically such students would not have the background to enable them to Study of the Changing Relationship between Large
Corporates and the Inland Revenue 20. The Changing Role
perform any detailed taxation calculations and very many different calculations would be required to address the
of Accountants in HMRC 21. Analyzing the Enhanced
needs of international students. Given the changing nature of taxation, these would soon be outdated in any case. Relationship between Corporate Taxpayers and Revenue
Therefore a book which clearly and concisely addresses the principles and theory of taxation would be welcomed by Authorities: A UK Case Study 22. Transfer Pricing: Advance
lecturers. This book aims to do precisely that in an accessible and internationally relevant way. It does not aim to Pricing Agreements 23. Theoretical Framework for Applied
provide answers to the questions of how to calculate a taxation liability: rather it aims to develop an understanding of Research on Tax Policies 24. Tax Planning in Practice: A Field
why taxation is imposed, the different means by which it is imposed and the nature of the problems inherent in this Study of US Multinational Corporations 25. Policy Making in
imposition. It addresses both the background issues, fundamental principles and emerging topics which are poorly Action: Tax and Retirement 26. The Delphi Technique
addressed elsewhere: 27. Tax Research Going Forward
• philosophy, history and principles of taxation April 2012: 234 x 156: 272pp
• types of taxation and organizational forms including indirect taxation, direct taxation, tax relief Hb: 978-0-415-57761-8: £85.00
eBook: 978-0-203-12259-4
• international issues including double taxation treaties, residence, transfer prices. For more information, visit:
Selected Contents: Part 1: Background 1. Introduction 2. History 3. Philosophy and Principles of Taxation 4. The www.routledge.com/9780415577618
Classification of Taxes Part 2: Taxes in More Detail 5. The Importance of Organizational Form 6. Direct Taxes 7. Indirect
Taxes 8. Relief from Taxation Part 3: International Considerations 9. Basic Introduction 10. Double Taxation Treaties
11. Residence 12. Transfer Pricing Part 4: Conclusions 13. Concluding Remarks
October 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp

Hb: 978-0-415-43233-7: £95.00 • Pb: 978-0-415-43234-4: £29.99

New New
Routledge Studies in Accounting
Solvency in Financial Accounting Critical Histories of Accounting
Julie E. Margret, Deakin University, Australia Sinister Inscriptions in the Modern Era
Management Accounting This book examines the notion of solvency at law and in Edited by Richard K. Fleischman, John Carroll
Research in Practice accounting; and reveals inconsistent ways of University, USA, Warwick Funnell, University of
determining solvency therein. Solvency is a critical Wollongong, Australia and Stephen Walker, Cardiff
Lessons Learned from an commercial financial attribute. Quantifying solvency has University, UK
Interventionist Approach been of concern to many across time, particularly with
regard to business continuity. This study demonstrates Series: Routledge New Works in Accounting History
Petri Suomala and Jouni Lyly-Yrjänäinen, both at
that conventional financial statements are deficient in The critical tradition in accounting historiography has
Tampere University of Technology, Finland
establishing the financial state of an entity, and equally come to occupy a prominent place in the discipline’s
Many scholars have claimed that management lacking in quantifying its state of solvency. academic scholarship. Some critical literature has
accounting research has lost its pragmatic relevancy and confronted the responsibility of accounting and
The book contributes to the literature by drawing on
interventionist research has been proposed as one way accountants in precipitating contemporary crises, such as
real-world observations of how the meshing of
to produce theories with increased practical implications. the audit failures that spawned Sarbanes-Oxley and the
commercial and legal foundations creates the
In interventionist research, active participation in the world-wide recession. Certain contemporary issues have
environment in which accounting must serve. The aim of
field is regarded as an asset rather than a liability. long histories, such as the difficulties encountered by
this work is to provide insights into what changes to
Despite the methodological debate on interventionist women to break the glass ceiling in public accounting,
existing financial reporting systems might assist business
research, there is lack of empirical studies on how and the suffering of indigenous peoples under the
in mitigating unexpected business failures and the
interventionist research actually helps to produce imperialistic yoke. Other episodes in accounting’s long
criticism of accounting in the aftermath.
theories with such pragmatic relevance. The lack of history are seemingly more divorced from the present,
empirical studies has, perhaps, resulted in a too narrow Drawing mainly on major Australian cases, links highlight but in reality they all have contemporary significance.
connotation to the research approach. associations between the language of accounting and Slavery in the New World, for example, although
the data in financial statements; and situations that may abolished more than a century ago, is still rampant in
This book attempts to shed light on the various nuances
be generalised - that have international significance. parts of the world, albeit less formally. Critical
of interventionist research and the positions a researcher
Hence, this work is relevant to the interests of a wide accounting historians feel it a duty to harken to the
can occupy when trying to produce contributions
range of readers. It is also important from a public policy ’suppressed voices’ of the past, those groups of people
associated with both theoretical and pragmatic
perspective as regulators grapple with a commercial who had no access to an accounting record – women,
relevance. This book is based on various research
environment heavily influenced by sometimes perceived persons of color, indigenous populations, alienated
projects focusing on different aspects of management
scandalous corporate activity. Solvency is a topical and proletarians, victims of governmental incompetence and
accounting during the past ten years. To spice up the
ongoing issue for business and financial accounting. graft, and many voiceless others.
academic debate, the book also provides managerial
perspectives on interventionist management accounting Critical Histories of Accounting: Sinister Inscriptions in
2011: 229 x 152: 278pp
research with interesting new insights. In addition to Hb: 978-0-415-89582-8: £80.00 the Modern Era draws on the foremost work in this
management accounting, the ideas of interventionist eBook: 978-0-203-12968-5 developing literature, both that authored by the
research can also be applied in other management fields. For more information, visit: co-editors of this volume, and that written by others.
www.routledge.com/9780415895828 Editors Richard K. Fleischman, Warwick N. Funnell, and
2011: 229 x 152: 156pp Steve Walker have written extensively about ’the dark
Hb: 978-0-415-80677-0: £80.00
eBook: 978-0-203-14120-5
side of accounting,’ gauging the complicity of those
New performing accounting functions in episodes in human
history that are at worst evil and at best reprehensible.
Accounting and Order The editors have also hand-selected a series of historical
and contemporary episodes that have been critically
Mahmoud Ezzamel, Cardiff University, UK
New investigated by the wider accounting history community,
This book examines the notion of order and argues that preceded by a thorough introduction.
accounting is an important part of the ensemble of
Accounting and Business technologies that construct and underpins order in July 2012: 229 x 152: 256pp
Economics societies. The book identifies several key roles played by Hb: 978-0-415-88670-3: £80.00
eBook: 978-0-203-10274-9
accounting in this context, ranging from cosmology
Insights from National Traditions through worldly activities to the preservation of the cult For more information, visit:
Edited by Yuri Biondi, Ecole Polytechnique, France of the dead. www.routledge.com/9780415886703
and Stefano Zambon, University of Ferrara, Italy Selected Contents: Part 1: Egypt, Order and Scribes
1. Prologue 2. Ancient Egypt: A Brief History
The recent financial crisis sparked debates surrounding
Part 2: Accounting, Order, and Gods 3. Accounting and
the nature and role of accounting in informing capital Order 4. Creation, Order and Divine Accounting 5. Pleasing
markets and regulatory bodies about the financial the Gods: Order and Accounting for Offerings
performance and position of a firm. These debates have Part 3: Providing For the State 6. Ordering the Taxation
drawn attention to the broader implications of Cycle 7. Ordering Transportation: Accounting for the Fleet
accounting for the economy and society. Accounting 8. Accounting and Redistribution: The Palace and Mortuary
and Business Economics brings together leading
international scholars to examine the current state of
Cult 9. Accounting and Ordering the Activities of the
Funerary Temples 10. Accounting for Mining Expeditions
11. Accounting and the Ordering of Work Organization
Proposals
accounting theory and its fundamental connection with
the economics and finance of firms, viewing the 21. Accounting for the Bakeries Part 4: Ordering the If you have an idea for a new book
business entity from not only accounting, but also Private Domain 13. Ordering Private Estates and the in the area please contact us using
national, economic, social, political, juridical, Household 14. Ordering Lives: the Roles of Accounting and
Money in Organizing Communities Part 5: Epilogue
the details found at the front of
anthropological, and moral points of view. the catalog.
15. Epilogue. Bibliography. Index
September 2012: 229 x 152: 336pp
Hb: 978-0-415-88702-1: £80.00
March 2012: 229 x 152: 496pp For guidance on how to structure
Hb: 978-0-415-48261-5: £95.00 your proposal please visit:
For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/info/authors

New New New

A History of Management Environmental Management 38 Volume Set
Accounting Accounting Routledge Library Editions:
The British Experience Case Studies of South-East Asian Companies Banking & Finance
Richard Edwards and Trevor Boyns, both at Christian Herzig, Nottingham University, UK, Various
Cardiff University, UK Tobias Viere and Stefan Schaltegger, both at Current interest in the history of money and banking
Series: Routledge New Works in Accounting History Leuphana University, Germany and Roger L. Burritt, remains strong and it is opportune to survey
University of South Australia, Australia developments both in the UK, USA, Europe and Asia.
There is growing interest in the history of accounting
Until now, research on This set provides historical analysis which incorporates
amongst both accounting practitioners and accounting
environmental management research from the early twentieth century onwards in
academics. This interest developed steadily from about
accounting (EMA) has a form that is both accessible to students of money
1970 and really ‘took off’ in the 1990s. However, there
concentrated on developed & banking and economists, economic historians and
is a lack of texts dealing with major aspects of
countries and on the bankers. This set re-issues 38 volumes originally
accounting history that can be used in classrooms, to
cost-benefit analysis of the published between 1900 and 2000. It charts the history
inform new researchers, and to provide a source of
implementation of individual of early banking, discusses banking in the UK, Europe,
reference for established researchers.The great deal of
EMA tools. This book seeks to Japan and the USA, analyses banks as multinationals,
research into cost and management accounting in
redress the balance and improve the UK mortgage market, banking policy and structure
Britain published in academic journals over the last
the understanding of the role of and examines specific sectors such as gilts and gold.
twenty years–including the authors’ own contributions–
makes The History of Cost and Management Accounting EMA in management
decision-making in emerging May 2012: 234 x 156: 9850pp
an essential contribution to the field. Hb: 978-0-415-52086-7: £2440.00
countries, by drawing on twelve
Selected Contents: Part 1: Structure and Methodology For more information, visit:
case studies, taken from a variety of industries, all
1. Introduction 2. Theoretical and Explanatory Framework www.routledge.com/9780415520867
Part 2: Late Middle Ages to the Industrial Revolution
focusing specifically on South-East Asian companies.
3. Estate and Farm Accounting 4. Merchants’ Accounts Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Structure of the
5. Pre-industrial Revolution Cost Calculation and Book Part 1: Introduction to Environmental
Management Accounting Part 3: Industrial Revolution Management Accounting 2. Environmental Management related journals
to C.1970 6. Industrial Development c.1760-c.1870 Accounting 3. Comparative Case Study on EMA in
7. The Second Industrial Revolution c.1870-c.1918 South-East Asia Part 2: Case Studies on EMA in European Accounting Review
8. Professionalisation, c.1919-c.1970 9. Cost Calculation to South-East Asia 4. EMA for Eco-Efficiency in a Towel
Management Accounting c.1919-c.1970 10. Reflections. Production Firm: Indah Jaya, Indonesia 5. Managing HSE Editor: Laurence Van Lent, Tilburg University,
Notes. Bibliography. Index in a Mechanical Engineering Firm: Bisma Jaya, Indonesia The Netherlands
6. Material Flow Cost Accounting in a Snack Producer: JBC Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences
July 2012: 229 x 152: 360pp Food, the Philippines 7. EMA for Cleaner Rice Processing: Citation Index®
Hb: 978-0-415-41623-8: £80.00 Oliver Enterprises I, the Philippines 8. EMA for Reducing An international scholarly journal of the European
eBook: 978-0-203-10087-5 Greenhouse Gas Emissions in Rice Processing: Oliver
Accounting Association
For more information, visit: Enterprises II, the Philippines 9. Environmental Impact
www.routledge.com/9780415416238 Assessment, Compliance Monitoring and Reporting in www.tandfonline.com/rear
Electroplating: Well-Ever, the Philippines 10. Relevant
Environmental Costing and Decision-Making in a SEA Paper Accounting in Europe
New Manufacturer: Classic Crafts, Thailand 11. Environmental
Editor: Lisa Evans, University of Stirling, UK
Risk Assessment at a Pulp and Paper Company, Thai Cane
The Global Economics of Sport Paper, Thailand 12. Decoupling Economic Growth from
Pollution: Tan Loc Food, Vietnam 13. Supply Chain
An international scholarly journal of the European
Accounting Association
Dongfeng Liu, Shanghai University of Sport, China, Information and EMA in Coffee Exporting: Neumann
Vietnam, Vietnam 14. Environmental and Quality www.tandfonline.com/raie
and Chris Gratton, Girish Ramchandani and
Improvements as Justification for Higher Capital Expenditure
Darryl Wilson, all at Sheffield Hallam University, UK
and Land Use in Shrimp Farming, Chau Thanh Tam Shrimp Accounting History Review
Sport has become a global business. There is no corner Farm, Vietnam 15. Material and Energy Flow Accounting in
of the Earth that isn’t reached by coverage of global Beer Production: Sai Gon Beer, Vietnam Part 3: Findings, Editor: Stephen Walker, Cardiff University, UK
sporting mega-events such as the Olympics or the World Discussion and Conclusion 16. Rationale Behind and www.tandfonline.com/rabf
Cup, events managed by international governing bodies Reasons for Applying EMA in Corporate Practice
such as the IOC and FIFA that operate like major 17. Revealing Patterns of Environmental Management
Accounting Application 18. Conclusions and Outlook
Accounting Education
international businesses. Companies such as Nike now
design, produce, distribute and market their products Editor: Alan Sangster, Middlesex University, UK
March 2012: 229 x 152: 352pp
across every continent, while an increasingly important Hb: 978-0-415-69431-5: £85.00
www.tandfonline.com/raed
part of every country’s sport market is now international eBook: 978-0-203-12536-6
in terms of its influences and opportunities. Social and Environment
This book is the first to examine the economics of www.routledge.com/9780415694315 Accountability Journal
contemporary sport using the global market as the
Editors: John Feruson, University of Strathclyde, UK
primary unit of analysis. Starting with a survey of the
and Jeffrey Unerman, University of London, UK
changing nature of the sports market over the last
hundred years, the book explores the difficulties of Official Journal of The Centre for Social and
measuring the true scale and impact of the global sports Environmental Accounting Research
economy, employing a wealth of empirical data to define www.tandfonline.com/reaj
and analyze the sports market and all its sub-sectors. In
doing so, the book draws on case studies from the UK,
Europe, North America and beyond. This book is
Accounting and Business Research
essential reading for any student or professional with an Editor: Pauline Weetman, University of Edinburgh, UK
interest in the economics of sport. Included in the Thomson Reuters Social Sciences
Citation Index®
June 2012: 234 x 156: 152pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58618-4: £90.00 www.tandfonline.com/rabr
Pb: 978-0-415-58619-1: £24.99
eBook: 978-0-203-80724-8 Journal of Sustainable Finance & Investment
Editor: Matthew Haigh, Aarhus University, Denmark
www.tandfonline.com/tsfi

r e s e arc h me th o d s 61
research Mastering Your Business

Dissertation
New
Research Methods for
methods How to Conceive, Research and Write a
Good Business Dissertation
Sport Management
James Skinner and Allan Edwards, both at Griffith
Robert Lomas, University of Bradford, UK University, Australia
New The ability to write to a high Series: Foundations of Sport Management
standard is a key skill that is
Analytics for Managers often overlooked in the business
Research methods courses have become a compulsory
component of most degree programs in sport
world. This short book from an
Peter Bell and Gregory Zaric, both at University of management. This is the first introductory research
international, best-selling author
Western Ontario, Canada offers a practical guide to
methods textbook to focus exclusively on sport
Analytics is one of a number of terms which are used to management. Through the use of examples, cases and
conceiving, researching and
describe a data-driven more scientific approach to data taken from the real world of sport management it
writing a business or
management. Ability in analytics is an essential opens up a traditionally dry area of study, helping the
management dissertation.
management skill: knowledge of data and analytics student to understand the vital importance of sound
Robert Lomas offers an methodology in their studies and subsequent
helps the manager to analyze decision situations, inspirational treatise that will
prevent problem situations from arising, identify new professional practice.
awaken the quest for knowledge
opportunities, and often enables many millions of dollars The book covers the full range of quantitative and
among his readership. The book
to be added to the bottom line for the organization. qualitative methods across the whole span of the
helps business students to frame their research questions in
The objective of this book is to introduce analytics from research process, from research design and the literature
a more helpful manner in order to achieve their research
the perspective of the general manager of a corporation. review to data analysis and report writing. Every chapter
aims and write in a clear and top scoring way. Topics
Rather than examine the details or attempt an contains a range of useful features to aid student
covered include collecting and measuring data, using
encyclopaedic review of the field, this text will learning, including summaries, discussion questions and
business statistics, planning research projects and the real
emphasize the strategic role that analytics is playing in guides to further resources, as well as examples drawn
mechanics of writing a dissertation.
globally competitive corporations today. from contemporary sport around the world. Research
Masters students across business and management will Methods for Sport Management is an essential course
benefit enormously from reading this book, not just in text for all sport management students and an
August 2012: 254 x 203
Hb: 978-0-415-62269-1: £62.50
adding serious value to their dissertations, but also invaluable reference for any sport management
Pb: 978-0-415-62268-4: £39.99 helping to improve their writing skills throughout their professional involved in operational research.
eBook: 978-0-203-10581-8 business careers.
Selected Contents: Part A: Understanding Research in
For more information, visit: This book includes a foreword by Mark Booth. Sport Management 1. Introduction to Sport Management
www.routledge.com/9780415622684 Research 2. Research Paradigms and Methodology
2011: 216 x 138: 184pp 3. Research Process 4. Research Writing and Presentation
Hb: 978-0-415-59678-7: £75.00 5. Reflective Sport Management Research Part B: Research
3rd Edition Pb: 978-0-415-59679-4: £19.99 Methods, Data Collection and Sampling 6. Quantitative
eBook: 978-0-203-81615-8 Research Methods 7. Qualitative Research Methods
Creative Problem Solving For more information, visit: 8. Mixed Research Methods 9. Methods of Collecting
Primary and Secondary Data 10. Sampling Procedures
for Managers www.routledge.com/9780415596794
11. Fieldwork Part C: Analysis and Interpretation of
Developing Skills for Decision Making Data 12. Data Analysis for Quantitative Research 13. Data
and Innovation Research Methods: The Basics Analysis for Qualitative research 14. Data Analysis for Mixed
Method Research 15. Presentation and Interpretation of
Tony Proctor Nicholas Walliman, Oxford Brookes University, UK Data 16. Credibility of Research 17. Finalising the Research
This refreshing new edition of Series: The Basics May 2012: 246 x 174: 288pp
Creative Problem Solving for Research Methods: The Basics Hb: 978-0-415-57255-2: £95.00
Managers provides the most is an accessible, user-friendly Pb: 978-0-415-57256-9: £29.99
up-to-date and extensive eBook: 978-0-203-85612-3
introduction to the different
introduction to the ideas and aspects of research theory, For more information, visit:
skills of solving problems www.routledge.com/9780415572569
methods and practice.
creatively in the world of Structured in two parts, the
business and management. first covering the nature of
2nd Edition
knowledge and the reasons
for research, and the second Qualitative Research Methods
the specific methods used to
carry out effective research, in Public Relations and
this book covers:
2009: 246 x 174: 352pp
Hb: 978-0-415-55108-3: £115.00
Marketing Communications
Pb: 978-0-415-55110-6: £38.99 • structuring and planning a research project Christine Daymon, Murdoch
For more information, visit: • the ethical issues involved in research
University, Australia and
www.routledge.com/9780415551106 Immy Holloway, University
• different types of data and how they are measured of Bournemouth, UK
• collecting and analyzing data in order to draw sound
New conclusions 2010: 234 x 156: 416pp
Hb: 978-0-415-47117-6: £100.00
Introductory Regression Analysis • devising a research proposal and writing up the research. Pb: 978-0-415-47118-3: £34.99
Complete with a glossary of key terms and guides to eBook: 978-0-203-84654-4
With Computer Application for Business further reading, this book is an essential text for anyone
and Economics coming to research for the first time, and is widely
relevant across the social sciences and humanities.
Allen Webster, Bradley University, USA
2010: 198 x 129: 208pp For more information, visit:
August 2012: 254 x 190: 280pp
Hb: 978-0-415-89932-1: £60.00
Pb: 978-0-415-48994-2: £12.99
Pb: 978-0-415-89933-8: £39.99
eBook: 978-0-203-83607-1
eBook: 978-0-203-18256-7

62 t echno lo gy & in n ovation man ag e me n t
technology New iN 2013

Diving Into the Bitstream
New
Creativity and Strategic
& innovation Information Technology Meets Society Innovation Management
in a Digital World
management M. Barry Dumas, CUNY-Baruch College, USA
Malcolm Goodman, Durham University, UK and
Sandra M. Dingli
Nationwide, and indeed worldwide, there has been a Many organizations in both the private and public sector
growing awareness of the importance of access to are confronted with stiff challenges as they face rapid
New information. Accordingly, information technology (IT), changes in the business environment. Understanding the
broadly defined and its role beyond the internal workings causes of these changes is essential if organizations are to
Managing Technology of businesses has leapt into the social consciousness. fashion suitable management responses. In a highly
competitive and globalized scenario, business creativity
Information Technology and Society distinguishes itself
Entrepreneurship and by weaving together the concepts and conditions of IT. provides the spark that fosters the development and
implementation of innovation and organizational change.
Innovation What distinguishes these trends is their focus on the
impacts of IT on societies, and the responsibilities of Increased understanding of the concepts of business
Paul Trott, University of Portsmouth, UK, and IT’s creators and users. The author pulls together creativity and strategic innovation management provides
Dap Hartmann, Victor Scholten and important, often complex issues in the relationships valuable insights into how organizations can change to
Patrick van der Duin, all at Delft University of among information, information technologies, and meet new challenges. The book aims to:
Technology, the Netherlands societal constructs. • explain the nature of the acceleration in
As entrepreneurship education expands, increasing The text explores a synopsis of these issues that are discontinuous change that is affecting the Western
numbers of educational institutions are requiring foundations for further consideration. business environment
students in science and engineering to be taught about • emphasise the importance of taking a strategic
entrepreneurship, management and innovation. Existing July 2013: 254 x 178: 300pp
approach to management responses to encourage
textbooks in these areas are focused on business Hb: 978-0-415-80713-5: £60.00
Pb: 978-0-415-80714-2: £31.99 creative and innovative skills
students and are often inappropriate for science and
eBook: 978-0-203-15327-7 • indicate how a detailed strategic plan can be
engineering students.
For more information, visit: developed to support organizations intent on
This is the first comprehensive, rigorous and yet www.routledge.com/9780415807142 profitable survival in the twenty-first century.
accessible textbook for non-business based
This textbook will be the perfect accompaniment to
entrepreneurship courses. Authored by a team with
postgraduate courses on innovation management and
experience of science and industry, the book synthesises
the major research in the field, providing students with
High-Tech Entrepreneurship creativity management. The wide-ranging approach
Managing Innovation, Variety and Uncertainty means that the book will also be useful supplementary
the knowledge needed to enhance case discussion and
reading on a range of courses from management of
analysis. In particular it links the entrepreneur with all Edited by Michel Bernasconi, Simon Harris and technology to strategic management.
the innovation activities necessary to turn technology
Mette Moensted Selected Contents: Part 1: The Challenge of Challenging
into a business.
High-tech businesses form a Times Introduction 1. The Changing Business Environment
This accessible text will be useful for all non-business 2. Key Business Decisions 3. Management Revisited
crucial part of entrepreneurial
students who need to understand entrepreneurship, Part 2: Preparing a Response 4. Thinking Revisited
activity – in some ways
management and innovation. It will also prove a useful 5. Learning New Skills 6. Cultivating a Suitable Environment
presenting very typical examples
introduction to all Masters-level students taking these for Personal and Group Creativity 7. Overcoming Resistance:
of entrepreneurship, yet in some
subjects in business schools. Mindsets and Paradigms Part 3: Innovation: From Theory
ways representing quite different
Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. How to Practice 8. Key Innovation Principles 9. Support Networks
challenges. The uncertainty in and Systems 10. Applied Innovation in Organizations
Entrepreneurship and Technological Innovation are Bound innovation and advanced
Together 2. Types of Technological Innovation 3. Standards 11. Organizational Climate and Culture for Optimising
technology makes it difficult to Innovation 12. New Digital Technology and Organizational
Battles and Design Dominance 4. Protecting Innovation
use conventional economic Innovation Part 4: Managing Change 13. The Importance
Part 2: Strategy for the Entrepreneurial Firm
planning models, and also of Leadership 14. Pre-Planning for Change 15. Strategy for
5. Technological Innovation Strategy 6. Market Entry:
Diffusion of Innovations and Lead Users 7. Choosing means that the management Change 16. Foresight Methodologies for Coping with Change
Innovation Projects 8. Collaboration Strategies skills used in this area must be
more responsive to issues of risk, uncertainty and July 2012: 246 x 174: 296pp
Part 3: Managing the Entrepreneurial Firm 9. Organizing
evaluation than in conventional business opportunities. Hb: 978-0-415-66354-0: £95.00
for Innovation 10. Managing the New Product Development
Pb: 978-0-415-66355-7: £34.99
Process 11. Networks and Systems for Entrepreneurship Specifically focusing on the mix of theory and practice
12. Technostarters/University Spinouts For more information, visit:
needed to accurately inform students, the key topics www.routledge.com/9780415663557
covered include:
October 2012: 246 x 174: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-67721-9: £95.00 • uncertainty and innovation
For more information, visit: • entrepreneurial finance
• marketing technological innovations
• high-tech incubation management.
Including case studies to give practical insights into
genuine business examples, this comprehensive book has
a distinctly ‘real-world’ focus throughout. Edited by a
multi-national team, it draws together leading writers and
Complimentary Exam Copies researchers from across Europe, making it a must-read for
Titles marked with this icon are available as all those involved in advanced entrepreneurship with
complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty specific interests in high-tech start-ups.
considering them for course adoption. Visit the
URL to obtain your print or electronic copy. 2006: 234 x 156: 312pp
Pb: 978-0-415-38059-1: £29.99

te c h n olog y & i n n ovati on man ag e m e n t 63
New New
Routledge Studies in Innovation,
Sports on Television Challenging the Organizations and Technology
The How and Why Behind What You See Innovation Paradigm
Dennis Deninger, Syracuse University, USA Edited by Karl-Erik Sveiby, Pernilla Gripenberg New
Dennis Deninger has succeeded and Beata Segercrantz, all at Swedish School of
in covering the full gamut of Economics (Hanken), Finland Management and
sports television and sports Series: Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and
broadcasting. The book
Organizations
Information Technology
proceeds from why this book Challenges for the Modern Organization
needs to be written, to the Innovation is almost always seen as a ’good thing’.
history of the industry and Challenging the Innovation Paradigm is a critical analysis Edited by Peter Ekman, Mälardalens University,
discipline, the pioneering events of the innovation frenzy and contemporary innovation Sweden and Peter Dahlin, Jönköping International
of sports broadcasting and research. The one-sided focus on desirable effects of Business School, Sweden
sports television, to a nuts-and innovation misses many opportunities to reduce the
undesirable consequences. Authors in this book show Given the financial investment in IT required by
bolts, behind-the-scenes look at
how systemic effects outside the innovating firms reduce organizations to remain competitive, IT has become a
a sports television production.
the net benefits of innovation for individual employees, resource that needs to be managed. Management and
Its potential audience includes academics, practitioners
customers, as well as for society as a whole - also the Information Technology evaluates organizations’ utilization
and the casual reader. This book provides an all-
innovators’ own organizations. of IT including knowledge management and e-learning,
encompassing view of the sports television industry.
accounting, and business relationships. Presenting theories
This book analyzes the dominant discourses that to help the reader understand the varying roles IT can
August 2012: 254 x 178: 256pp construct and reconstruct the assumptions and
Hb: 978-0-415-89675-7: £75.00 occupy in different organizations, this volume illustrates the
one-sidedness of contemporary innovation research ways in which IT has become a key strategic tool.
Pb: 978-0-415-89676-4: £36.99
eBook: 978-0-203-10751-5
(generally known as the pro-innovation bias) by focusing
on consequences of innovation, distinguishing between 2011: 229 x 152: 236pp
intended and unintended as well as desirable and Hb: 978-0-415-88816-5: £80.00
undesirable consequences. Contributors illustrate how eBook: 978-0-203-13452 -8
both the discourses of innovation and the consequences For more information, visit:
New of innovation permeate all levels of society: in policy www.routledge.com/9780415888165
discourse, in academic discourse, in research funding, in
Careers in Creative Industries national innovation systems, in the financial sector, in
organizational and work contexts, and in environmental New
Edited by Chris Mathieu, Copenhagen Business pollution. The volume offers a critical, multidisciplinary,
School, Denmark and multinational perspective on the topic, with authors Innovation Challenges for the
from diverse academic fields examining and making
Series: Routledge Advances in Management and
comparisons between a variety of national contexts. 21st Century
Business Studies
Edited by Deborah Cox and John Rigby, both at
This book comprises current, original, empirical studies March 2012: 229 x 152: 256pp
Manchester Business School, UK
of career-making in theatre, music, film, TV, visual arts, Hb: 978-0-415-52275-5: £80.00
fashion design, and architecture from Asia, Europe, and eBook: 978-0-203-12097-2 Government is directly involved in the innovation process
North America. This format facilitates comparative For more information, visit: in terms of defining societal needs and how they are to
analysis of central features of career-making within as www.routledge.com/9780415522755 be met. While government may be a key actor, however,
well as across both specific industries and national the investment which it makes in innovation is small and
contexts. The studies empirically and theoretically declining. The shift from primarily resource-based to
analyze issues such as career management, temporality, knowledge-based economies over previous decades has
further changed the kinds of skills and competences
location, recognition processes, competition, uncertainty, related journals now required to generate and maintain innovation.
gender, chance-arbitrariness, education-to-work
transition, mediators, the ‘individualization’ of careers, Entrepreneurship too has long been recognized as a key
and collaboration partnerships. The book is at the
Industry and innovation driver of innovation, competitiveness and economic
forefront and intersection of contemporary career Editor: Mark Lorenzen, Copenhagen Business School, growth, but entrepreneurs must be able to gain access
research and research on work in creative industries / the Denmark to finance in order to set up companies, develop and
cultural economy, intertwining both subjective and exploit innovations.
objective approaches to and dimensions of career. Citation Index® Innovation Challenges for the 21st Century explores
The book moves beyond the dichotomies that have Published in association with the Druid Society these and other contemporary issues in innovation,
characterized recent career theory and work on creative reviewing the state of the art literature and consolidating
industries in terms of ‘boundarylessness-boundedness’ www.tandfonline.com/ciai
current thinking at the frontiers of innovation. The
and ‘good and bad work’ to examine the factors that volume debates and presents scattered and anonymous
facilitate and restrict horizontal and vertical mobility, Asian Journal of Technology Innovation material in a coherent way, with a particular focus is on
sometimes simultaneously and paradoxically, and the Editor: Kong-Rae Lee, DGIST, Daegu, Korea ‘hot topics’ in the field of innovation studies that have
trade-offs involved, and the simultaneous positive been previously under-researched. The book is divided
and negative dimensions of given phenomena. The into four key themes: government as a key actor in the
Citation Index®
chapters also analyze the operation and significance innovation process, skills and competences required to
Official Journal of the Korean Society for Innovation
of various formal and informal recognition processes maintain and improve innovation performance in
Management and Economics (KOSIME) and ASIALICS
from the macro state level down to minute Europe, entrepreneurs as innovators, and finally, the
interpersonal interaction that are central to www.tandfonline.com/rajt wider context in which innovation policy develops.
career-making in creative industries.
June 2012: 229 x 152: 232pp
December 2011: 229 x 152: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-89612-2: £80.00
eBook: 978-0-203-13616-4 www.routledge.com/9780415896122

64 t echno lo gy & in n ovation man ag e me n t
Routledge Studies in Innovation, The Video Game Industry New

Formation, Present State, and Future Managing Organizational
Organizations and Technology
(comtinued)
Edited by Peter Zackariasson, University of
Gothenburg, Sweden and Timothy Wilson, Umeå
Ecologies
University, Sweden Space, Management, and Organizations
The Video Game Industry provides a platform for the Edited by Keith Alexander, University of Salford,
New research on the video game industry to draw a coherent UK and Ilfryn Price, Sheffield Hallam University, UK
Digital Virtual Consumption and informative picture of this industry. Previously this has
been done sparsely through conference papers, research
’This is an important book which contributes greatly
to our understandings of how space and the built
Edited by Mike Molesworth and articles, and popular science books. Although the study of environment are constructed and managed in policy
Janice Denegri Knott, both at Bournemouth this industry is still stigmatized as frivolous and ‘only’ and practice in the UK and elsewhere. This often
University, UK game oriented, those who grew up with video games are overlooked subject is of great importance to
changing things, especially research agendas, the managers and the building and construction
Digital media present opportunities for new types of
acceptance of studies, and their interpretation. professionals who work with them.’ – Huw Morris,
consumption including desiring, buying, collecting,
making, and even selling digital virtual goods. To these This book describes and defines video games as their Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
activities we can add those taking place in virtual own special medium. The Video Game Industry provides The term Facilities Management has become global but
communities of consumption, online shops, brand a reference foundation for individuals seriously interested fraught with confusion as to what the term signifies. For
websites, and online auction houses that together in the industry at the academic level. As a result, this some, notably in the USA, Facilities Management
amount to a vast new landscape of consumption. Digital book will serve as a reference in curricula associated with remains a discipline of human ecology. Elsewhere the
virtual consumption motivates concatenated practices video game development for years to come. term has become conflated with an alternative meaning:
which produce meaningful experience for their users as Selected Contents: 1. This is Not a Software Industry Casey providing or outsourcing the provision of various services
well as market opportunities to profit from them. O’Donnell 2. Video Games: A Subcultural Industry Mikolaj essential to the operation of particular buildings. This
Consumers create and maintain elaborate wish lists, Dymek 3. Marketing of Video Games Peter Zackariasson and volume redresses that imbalance to remind Facilities
engaging with simulations of brands on websites and in Timothy L. Wilson 4. An Exploration of the Mobile Gaming Management of its roots, presenting evidence of
videogames, coveting items for use in online games and Ecosystem from Developers’ Perspective Claudio Feijoó
Facilities Management success stories that engage the
even spending ‘real’ money on these, undertaking 5. The North American Game Industry Casey O’Donnell
wider objectives of the organizations they serve, and
6. The UK and Irish Game Industries Aphra Kerr 7. The
entrepreneurial activity in virtual worlds, conjuring engaging students, scholars and critical practitioners of
Development of the Swedish Game Industry: A True Success
nostalgia via online auctions, engaging in playful general management with an appreciation of the power
Story? Ulf Sandqvist 8. Console Hardware: The Development
consumption in other new retail formats, writing reviews of Nintendo Wii Mirko Ernkvist 9. ’Warm and Stuffy’: The and influence of physical space and its place in the
of products as part of the consumption experience, Ecological Impact of Electronic Games Richard Maxwell and theory and practice of organizations.
engaging in online activist activities, and many other Toby Miller 10. Gamification as the Post-Modern Phalanstère: This book includes management perspectives from
emerging behaviors. Is the Gamification Playing With Us or Are We Playing With outside the field to ensure that the issues raised are seen
Analyses of consumption in the digital virtual realm are Gamification? Flavio Escribano 11. The Evolving European in an organizational and management context,
however limited. This collection brings together Video Games Software Ecosystem Giuditta De Prato, Sven
informing debate within the Facilities Management
experienced researchers from the fields of consumer Lindmark and Jean-Paul Simon 12. Through the Looking Glass
Sharply Timothy L. Wilson and Peter Zackariasson.
fraternity. It draws on human ecology and the
research, digital games, and virtual worlds to provide perspective of the firm as, itself, an intra-organizational
conceptual and empirical work that helps us understand June 2012: 229 x 152: 264pp ecology of social constructs.
these new and significant consumer activities. Online Hb: 978-0-415-89652-8: £80.00
communities negotiate the ‘correct’ use of goods and eBook: 978-0-203-10649-5 April 2012: 229 x 152: 240pp
offer technical advice, consumers develop new products, Hb: 978-0-415-89699-3: £80.00
individuals create and distribute their own promotional eBook: 978-0-203-11723-1
material for their favorite brands, and entrepreneurial For more information, visit:
consumers marketing and selling their own products www.routledge.com/9780415896993
online. Here we may see a blurring of consumption and New iN 2013
production, or work and leisure activity that requires
further thought about what makes it meaningful for Management Consultancies
individuals. The chapters in this volume take stock of the
emergence and likely importance of digital virtual Knowledge-Based Innovation at Work
consumption for consumer culture, including a review of Stefan Heusinkveld, Radboud University, the Netherlands
both new and existing conceptual and methodological
tools as well as a resource of key examples and analyses ’This book develops a distinctive focus on management consultants as ‘knowledge entrepreneurs’.
of practices. Whereas the bulk of literature has been concerned with the practice and consumption of management
ideas, this focus on the ideas generation stage of the consultancy process stresses the crucial role of
May 2012: 229 x 152: 224pp consultants in the production of management knowledge, as well as filling out our understanding of this
Hb: 978-0-415-52929-7: £80.00 important occupational group.’ – Robin Fincham, Stirling Management School, UK
eBook: 978-0-203-11483-4 Although there has traditionally been considerable field-level attention on how consultants market their ideas and
For more information, visit: practices, there is still a lack of research that discusses the earlier intra-organizational phases in the development
www.routledge.com/9780415529297 process. While the present literature provides important insights that enhance our understanding of consulting, the
consultancy industry, and the way that consultants present their ideas and services on the market for management
solutions, we know relatively little about the way knowledge-based innovations develop within consultancy firms and
the mechanisms that shape the intra-organizational evolution of these ideas and practices.
This book seeks to address this gap by revealing how the development of new ideas and practices takes shape in
consultancies. The work addresses questions such as: In which way do consultancies sense the contemporary market
needs? How do new ideas and practices become established within a consultancy? How do consultancies seek to
maintain their repertoire? And what role do these new ideas and practices play in their assignments? To provide more
insight into these different aspects of knowledge-based innovation in consultancies, the book draws on and
integrates literature from diverse relevant fields such as product innovation and market orientation, but also uses
institutional and practice-based perspectives. The research presented in this book can be seen in the light of emerging
research into ‘knowledge-based innovation’ and ‘new concept development’ that concentrate on empirically studying
how knowledge entrepreneurs seek to develop commercially viable ideas and practices that have the potential to
have a significant impact on management and organizational praxis.
February 2013: 229 x 152: 192pp

Hb: 978-0-415-50330-3: £80.00

bus i n e s s c ommun i cat i o n 65
business Academic Writing for

International Students
Straight Talk
Oral Communication for Career Success
communication of Business Paul R. Timm, Brigham Young University, USA and
Sherron Bienvenu, Emory University, Atlanta, USA
Stephen Bailey, University of Nottingham, UK
Career success comes to people
Academic Writing for who are good at giving correct
New International Students of information, developing strong
Business is the first book working relationships, attracting
Public Relations and specially designed to assist and satisfying customers,
overseas students studying
Nation Building Business or Economics courses
working in teams, solving
disputes, building consensus for
Influencing Israel in English. Most courses expect decisions, picking other people’s
students to complete a variety brains for useful insights,
Margalit Toledano and David McKie, both at of writing tasks as part of their conveying ideas, listening, and
University of Waikato, New Zealand assessment, such as essays, building networks of friends and
Series: Routledge New Directions in Public Relations & reports and projects. For many coworkers. What is the common
Communications Research students these can be a major concern, but this book denominator in all these
explains the writing process from start to finish and activities? They all involve the functions of communication:
All public relations emerges from particular practises all the key writing skills.
environments, but the specific conditions of Israel offer the ability to influence through, speaking, writing,
an exceptional study of the accelerators and inhibitors of interviewing, and group interaction skills. In fact, excellent
2010: 246 x 189: 336pp communication skills can do more to accelerate a promising
professional development in the history of a nation. Hb: 978-0-415-56470-0: £80.00
career than almost any other factor.
Public Relations and Nation Building contends that the Pb: 978-0-415-56471-7: £20.99
eBook: 978-0-203-84157-0
story of Israeli public relations and public relations 2010: 229 x 152: 288pp
practitioners has never been told. It tells their story For more information, visit: Hb: 978-0-415-80232-1: £55.00
through the roles they played in shaping key discourses, www.routledge.com/9780415564717 Pb: 978-0-415-80197-3: £24.99
narratives, and symbols in Israel’s history. It exposes how For more information, visit:
practitioners used public relations concepts and www.routledge.com/9780415801973
techniques to mobilise Israelis to enlist in creating and New
defending their homeland and looks back historically at
the roots of Israel’s cultural, economic, media, political, Exploring Professional Straight Talk
and social systems to argue how these influence Israeli Communication Written Communication for Career Success
public relations to the present day.
Language in Action Paul R. Timm, Brigham Young University, USA and
In identifying Israel’s uniqueness, the book contributes to
disproving the views that public relations around the Stephanie Schnurr, University of Warwick, UK Sherron Bienvenu, Emory University, Atlanta, USA
world follow similar paths to the U.S. American Series: Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics This text provides a thorough
individualism, free market pluralism and revolutionary overview and hands-on practice
heritage; nor European expectations for civil society and Adopting the ’back to front’ approach of the series,
Exploring Professional Communication starts with in the written communication
democratic consultation, forged the Israeli public skills essential for life and work
relations profession and public sphere. This book tells a real-life problems and issues, enters into a discussion
of intervention and how to engage with these success.
fascinating story and makes distinctive contributions to
the expanding market for national histories of; public concerns and concludes by tying the practical issues to
relations, public relations theory in a global context, theoretical foundations.
Israeli Studies and the sociology of professions.
September 2012: 234 x 156: 288pp
Hb: 978-0-415-58481-4: £85.00
December 2012: 234 x 156: 224pp
Pb: 978-0-415-58483-8: £22.99
Hb: 978-0-415-69892-4: £85.00
2010: 229 x 152: 256pp
Hb: 978-0-415-80231-4: £60.00
New Customer Relationship Pb: 978-0-415-80196-6: £25.99
The Routledge Course in Management www.routledge.com/9780415801966
Business Chinese Francis Buttle, Francis Buttle Associates, Australia

This definitive textbook explains what CRM is, the benefits it delivers, the contexts in
Qinghai Chen, Qiuli Zhao and Le Tang,
which it is used, how it can be implemented and how CRM technologies can be deployed
all at University of Michigan, USA to support customer management strategies and objectives. It also looks comprehensively
The Routledge Course in Business Chinese has been at how CRM can be used throughout the customer life-cycle stages of customer acquisition,
specifically designed for students in the fourth-year of retention and development and how the management disciplines- marketing, sales, IT,
language learning or above who wish to progress their change management, human resource, customer service, accounting, and strategic
language training and prepare to tackle real-life business management are implicated in this.
situations confidently and effectively. Selected Contents: Introduction to CRM. Understanding Relationships. Planning and
Implementing CRM Projects. Developing, Managing and Using Customer-Related Databases.
July 2012: 297 x 210: 368pp Customer Portfolio Management. CRM and Customer Experience. Creating Value for Customers.
Hb: 978-0-415-66802-6: £125.00 Managing the Customer Life Cycle: Customer Acquisition. Managing the Customer Life Cycle:
For more information, visit: Customer Retention and Development. Managing Networks for CRM Performance. Managing Supplier and Partner
www.routledge.com/9780415668026 Relationships. Managing Investor and Employee Relationships. Information Technology for CRM. Sales Force Automation;
Marketing Automation. Service Automation. Organizational Issues and CRM
2008: 246 x 189: 528pp

Hb: 978-1-85617-522-7: £32.99

66
b u siness
co m m u nication
How Audiences Decide

A Cognitive Approach to
crc Press New
The Organizational Master
Business Communication
Plan Handbook
Richard Young, Carnegie Mellon University, USA New A Catalyst for Performance Planning
It’s a common knowledge that
knowing your audience is the An Introduction to Exotic and Results
key to persuasive H. James Harrington and Frank Voehl, both at
communication. Option Pricing Harrington Institute, Los Gatos, California, USA
But what does ’knowing your Peter Buchen, University of For visionary leaders, an
audience’ really mean? Does it Sydney, Australia Organizational Master Plan
mean knowing your audience’s Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC and associated technologies
name, age, gender, and Financial Mathematics Series have become essential
socio-economic status? This components of strategic
book shows that if you want February 2012: 235 x 156: 296pp decision making. Written for
to be persuasive the most Hb: 978-1-4200-9100-7: £49.99 leaders, planners, consultants,
important thing you need to and change agents, The
know about your audience is how your audience makes Organizational Master Plan
decisions. And it demonstrates with numerous examples Handbook: A Catalyst for
and research findings that when experienced and Performance Planning and
otherwise highly-skilled professionals - CEOs, medical Results explains how to merge
doctors, magazine publishers - fail to grasp how their the four planning activities that
audiences make decisions they also fail to persuade them. For more information, visit:
compose the Organizational
Master Plan to manage, improve, and maximize
2010: 254 x 178: 416pp organizational efficiency and effectiveness.
Hb: 978-0-415-87899-9: £66.99
Pb: 978-0-415-87900-2: £33.99 New Written by recognized leaders in applying Performance
For more information, visit: Improvement methodologies to business processes and
www.routledge.com/9780415879002 The Basics of Self-Balancing entire organizations, this book defines the makeup and
highlights the differences in the operating plan, strategic
Processes business plan, strategic improvement plan, and the
New True Lean Continuous Flow organization’s business plan. It defines each and explains
how to link them to reduce costs and cycle times.
Case Studies in Crisis Gordon Ghirann Describing how to use controllable factors as the
’Instead of explaining merely foundation for constructing your Organizational Master
Communication the typical approach that Plan, it demonstrates how the plan fits into
International Perspectives on Hits and Misses seeks to balance the work organizational alignment activities.
and operates strictly • examines all the plans that should go on within an
Edited by Amiso M. George, Texas Christian according to takt time, organization and details the purpose of each
University, USA and Cornelius B. Pratt, Temple Gordon’s method takes
University, USA • unveils a novel approach for preparing a Strategic
advantage of the ‘human
Improvement Plan
Case Studies in Crisis element’ and releases the
Communication: International full potential of the • lays out a well-defined roadmap of the Organizational
Perspectives on Hits and Misses employees. … Self-Balancing Master Plan process.
was created to fill the gap for a surfaces barriers to flow and Explaining how to make the strategic planning process
much-needed textbook in case provides a framework for a part of performance plans for individuals within your
studies in crisis communication the supporting management organization, the text incorporates sufficient flexibility so
from international perspectives. support system. …Until now, there was no source you can adapt and revise the plans discussed according to
The events of September 11, for this powerful concept outside of some limited changing business needs and marketplace opportunities.
2001, other major world crises, research on the web. Gordon, however, has It explains how to develop a set of vision statements to
and the ongoing probably experimented more with Self-Balancing define how your organization will function five years in
macroeconomic challenges of than anyone else, so I’m very excited that he has the future as well as how to develop the strategies
financial institutions, justify the finally brought this powerful concept to you.’ - Kirk needed to make the required transformation a success.
need for this book. While existing textbooks on the Paluska, Lean Transformations Group
subject focus on U.S. corporate cases, they may not March 2012: 235 x 156: 275pp
appeal equally to students and practitioners in other February 2012: 235 x 156: 108pp Hb: 978-1-4398-7877-4: £31.99
Pb: 978-1-4398-1965-4: £12.99
countries, hence the need to analyze cases from the For more information, visit:
United States and from other world regions. For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781439878774
The variety and the international focus of the cases, be
they environmental, health or management successes or
failures, makes this book more appealing to a wider
audience. These cases examine socio-cultural issues New
associated with responding to a variety of crises.
Managing Development in a Globalized World
March 2012: 254 x 178: 584pp Concepts, Processes, Institutions
Hb: 978-0-415-88989-6: £65.00
Pb: 978-0-415-88990-2: £31.99 Habib Zafarullah, University of New England, Armindale, New South Wales,
For more information, visit: Australia and Ahmed Shafiqul Huque, McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario,
www.routledge.com/9780415889902 Canada
Series: Public Administration and Public Policy
March 2012: 235 x 156: 528pp

Hb: 978-1-4200-6837-5: £63.99

c rc Pre s s 67
New New New

3rd Edition The Lean 3P Advantage 2nd Edition
Superior Customer Value A Practitioner’s Guide to the Production Performance Evaluation of
Strategies for Winning and Preparation Process Industrial Systems
Retaining Customers Allan R. Coletta, Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics, Discrete Event Simulation in Using Excel/VBA
Art Weinstein, Nova Southeastern University, Bear, Delaware, USA
David Elizandro, Tennessee Tech University,
Fort Lauderdale, Florida, USA Written from an operations
Cookeville, USA and Hamdy Taha, University of
perspective, The Lean 3P
’Art Weinstein’s latest Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA
Advantage: A Practitioner’s
edition tells you what you
Guide to the Production Discussing fundamental
must do to create value in
Preparation Process explains modeling tools, queuing theory,
your current business
how to build collaborative and discrete event simulation
environment. A recognized
thinking and innovation into the for evaluating production
marketing expert, Weinstein
front end of the design process. systems, this book presents a
not only makes clear the
Describing how to develop development environment for
constructs that weave
successful new products discrete event simulation in a
everything together, but he
concurrently with new language easy enough to use
does it in his normal
operations, the book illustrates but flexible enough to facilitate
easy-to-understand style.
real-world scenarios with numerous examples and case modeling complex systems.
What is value, how you
studies to help newcomers succeed the first time Incorporating the use of
create it, what drives loyalty
around. For those familiar with 3P, the book supplies the discrete simulation to
— it’s all here. His book is a
basis to explore Evergreen 3P - a process for applying 3P statistically analyze a system
must-read for anyone expecting to successfully
to small-scale design projects for similar benefits. and render the most efficient time-sequences, designs,
compete in their marketplace.’ – R.J. Trasorras,
upgrades, and operations, this new edition develops
Trasorras Intelligence Group, Tampa, Florida, USA Coverage includes product planning and evaluation
new visualization graphics for DEEDS software, includes
criteria, selection of alternatives, timing considerations,
A customer-centric culture provides focus and direction improvements in the optimization of the simulation
construction of prototypes, and measuring effectiveness.
for the organization, ensuring that exceptional value will algorithms, and adds a chapter on queuing models.
This book will help you and your team develop holistic
be offered to customers - this, in turn, results in
designs that foster innovation and deliver products and
enhanced market performance. Unfortunately, caught April 2012: 254 x 178: 503pp
production operations that effectively utilize people and Hb: 978-1-4398-7134-8: £82.00
up in the daily economic and competitive pressures of
exceed the expectations of all stakeholders.
running complex and fast-changing businesses, For more information, visit:
managers may lose sight of customers’ desires. And, www.routledge.com/9781439871348
March 2012: 254 x 178: 328pp
consequently, customer experiences often fall far short Pb: 978-1-4398-7911-5: £25.99
of expectations.
For more information, visit: New
Written by an expert with more than fifteen years of www.routledge.com/9781439879115
experience, Superior Customer Value: Strategies for
Winning and Retaining Customers, Third Edition
Managing Country Risk
benchmarks the best companies and shows you what it New A Practitioner’s Guide to Effective
truly means to create world-class value for customers. Cross-Border Risk Analysis
6th Edition
Daniel Wagner, Country Risk Solutions, Norwalk,
March 2012: 235 x 156: 319pp
Hb: 978-1-4398-6128-8: £44.99 Information Security Connecticut, USA
For more information, visit: Management Handbook, What would you do if a law
Volume 6 that enabled your investment
to operate successfully abroad
New Edited by Harold F. Tipton, had just been changed, and
HFT Associates, Villa Park, your business could no longer
Strategy and Business Process California, USA and operate profitably there?
Micki Krause Nozaki, Managing Country Risk: A
Management Pacific Life Insurance Practitioner’s Guide to Effective
Techniques for Improving Execution, Company, Newport Beach, Cross-Border Risk Analysis
California, USA explains how to identify and
Adaptability, and Consistency manage the plethora of risks
Carl F. Lehmann, BPMethods LLC, Duxbury, April 2012: 254 x 178: 504pp associated with conducting
Massachusetts, USA Hb: 978-1-4398-9313-5: £63.99 business abroad. Daniel Wagner, an industry expert with
more than two decades of battle-tested experience,
This book prepares readers to
provides readers with the real-world insight needed to
master an IT and managerial
For more information, visit: think outside the box and anticipate the impact of
discipline quickly gaining
www.routledge.com/9781439893135 change on business operations.
momentum in organizations of
all sizes – Business Process Using case studies and practical examples, it supplies
Management (BPM). It essential information on country risk management and
describes how BPM treats demonstrates how these concepts apply to every day
processes as a portfolio of operational examples. Considering the impact of
strategic assets that create and perception on investment decisions, it demonstrates
deliver customer and
Can’t find what how to put a country risk assessment into practice and
shareholder value and adapt, you’re looking for? explains how to create a framework, select the right
when necessary, enabling tools, and map out a country risk analysis methodology.
competitive advantage through Visit our up-to-date website for a complete
consistent performance. listing of all our titles. February 2012: 254 x 178: 308pp
Hb: 978-1-4665-0047-1: £63.99
March 2012: 235 x 156: 295pp For more information, visit:

68 crc P ress
New New New

Driving Strategy to Execution The Psychology of Lean Equipment Management in the
Using Lean Six Sigma Improvements Post-Maintenance Era
A Framework for Creating High Why Organizations Must Overcome A New Alternative to Total Productive
Performance Organizations Resistance and Change the Culture Maintenance (TPM)
Gerhard Plenert and Tom Cluley, both at Chris A. Ortiz, Kaizen Assembly, Inc., Bellingham, Kern Peng, Santa Clara University, California, USA
MainStream GS, LLC, Carmichael, California, USA Washington, USA Providing a fundamental
Series: Resource Management The inherent fear and understanding of equipment
reluctance of many companies management, this book
This book is not only about
to embark on a Lean journey presents novel alternatives in
understanding business strategy
can be self-destructive. This equipment management
development; it also provides
book explores the psychology beyond the mainstream
the tools for strategy execution.
behind why so many companies principles of maintenance
Offering a current perspective on
avoid Lean and hold on to management. These new
the importance of developing an
inefficient processes. Drawing alternatives are pioneered by
integrated strategy for change,
on personal experience, the high-tech industries and are
the text presents proven
author describes why and how driven by the fast-changing
implementation tools, in the
businesses cling to the eight environment. The text aims to
tradition of Lean and Six Sigma,
deadly wastes and why they initiate new thinking and
needed to navigate, design,
continue to find ways to place approaches that will help
and execute the strategic plan.
improvement on the back burner. Whether it’s poor organizations in high-tech industries manage their
Demonstrating how a
leadership, the inability to change, or pure ego, the text expansive equipment as well as prepare companies in
well-developed strategy
explores this perplexing commitment to inefficiency. traditional industries for the spreading of the microchip
generates excitement within an organization, the authors
era in their equipment base.
present insights on implementation tools from a goal
April 2012: 235 x 156: 184pp
setting, building measures, balanced scorecard, and Hb: 978-1-4398-7879-8: £25.99 April 2012: 235 x 156: 248pp
aligning actions perspective. Hb: 978-1-4665-0194-2: £31.99
April 2012: 235 x 156: 242pp
Hb: 978-1-4398-6713-6: £38.99
For more information, visit: New
New
Business Analysis for
The Basics of Line Balancing
New Business Intelligence
and JIT Kitting
Toyota by Toyota Bert Brijs
Beverly Townsend
Reflections from the Inside Leaders on the April 2012: 235 x 156: 256pp Written by a prolific and
Techniques That Revolutionized the Industry Hb: 978-1-4398-5834-9: £57.99
well-known author, this
Samuel Obara advanced undergraduate/
graduate textbook provides a
Written by former Toyota
comprehensive introduction to
associates, this book focuses on
operating systems design.
the purpose of Lean techniques,
Rather than introduce a single
methodologies, and principles
new course that teaches
rather than the best way of
embedded programming, this
applying tools. The contributors
book takes the approach of
share their Toyota experiences
integrating more embedded
and provide diverse points of
For more information, visit: processing into conventional
view regarding the application
www.routledge.com/9781439858349 courses. It allows students to
of the principles discussed.
learn concepts using a real operating system, Xinu. The
Narrated by the author, who
text focuses the discussion of OS on microkernel
shares personal insights, each New operating system facilities used in embedded systems.
chapter describes a Lean
The example embedded platform used in the text is
technique, its benefits, its
pitfalls, and supplies helpful tips on how to implement
Project Management Concepts, widely available and inexpensive.
that technique. Techniques, and Methods April 2012: 235 x 156: 80pp
Pb: 978-1-4398-8237-5: £13.99
April 2012: 235 x 156: 240pp Claude H. Maley
Series: ESI International Project Management Series www.routledge.com/9781439882375
With a focus on the why, what, and how of project
management, this book seeks to develop and improve
the skills required for managing projects. It explains how
to meet business goals, develop skills to achieve strategic
objectives, overcome performance obstacles, and
manage projects in a multi-disciplinary environment.
Each topic presents a balanced blend of detailed
explanatory texts, rich diagrams, and graphics for a
complete understanding of the subject. This book is
completely aligned with PMI’s PMBOK® guide.
April 2012: 235 x 156: 480pp

Hb: 978-1-4665-0288-8: £44.99

c rc Pre s s 69
New New New

Ethics in IT Outsourcing The Controller as Lean Leader Out of the Present Crisis
Tandy Gold, Sanford, Florida, USA A Novel on Changing Behavior with a Lean Rediscovering Improvement in the
Series: Applied Software Engineering Series Cost Management System New Economy
Focusing on how to apply Sue Elizabeth Sondergelt, Lean Beans, LLC, Cape Terence T. Burton
standards to business Haze, Florida, USA ’Having worked with the
outsourcing programs, this To keep up with the ever- author on several successful
book provides a one-stop changing and increasingly Lean Six Sigma initiatives, I
source for the latest information competitive global have a great appreciation for
on outsourcing ethics. It manufacturing environment, his pragmatic and results-
includes coverage of traditional cost accounting oriented approach. This book
certification programs such as systems need to become is full of the practical advice,
the online ethics training and world-class cost management experience, and real world
certification offered by the systems. This book explains the examples that I have come
Code of Ethics and Business differences between cost to expect and appreciate
Practice Standards for accounting and cost from Burton’s leadership and
Outsourcing Professionals management. It provides a improvement expertise. His
established by the International compilation of experiences— instructive and provocative
Association of Outsourcing Professionals. both good and bad—that analysis of our present circumstances is spot-on,
The text incorporates an easy-to-apply checklist in the illustrate various approaches to Lean implementation. and this book is certain to not only provide for all
context of ethical principles for outsourcing executives and Discussing the changing paradigms and the role of the of us the desperately needed practical foundation
managers. The author also defines a comprehensive set of traditional controller, the author covers target cost, Lean for building our own cultures of innovative
ethical program components, so firms can ensure their new human resources systems values, and the use of visuals continuous improvement, but also fills a huge
outsourcing programs align with ethical guidelines. in Lean accounting implementations. vacuum of continuous improvement thought-
leadership that is so greatly lacking in today’s
April 2012: 235 x 156: 210pp May 2012: 229 x 152: 168pp Western World organizational strategy.’ - —Mark
Hb: 978-1-4398-5062-6: £54.99 Pb: 978-1-4398-8277-1: £25.99 Graham, LOUD Technologies
For more information, visit: For more information, visit: This book provides an up-to-date and proven roadmap
for success with continuous and sustainable
improvement in today’s economy for all industries: public
and private corporations, hospitals, financial services,
New New airlines, and federal, state, and local governments. The
Machine-to-Machine The Right Choice author has defined the next generation of improvement
through a combined strategy of Deming’s back-to-basics,
Marketing (M3) via Using Theory of Constraints for innovation, emerging and enabling technology, and
Effective Leadership adaptive improvement across diverse environments and
Anonymous Advertising Apps industries. It presents information with a focus on
Ted Hutchin
Anywhere Anytime (A5) leadership, strategy, sustainable infrastructure, and other
critical success factors that actually create the cultural
This book presents a
Jesus Mena, Triangular Marketing decision-making process that standard of excellence and foundation for successful
This book presents technologies, accounts for personal goals, continuous improvement.
software, networks, team goals, organizational
goals, win-win relationships, June 2012: 229 x 152: 280pp
mechanisms, techniques, and
Hb: 978-1-4665-0442-4: £19.99
solution providers for advertising and risk analysis of
now and in the future. It consequences. Using theory of For more information, visit:
constraint tools, the author www.routledge.com/9781466504424
discusses the interactive
environments that consist of the explains how to take an
web, as well as how to deploy undesirable effect (UDE) from
M3 and A5. It explains what three distinct aspects of a
New
person’s work life to create
technologies and solutions
providers can be used for three UDE clouds. Once the Utilizing the 3Ms of
executing M3 and provides lists clouds have been constructed Process Improvement
of strategies, technologies, and and validated, a composite cloud is constructed that
solutions providers for the marketing technique. Case reveals a deeper causal relationship to the UDEs. The A Step-by-Step Guide to Better Outcomes
studies include examples of M3 and A5 implementations. text applies these results at the individual, team, and Leading to Performance Excellence
organizational levels.
Richard Morrow, Healthcare
May 2012: 235 x 156: 432pp
Pb: 978-1-4398-8191-0: £44.99 June 2012: 235 x 156: 176pp Performance Partners
June 2012: 254 x 178: 326pp
Pb: 978-1-4398-9560-3: £38.99

Find Roultedge Business on Facebook

www.facebook.com/bme.routledge

70 crc P ress
New New New

Biopharmaceutical Lean Production for the The Workforce
Supply Chains Small Company Engagement Equation
Distribution, Regulatory, Systems and Mike Elbert A Practitioner’s Guide to Creating and
Structural Changes Ahead Sustaining High Performance
August 2012: 254 x 178: 296pp
Robert Handfield, North Carolina State University, Pb: 978-1-4398-7779-1: £31.99 Jamison Jay Manion
Raleigh, USA For more information, visit: Helping readers master the human elements of
The global pharmaceutical www.routledge.com/9781439877791 implementing and sustaining process improvement, this
industry has been subjected to step-by-step guide presents the science behind the
many challenges in the last people side of process improvement. It bridges the gap
decade, including more New from strategies to tactics allowing readers to take action
blockbuster drugs reaching the to implement their plans. The book navigates through
end of their patent life, A Guide to IT Contracting the complexity of organizational change with concise
increased regulation, pricing Checklists, Tools, and Techniques explanations, intuitive graphics, and real-world
pressure, channel pressure, examples. The author explains how to assess where
counterfeiting, and challenges Michael R. Overly and Matt Karlyn your organization is along the change continuum and
in clinical trials management. provides management and leadership techniques to light
June 2012: 235 x 156: 352pp the fire of workforce engagement.
This book covers the major
Hb: 978-1-4398-7657-2: £49.99
themes and changes in the
biopharmaceutical supply chain. For more information, visit: June 2012: 254 x 178: 592pp
It provides an overview of the
key challenges and discusses how leading biopharma For more information, visit:
companies are dealing with these challenges. Bringing www.routledge.com/9781439868096
together leading researchers and industry executives, it
New
is a must-read for those who want to learn more about 2nd Edition
achieving success in this industry. New
Creating Mixed Model
June 2012: 235 x 156: 256pp The Seven Kata
Hb: 978-1-4398-9970-0: £48.99 Value Streams Toyota Kata, TWI, and Lean Training
For more information, visit: Practical Lean Techniques for Building
www.routledge.com/9781439899700 Conrad Soltero and Patrice Boutier
to Demand
Bridging the kata/TWI nexus, this book details a
Kevin J. Duggan, Duggan Associates, North roadmap for Lean success. It presents many of the
New Kingstown, Richmond, USA disjointed Lean practices and explains why the mix of
kata and TWI is a successful recipe for continuous
Hospitals & Healthcare Praise for the Bestselling First Edition:
improvement. After introducing kata, the authors reveal
’Finally, a book that
Organizations addresses the real world
the many katas inherent in the three major TWI courses
and the TWI Job Safety course. The text covers such
Management Strategies, Operational complexity of implementing
Lean concepts as gemba walks, PDCA, reflection, proper
lean in a mixed model
Techniques, Tools, Templates and environment! Creating
coaching, grasping the situation, and digging deeply.
Case Studies Mixed Model Value Streams June 2012: 254 x 178: 168pp
Edited by David Edward Marcinko and is must reading for anyone Pb: 978-1-4398-8077-7: £31.99
who is trying to make
Hope Rachel Hetico, both at Institute of Medical For more information, visit:
improvements beyond a www.routledge.com/9781439880777
Business Advisors, Norcross, Georgia, USA
basic value stream map.
Selected Contents: On the From selecting a product
Origins and Development of family to scheduling and dealing with customer
Quality Initiatives in American
New
demand, this book shows you how to implement
Business. Competitive Analysis of
the Contemporary Healthcare
a lean value stream in a way that everyone will Reliability and Maintenance
understand.’ - Glynn Miller, Consumer Centered
Ecosystem. Capital Formation Networks and Systems
Strategies for Healthcare Entities. Enterprise, Whirlpool, June 2004
Inventory Management and This second edition of a bestseller includes key updates Frank Beichelt, University
Economic Order Quantity Analysis. to sections on mixed model value streams. It introduces of Witwatersrand,
Improving Operations and new information on how to construct product family Johannesburg, South Africa
Management to Achieve matrices and expands the concept of takt in mixed and Peter Tittmann,
Objectives. Financial and Clinical model. This volume also contains a completely new
Features of Hospital Information University of Applied
section on handling shared resources to support mixed Sciences, Mittweida, Germany
Systems. Managing Health
model production. The author demonstrates advanced
Information Technology Security Risks. Monitoring,
Managing and Enhancing Hospital Revenue Cycles. Patient techniques to create flow through shared resources and May 2012: 235 x 156: 334pp
(Customer) Relations Management in Healthcare. Healthcare provides new concepts on sequencing work, such as Hb: 978-1-4398-2635-5: £63.99
Organization Compliance Processes and Tactics. Reviewing offset scheduling and sequenced FIFO lanes. He also
OSHA Standards and Health Policy Practices. Operational discusses the concept of a guaranteed turnaround time
Impact ofHIPAA, Sarbanes-Oxley and the USA PATRIOT ACT. for the shared resource.
Understanding Continuous Healthcare Process Improvement.
Using Medical Informatics to Track Health Care. Appreciating June 2012: 279 x 216: 176pp For more information, visit:
Six-Sigma Healthcare Quality Improvement. A Concluding Pb: 978-1-4398-6843-0: £38.99 www.routledge.com/9781439826355
Example of Hospital-Flow Through Efficiency Logistics For more information, visit:
June 2012: 254 x 178: 376pp
Hb: 978-1-4398-7990-0: £44.99

c rc Pre s s 71
New New New

2nd Edition The Mastery of Innovation 10th Edition
Leading the Lean Enterprise A Field Guide to Lean Product Development Technical Analysis of
Transformation Katherine Radeka, Whittier Consulting Group, Inc., Stock Trends
Camas, Washington, USA
George Koenigsaecker, Simpler Consulting, Inc., Robert D. Edwards, John Magee, Consultant,
Ottumwa, IA, USA This book compiles the experiences of over 150 Chicago, Illinois, USA and W.H.C. Bassetti, Golden
companies that have embraced the theories of Lean Gate University, San Francisco, USA
Praise for the Bestselling First Edition: product development. It provides an integrated view of
Any senior executive serious about leading a lean Lean as it is practiced inside successful companies today. This book provides long- and short-term stock trend
transformation should start here. Koenigsaecker Examples, case studies, and stories drawn from small, analysis enabling investors to make smart trading
captures well the essence of sustained lean success, medium, and large companies in a variety of industries decisions. It presents reversal patterns, consolidation
not just the feel-good kaizen event. - Larry Culp, support concepts and provide opportunities for readers formations, trends and channels, technical analysis of
Danaher Corporation to see the concepts in action. Each chapter includes commodity charts, and advances in investment
actionable recommendations to provide ideas on how to technology. It covers stock selection, charting, trend
Organized in the sequence that a leader embarking recognition tools, balancing and diversifying a stock
on a Lean journey would experience, the new edition try the concepts out for themselves and their teams.
portfolio, application of capital, and risk management.
of this bestselling reference presents successful strategies This edition offers more illustrative patterns and charts,
November 2012: 235 x 156: 200pp
of Lean leaders. Updated with new figures and new including modifiable online charts, expanded material on
Hb: 978-1-4398-7702-9: £31.99
information, this edition describes how the metrics pragmatic portfolio, and a simpler and more powerful
used by Toyota drive every line item in a good direction. For more information, visit:
www.routledge.com/9781439877029 alternative to Dow Theory.
It explains the use of value stream analysis at the
leadership level and demonstrates how to structure September 2012: 254 x 178: 800pp
kaizen events that improve the value stream. Presenting
tactical organizational steps to sustain improvements, it
New Hb: 978-1-4398-9818-5: £63.99
explores the development of a corporate assessment and
review structure in support of a lean transformation. The
Electronically Stored Information www.routledge.com/9781439898185
book introduces key leadership tools and discusses how The Complete Guide to Management,
to build a Lean culture. Understanding, Acquisition, Storage, New
Search, and Retrieval
July 2012: 235 x 156: 200pp
Hb: 978-1-4398-5987-2: £31.99
The Right Mesaures
David R. Matthews, Office of Information Security,
For more information, visit: Seattle, Washington, USA
True Indicators of Your Organization’s
www.routledge.com/9781439859872 Success and Values
Accessible to readers at all levels
of technological understanding, Mark A. Nash, Argent Global Services, Oklahoma
New this book covers all aspects of City, USA and Sheila R. Poling, Pinnacle Partners,
electronic data and how to Inc., Oak Ridge, USA
Change or Die - The Business manage it. It explains what
Measurements are the building blocks that determine
electronic information is; where
Process Improvement Manual it is located; different ways it can
and drive the final output of every organization.
Providing examples of what top companies value, this
be stored; why we need to
Maxine Attong, Consultant, Fairways, Maraval, book describes how these values are measures and how
manage it from a legal and
Trinidad and Terrence Metz these measures impact the behavior of employees. The
organizational perspective; who
text focuses on how measurement systems can either
This book employs the authors’ is likely to control it; and how it
direct or hinder any change initiative. Illustrating how to
ENGAGE methodology, which should be acquired to meet legal
make measurement a focus in your organization, the
was developed from empirical and managerial goals. The text
author examines what different companies measure and
research and bolstered by includes links and references to
how these measures reflect organizational values.
the results of actual client additional information, technical software solutions, as
Real-world examples demonstrate how measures can
experience from hundreds of well as helpful forms and time-saving guides.
impact organizational goals and objectives.
hours of facilitated workshop
and multiple Business Process July 2012: 235 x 156: 400pp
July 2012: 254 x 178: 200pp
Improvement (BPI) activities Hb: 978-1-4398-7726-5: £44.99
Pb: 978-1-4398-7865-1: £31.99
to transition strategy to For more information, visit:
operations. The text includes www.routledge.com/9781439877265
a CD that provides detailed
activities, challenges, and
facilitated workshops as well as templates, tables, and New New
questionnaires facilitators can use to conduct and
complete a BPI process. Effective Non-Profit Computational Methods
August 2012: 229 x 152: 248pp
Management in Finance
Hb: 978-1-4665-1251-1: £31.99 Context, Concepts, and Competencies
Ali Hirsa, Natixis Caspian Capital Management, LLC,
www.routledge.com/9781466512511 Shamima Ahmed, Northern New York, New York, USA
Kentucky University, Highland
Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics
Heights, USA
Series
New Series: ASPA Series in Public Selected Contents: Pricing Derivatives via Fourier
Administration and Public
Run Grow Transform Policy
Techniques. Introduction to Finite Differences. Derivative
Pricing via Numerical Solutions of PDEs/PIDEs. Monte Carlo
Integrating Business and Lean IT Simulation. Calibration. Parameter Estimation
August 2012: 235 x 156: 264pp
Steven C. Bell Hb: 978-1-4398-1548-9: £38.99 August 2012: 235 x 156: 306pp
Hb: 978-1-4398-2957-8: £49.99
August 2012: 254 x 178: 225pp For more information, visit:

72 crc P ress
New New New

2nd Edition The Lean Accounting 2nd Edition
Metrics-Based Process Mapping Handbook Financial Modelling with
Identifying and Eliminating Waste in Office, Gloria McVay, Winona State University, Minnesota, Jump Processes
Service, and Knowledge Work Environments USA, Frances Kennedy, Clemson University, South Rama Cont, Columbia University, New York, USA
Karen Martin, Karen Martin & Associates, Carolina, USA and Rosemary Fullerton, Utah State and Peter Tankov, Universite Paris VII, France
San Diego, USA and Mike Osterling, Osterling University, Logan, USA
Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics
Consulting, La Mesa, California, USA Despite the obvious need for transparency, a company’s
Series
lean results can continue to hide behind the mask of
Metrics-based process mapping is a complementary, not Including a new chapter on credit risk modelling and
traditional accounting and dilute the benefits of a lean
a replacement tool, for value stream mapping. Creating new developments in econometrics, the new edition of
implementation. When your organization opts to go
a metrics-based process map is often a necessary step in this bestselling resource provides an accessible overview
lean, its accountants must be empowered with lean
documenting the details behind the value stream map of financials models based on jump processes used in
tools in service of the lean mission. This step-by-step
and discovering the root cause of waste within specific risk management and option pricing. After presenting
workbook demonstrates how to develop information
value stream mapping process blocks. Metrics-Based the necessary mathematics, the text presents theoretical,
and financial reports that serve the needs of lean-
Process Mapping, Second Edition: Identifying and numerical, and empirical issues. While the emphasis is
minded businesses. It includes checklists, guidelines,
Eliminating Waste in Office, Service, and Knowledge on demystifying technical difficulties so as to better
exercises, case studies, and company stories. It
Work Environments provides a unique approach to value understand applications, mathematical results are
demonstrates alternative methods of reporting, offers
stream mapping. It introduces the essentials of value presented in a rigorous, though self-contained, manner,
special sections on healthcare and service industries, and
stream mapping and includes access to an electronic tool accessible to any reader having basic knowledge of the
includes a step-by-step guide for transitioning to lean
that will help readers make immediate improvements to Black Scholes model. Concepts are illustrated through
accounting methods.
their value stream maps. many numerical and empirical examples.
Finally, the workbook directly confronts the fears that are
September 2012: 254 x 178: 70pp often the source of accountants’ resistance to change. August 2012: 235 x 156: 606pp
Pb: 978-1-4398-8668-7: £63.99 These stumbling blocks include inventory management Hb: 978-1-4200-8219-7: £57.99
For more information, visit: and valuation, SOX issues, GAP compliance, and loss of
www.routledge.com/9781439886687 control and benchmarks. Each fear is identified and www.routledge.com/9781420082197
resolved in an inset ‘Fear Box’ as the related topic is
discussed. By the end of the workbook, the issues
New surrounding these typical fears should be understood, New
and dispelled resolved.
Gemba Walks for Service Making IT Lean
November 2012: 279 x 216: 175pp
Excellence Pb: 978-1-4200-8858-8: £28.99 Applying Lean Practices to the Work of IT
The Step-by-Step Guide for Identifying For more information, visit: Howard Williams and Rebecca Duray
Service Delighters Focusing on the application of Lean practices to IT, this
Robert Petruska book presents tools and techniques for IT operations and
This book provides a fresh perspective on how to apply
New IT service management. The author provides a context for
discussing several areas of application within this domain,
Gemba Walks to identify new service delighters and
make a positive impression on customers. It takes
Lean Management System allowing practitioners to gain insight into IT processes and
activities as well as Lean principles. The text reviews the IT
readers on a journey towards organizational LMS:2012 Infrastructure Library (ITIL) as a framework for best
effectiveness that supports a culture of service practices and explains how it can be used to
excellence. Using simple yet dynamic graphics, the A Framework for Continual Lean
accommodate Lean processes and operations. Using case
author illustrates how to create the infrastructure Improvement studies, it also offers solid evidence of the contribution
needed for service excellence to flourish. Designed to be that IT can make in service of the Lean enterprise.
William A. Levinson, Levinson Productivity Systems,
used with your entire team, this workbook guides you
through a step-by-step plan for assessing, prioritizing, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, USA
August 2012: 254 x 178: 225pp
and implementing innovative ideas that will lead to The synergy of the human and technological aspects of Pb: 978-1-4398-7602-2: £38.99
customer delight. Lean form what Henry Ford called a universal code for
Selected Contents: Customers Always Demand More. achieving world-class results in any enterprise. This book www.routledge.com/9781439876022
Gemba Walks. Value Propositions. Essentials for Service expands upon and systemizes this universal code into a
Excellence. Going Forward structure or framework that promotes organizational
August 2012: 279 x 216: 72pp

self-audits and continuous improvement. The first
section offers a foundation of four simple but
Enterprise 2.0
Pb: 978-1-4398-8674-8: £25.99 comprehensive Lean key performance indicators (KPIs): Social Networking Tools to Transform
For more information, visit: waste of the time of things (as in cycle time), waste of Your Organization
www.routledge.com/9781439886748 the time of people, waste of energy, and waste of
materials. The second section consists of an unofficial Jessica Keyes, New Art Technologies, Edgewater,
(and therefore customizable) standard against which the New Jersey, USA
New iN 2013 organization can audit its Lean management system. Examining the advancement of business enterprise
through social networking, this book offers a hands-on,
Production and Operations August 2012: 254 x 178: 184pp practical assessment of not only what to do, but how to
Pb: 978-1-4665-0537-7: £25.99
Management for For more information, visit:
do it to master the social networking paradigm and
achieve a competitive advantage. Discussing the spectrum
Manufacturing and Services www.routledge.com/9781466505377 of social media and social activities available to business
today, it explains the functions of social networking in a
Sushil Gupta, Florida International University,
business context, shows how to measure and manage
Miami, USA and Martin Starr, Rollins College, New social networking, details the utility and role of social
Winter Park, Florida, USA networking on a department specific basis, and considers
Cloud Enterprise Architecture security, risk, legal, and privacy issues.
April 2013: 235 x 156: 512pp
Hb: 978-1-4665-0733-3: £57.99 Pethuru Raj
August 2012: 235 x 156: 352pp
September 2012: 235 x 156: 320pp

c rc Pre s s 73
New New New

Make Your Business a Reducing Process Costs Creating a Lean R&D System
Lean Business with Lean, Six Sigma, and Lean Principles and Approaches
for Pharmaceutical and Research-Based
How to Create Enduring Market Leadership Value Engineering Techniques
Organizations
Paul C. Husby, 3M Company, St. Paul, Minnesota, Edited by Kim H. Pries, Value Transformation, LLC,
USA and Jerome Hamilton Texas, USA and Jon M. Quigley Terence M. Barnhart, Pfizer Global Research
and Development
August 2012: 229 x 152: 250pp
This book reviews the multiple techniques and areas for
Hb: 978-1-4398-2999-8: £31.99 improving the cost of products, processes, and services. September 2012: 229 x 152: 184pp
It presents multiple approaches that can help readers Hb: 978-1-4398-0078-2: £31.99
www.routledge.com/9781439829998 select the best solution for their company’s culture and For more information, visit:
capabilities. The authors emphasize home-grown www.routledge.com/9781439800782
techniques that fit an organization’s culture and do not
New require the implementation of new methodology. They
present Six Sigma cost savings techniques, including New
Practical Information Manufacturing Six Sigma, Services Six Sigma, and design
for Six Sigma. The book also covers costs with traditional Unleashing the Power of 3P
Security Metrics Lean and Lean Six Sigma.
The Key to Breakthrough Improvement
W. Krag Brotby, Enterprise Security Architect, October 2012: 235 x 156: 352pp
Thousand Oaks, California, and Gary Hinson Dan McDonnell and Drew A. Locher, Change
Hb: 978-1-4398-8725-7: £49.99
Management Associates, Mt. Laurel, New Jersey, USA
Covering information security metrics, this book provides For more information, visit:
practical advice on how to specify, develop, use, and www.routledge.com/9781439887257 A guide for Production Preparation Process (3P)
maintain a more meaningful and useful system of execution, this book presents a step-by-step
metrics. It provides guidance on using metrics to identify methodology for successful implementation of even the
problem areas and drive security improvements. With a New most aggressive corporate change programs. The
focus on measurement, the author discusses metrics that authors provide methods that can be applied to any
support an information security management system The Global Lean Supply Chain combination of product, process, and facility design to
that complies with ISO/IEC 27001. The text introduces help reduce costly redesign iterations and associated
Creating End-to-End Value delays. Based on a true story, the text brings readers on
capability maturity metrics that can be used to measure
and drive continuous improvement in information Jeffrey Slater, Sonoco Products, Hartsville, South a start-to-finish journey as the fictional company Acme
security. It also introduces the PRAGMATIC mnemonic to Carolina, USA completes a new production start-up in dramatically
help practitioners choose better metrics. reduced time and cost.
The Global Lean Supply Chain: Creating End-to-End Value
provides the understanding needed to enhance overall September 2012: 279 x 216: 130pp
September 2012: 235 x 156: 224pp
performance by creating a culture of execution. Pb: 978-1-4398-8612-0: £31.99
Hb: 978-1-4398-8152-1: £44.99
It explains how to establish goals for the planning, For more information, visit:
For more information, visit: sourcing, developing, delivery, and reliability stages of the
supply chain. Focusing on execution of daily activities it
details how to align and cascade your supply chain
New metrics to develop leadership support. Complete with New
linked metrics and a CD with helpful tools, this book
Team Planning for provides the tools needed to transform your Supply Chain Total Quality Management
through voice of the customer, kanban, and other tools
Project Managers and that can deliver bottom-line value to your organization. for Project Management
Business Analysts October 2012: 254 x 178: 175pp
Kim H. Pries and Jon M. Quigley, both Co-Founders
Pb: 978-1-4398-6235-3: £25.99 of Value Transformation, LLC, Texas, USA
Gail Levitt
For more information, visit: Total Quality Management (TQM) tools alone are
Series: ESI International Project Management Series www.routledge.com/9781439862353 insufficient to guarantee successful endeavors. Project
Providing the tools to create, propose, execute, and management expertise is also required to make the most
evaluate team development plans, this book offers of the information gleaned from TQM activities. This
insights and access to critical resources that enable New book shows you how to apply project management
readers to transform a vision, mission, goals, and tools in conjunction with TQM activities and projects. It
2nd Edition covers the application of TQM tools to the project
deliverables into concrete, actionable plans for the teams
they lead. Complete with case studies and practical tips, Kanban for the Supply Chain management discipline by treating it as a process with
deliverables. For the section of the book that covers the
the text first explains how team development affects
productivity before identifying the strengths and Fundamental Practices for Manufacturing application of TQM to scrum, the authors demonstrate
weaknesses in each stage of team development. The Management how these analytical methods can be used on the data
author then outlines her method for creating a team produced within a scrum project.
Stephen Cimorelli, Cummins Filtration, Nashville,
development plan and addresses the challenge of
gaining commitment.
Tennessee, USA September 2012: 235 x 156: 320pp
Hb: 978-1-4398-8505-5: £44.99
September 2012: 279 x 216: 175pp For more information, visit:
August 2012: 235 x 156: 192pp
Hb: 978-1-4398-5543-0: £44.99
You can now follow Routledge BMA on

www.twitter.com/#!/Routledge_BMA

74 crc P ress
New New New

Value Stream Maps from the PCI Compliance Open Source Data
Customer Perspective The Definitive Guide Warehousing and Business
Don Johnston Abhay Bhargav Intelligence
This book provides practical guidance on how to develop October 2012: 254 x 178: 320pp Lakshman Bulusu, Piscataway, New Jersey, USA
Customer Viewpoint Maps. It provides examples of Pb: 978-1-4398-8740-0: £38.99
customer viewpoint maps, offers guidelines for working Examining implementation in terms of the systems
For more information, visit: development life cycle, this book highlights the practical
with customers to develop the map, and shows how the www.routledge.com/9781439887400
results interface with the traditional value stream map aspects of implementing and using open-source data
for the process. Helping readers leverage the investment warehousing and business intelligence technologies. The
their companies have already made in their value stream text explains the key differences between open source,
New vendor data warehousing, and business intelligence
maps, the text supplies a fresh perspective on how to
technologies and provides end-to-end solutions that are
improve processes. The author illustrates the connections Crossfunctional Productivity scalable, high performance, and stable. It covers data
between the various processes that, until now, have
been managed separately. Improvement warehouse design, real-time processing, data
integration, presentation services, and real-time
September 2012: 279 x 216: 125pp
Ronald Blank reporting. Emphasizing how they can be used in
Pb: 978-1-4398-8055-5: £25.99 Written in language that is easy to understand and real-world applications, the author also presents best
For more information, visit: applicable across all types of industries, Crossfunctional practices that can save time, effort, cost, and resources.
www.routledge.com/9781439880555 Productivity Improvement describes different ways that
companies interfere with their own productivity. It October 2012: 235 x 156: 368pp
Hb: 978-1-4398-1640-0: £49.99
explains how various departments not directly related to
New manufacturing can either hurt or contribute to For more information, visit:
productivity. In addition, the text gives proven advice on www.routledge.com/9781439816400
Achieving Lean Changeover improving productivity with a wide variety of actions.
The author points out problems often caused by
Putting SMED to Work New
incorrect Lean manufacturing, material flow, efficiency,
John R. Henry, Changeover.com, Fajardo, Puerto ergonomics, and quality policies as well as issues of
Rico, USA malpractice and counterproductive procedures. Manufacturing Intelligence
The Art of Making Factory Data Talk
September 2012: 254 x 178: 200pp October 2012: 229 x 152: 200pp
Pb: 978-1-4665-0174-4: £25.99 Hb: 978-1-4665-1073-9: £31.99 Michel Baudin, MMTI, Palo Alto, California, USA
For more information, visit: For more information, visit: Written as an aid in obtaining information to solve
www.routledge.com/9781466501744 www.routledge.com/9781466510739 factory problems, this text explains how to work with
the information systems staff to retrieve factory data
from the multiple and often incompatible legacy systems
New New they typically reside in. The author examines the three
sources of information: direct observation of the
Revenue Cycle Management Enterprise Architecture and situation; interviews with knowledgeable managers,
in Healthcare Information Assurance engineers, or operators; and existing data. By presenting
solutions for acquiring information, ways to analyze the
Claudia Birkenshaw Garabelli, Modern Developing a Secure Foundation information, and systems of presentations, the book
Management Muse, Inc., Flint, Michigan, USA offers tricks to make the tangle of obsolete and
James A. Scholz
inconsistent legacy systems produce timely answers.
Written to assist healthcare leaders and managers become This book provides guidance on designing complex,
more effective decision makers, problem solvers, and highly available enterprise architectures that integrate November 2012: 229 x 152: 250pp
communicators within the revenue cycle and financial the most critical aspects of an organization’s business Hb: 978-1-4398-2773-4: £38.99
management areas of their organization, this book processes. Considering the lack of tolerance of For more information, visit:
introduces the core components and concepts of the enterprise for operational interruptions or the risks that www.routledge.com/9781439827734
revenue cycle. It discusses the functions and responsibilities accompany theft and loss of data, this reference
in the patient financial services (PFS) area; revenue stream describes how to ensure your organization is prepared
techniques from a clinical perspective, contract for the unexpected. The text also aids in containing New
management and finance, information systems and the liability with guidance on network and application
revenue cycle, plus the nuts and bolts of the chargemaster vulnerability assessments, intrusion detection and Financial Mathematics
and compliance. Chapters include tables, charts, figures, penetration testing, incident response planning, risk
and example scenarios that illustrate key concepts. A Comprehensive Treatment
mitigation audits/reviews, and business continuity and
disaster recovery planning. Giuseppe Campolieti and Roman Makarov,
October 2012: 254 x 178: 275pp
Pb: 978-1-4398-5366-5: £44.99
both at Wilfrid Laurier University, Waterloo, Ontario,
October 2012: 235 x 156: 320pp Canada
www.routledge.com/9781439853665 This text offers a comprehensive, self-contained, and
unified treatment of the theory and application of
mathematical methods behind modern-day financial
New iN 2013 mathematics. It introduces the financial theory and the
New relevant mathematical methods in a mathematically
Leading the Health Care rigorous yet student-friendly and engaging style. The
Revolution Using the Toyota Return on Process (ROP) text provides complete and in-depth coverage of both
discrete- and continuous-time financial models and
Production Systems Getting Real Performance Results pricing theory. It also includes numerous examples,
from Process exercises, fully worked out solutions, and multiple
Lessons from the Frontline problem solving approaches. A solutions manual is
Michael West, Natural SPI Inc., Salt Lake City, Utah, available for qualifying instructors.
J. Michael Rona, Rona Consulting Group, Mercer USA
Island, Washington, USA
December 2012: 254 x 178: 606pp
November 2012: 235 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-1-4398-9242-8: £57.99
March 2013: 229 x 152: 225pp Hb: 978-1-4398-8639-7: £44.99

index 75
index Baudin, Michel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Beattie, Rona S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Beaverstock, Jonathan V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Carbon Connection, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Cardona, Pablo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Careers around the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Corporate Social Responsibility,
Entrepreneurship, and Innovation . . . . . . . 51
Corporate Sustainability Management. . . . . . . 5
4 AÕs of Marketing, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Bebbington, Jan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Careers in Creative Industries . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Corsi, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Becoming a Trustworthy Leader . . . . . . . . . . 40 Careers without Borders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Cox, Deborah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
A Beichelt, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Caron H. St. John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Cox, Elaine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Belcher, Alice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Carroll, Archie B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Cox, Ronald W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Abdel-Khalik, Rashad A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Coyle-Shapiro, Jacqueline A-M.. . . . . . . . . . . 39
Belk, Russell W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Carroll, Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Abi-Ghanem, Dana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Craig, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Bell, Greg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Case Studies in Crisis Communication . . . . 7, 66
Abson, Emma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Crane, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Bell, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Case Studies in Public Governance . . . . . . . . 32
Academic Writing for International Students Creating a Lean R&D System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Bell, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Castro Christiansen, Liza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Bell, Steven C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Chaffey, Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Creating Knowledge Locations in Cities . . . . . 15
Accounting and Business Economics . . . . . . . 59
Bender, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Challenging the Innovation Paradigm . . . . . . 63 Creating Mixed Model Value Streams . . . . . . 70
Accounting and Business Ethics. . . . . . . . . . . 56
Benn, Suzanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Champoux, Joseph E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Creative Industries and Innovation in Europe . . 15
Accounting and Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Bennett, Jr., Winston. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Chance and Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Creative Problem Solving for Managers . . . . . 61
Accounting for Risk, Hedging and Complex
Bennett, Winston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Change or Die - The Business Process Creativity and Strategic Innovation
Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Bernasconi, Michel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Improvement Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Accounting for Sustainability. . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Bessant, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Chanlat, Jean-François . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Creighton, Breen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Achieving Lean Changeover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Bhagat, Rabi S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Chaos Theory of Careers, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Critical Histories of Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Adler, Nancy J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Bhargav, Abhay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Chapman & Hall/CRC Financial Mathematics Critical Perspectives on Business and
Adult Learner, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Management (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Bienvenu, Sherron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 71, 72
Advanced Sales Management Handbook CRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Bilimoria, Diana. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Chappelet, Jean-Loup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
and Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Chaston, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cross-Cultural Competence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Advanced Theory and Practice in Sport Binda, Veronica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Chatterjee, Samir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cross-Cultural Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Biondi, Yuri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Chen, Junsong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Cross-Functional Productivity Improvement . . 74
Agribusiness Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Biopharmaceutical Supply Chains . . . . . . . . . 70
Chen, Qinghai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Cullen, John B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 49
Ahmed, Shamima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Bird, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Cherneva, Iveta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Current Issues in Work and Organizational
Airline eCommerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Biron, Caroline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Chibili, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Psychology (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Akridge, Jay T.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Biron, Michal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Chinese Business Enterprise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Customer Relationship Management . . . . . . 65
Al Ariss, Akram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Bladen, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Chinese Transformation of Corporate Culture, Czinkota, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alawattage, Chandana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Blank, Ronald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Czinkota, Michael R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alexander, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Bodea, Tudor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Choi, David Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Alignment Factor, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Alleviating Poverty Through Profitable
Boje, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Bossink, Bart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Chong, Derrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 d
Partnerships. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Chu, Ming-Chin Monique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Boucher, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Dagnino, Giovanni B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Alliger, George Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Cimorelli, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Boutier, Patrice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Dahlin, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Alternative Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Cinici, Maria Cristina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Bovaird, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Daniels, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Amaeshi, Kenneth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Ciochetto, Lynne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Boyns, Trevor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Davel, Eduardo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Amason, Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Clarke, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Boyson, Sandor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 David L. Bodde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Amatori, Franco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Cloud Enterprise Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Branding in Governance and Public Davidson, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Ambidextrous Organization, The . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Cluley, Tom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Davison, Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Analytics for Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Brandsen, Taco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Clydesdale, Greg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Day in the Life of a Happy Worker, A . . . . . . 41
Analyzing Financial Statements for Brans, Marleen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Coaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Day, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Non-Specialists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Breazeale, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Coaching Models: A Cultural Perspective. . . . 36
Daymon, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Analyzing Public Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Brewster, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Coletta, Allan R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
de Boer, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Andersson, Tord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Bright, Jim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Colli, Andrea. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
de Carvalho, Luis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Andresen, Maike. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Brijs, Bert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Collier, Paul M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
de Vries, Piet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Andrews, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Briscoe, Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Comberti, Claudia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Dean McFarlin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Anheier, Helmut K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Briscoe, Jon P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Commitment to Work and Job Satisfaction . . 37
Della Rocca, Giuseppea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Antoinette, Portrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Brookes, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Commodity Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Denegri Knott, Janice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Applied Psychology Series (series) . . . . . . 39, 40 Brotby, W. Krag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Common, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Deninger, Dennis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Applied Software Engineering Series (series) . . . 69 Brouwers, Rien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Competition Law and Policy in the EU
and UK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Dent, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Arner, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Brown, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Computational Methods in Finance . . . . . . . . 71 Derks, Daantje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Arrowsmith, Jim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Brown, William A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Consumer-Brand Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Desbordes, Michel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Art Business, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Buchen, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Consumption and Spirituality . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Developing High Performance Leaders . . . . . 26
Arthur, Jr., Winfred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Buchholz, Rogene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Cont, Rama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Dew, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Arts Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Buckley, Peter J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Contemporary Selling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Diefendorff, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Ashwood, Elissa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Budhwar, Pawan S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Continuing Professional Development . . . . . . 20 Digital Virtual Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ASPA Series in Public Administration and Building a Values-Driven Organization . . . . . . 34
Controller as Lean Leader, The. . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Dilemmas of Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Public Policy (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Building Leaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Dillard, Jesse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Attong, Maxine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Cooke, Fang Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Bulusu, Lakshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Ding, Xuedong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Cooke, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Burgers, Koen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Dingli, Sandra M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
B Burnes, Bernard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cooney, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Directors’ Decisions and the Law . . . . . . . . . . 48
Cooper, Cary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Bailey, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Burritt, Roger L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 d’Iribarne, Philippe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Cordón, Carlos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Bakker, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Burton, Terence T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Disruptive Innovation in Chinese and Indian
Cores of Strategic Management, The . . . . . . . 2
Bandy, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Business Analysis for Business Intelligence . . . 68 Businesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Cornforth, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Baran, Roger J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Business and Gender. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Diving Into the Bitstream. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Corporate Criminal, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Barnard, Freddie L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Business Case for Sustainable Finance, The . . . 5 Doherty, Tony L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Corporate Financial Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Barnhart, Terence M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Business Continuity Management . . . . . . . . . 36 Domegan, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Corporate Level Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Barrett, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 34 Business Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 52 Donovan, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Corporate Political Strategies of Private
Baruch, Yehuda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Business History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Dooley, Frank J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Chinese Firms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Basic Management Accounting for the Business Psychology and Organizational Driving Strategy to Execution Using Lean Six
Corporate Power and Globalization in
Hospitality Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Sigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
US Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Basics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Francis Buttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Drucker, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 3
Corporate Social Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Basics of Financial Management, The . . . . . . 57 By, Rune Todnem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 DuBrin, Andrew J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Corporate Social Responsibility and Global
Basics of Line Balancing and JIT Kitting, The . 68 Labor Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Duggan, Kevin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Basics of Self-Balancing Processes, The . . . . . 66 C Corporate Social Responsibility and Dumas, Barry M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Bassetti, W.H.C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 International Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Dunphy, Dexter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Campolieti, Giuseppe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

76 i n d ex
Dupuis, Jean-Pierre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Financial Modelling with Jump Processes, Greve, Carsten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Huque, Ahmed Shafiqul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Duray, Rebecca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Griffiths, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Husby, Paul C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Dutton, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 FitzRoy, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Gripenberg, Pernilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Hutchin, Ted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Dynamics of Big Business, The. . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Flaherty, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Grubb, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Huybrechts, Benjamin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Flecker, Jörg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Guide to IT Contracting, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Hyde, William F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
e Fleischman, Richard K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Gupta, Sushil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
East Asian Computer Chip War, The . . . . . . . 10

Flynn, Eileen P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Foltz, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Gwaltney Gibson, Shanan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 i
Gwee, June. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Edwards, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Food Supply Chain Management . . . . . . . . . 17 Impression Management in the Workplace . . 36
Edwards, John Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Edwards, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Forsyth, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Foundations of Sport Management
H Improving Organizational Interventions
For Stress and Well-Being . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Edwards, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 61 Håkansson, Kristina. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Incentives for Innovation in China . . . . . . . . . 15
Edwards, Vincent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Fournier, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Hall, Douglas T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Individual and Team Skill Decay . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Effective Executive, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fransen, Luc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Hall, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Information Security Management Handbook,
Effective Non-Profit Management . . . . . . . . . 71 Frecknall Hughes, Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Hamilton, Jerome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Sixth Edition, Volume 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Effective Organization, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Friedman, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Handbook of the London 2012 Olympic Information Services Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Effectual Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Fries, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 and Paralympic Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Innovation and Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . 2
Ekman, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Froholdt, Morten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Handbook of Work Analysis, The . . . . . . . . . 40 Innovation Challenges for the 21st Century . . 63
Elbert, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 From Red to Green? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Handfield, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Innovation in Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Electronically Stored Information . . . . . . . . . . 71 Fullerton, Rosemary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Hanke, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Inspiring Sustainable Behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Elizandro, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Fundamentals of Risk Management for Hansen, Lise Lotte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Interactional Coaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Elkington, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Accountants and Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Harding, Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 International Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7
Elliott, Dominic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Funnell, Warwick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Harrington, H. James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 International Business and Global Climate
Furåker, Bengt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Harrington, Lisa H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
e-Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Furrer, Olivier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Harris, Philip R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 26 International Business and Strategy . . . . . . . . . 6
eMarketing eXcellence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Future of Global Business, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Harris, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 International Corporate Governance . . . . . . . 47
Emotional Labor in the 21st Century . . . . . . . 41
Hartman, Laura P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 International Human Resource Management . . 18
Employee-Organization Relationship, The . . . 39
Enlightened Shareholder Value Principle and G Hartmann, Dap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 International Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
International Organizational Behavior . . . . . . . 6
Corporate Governance, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Harvey, Michael. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Enterprise 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Gaillard Giordani, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Haslam, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Introduction to Exotic Option Pricing, An . . . 66
Enterprise Architecture and Information Galka, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Haslberger, Arno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Introduction to Human Resource
Assurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Galpin, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Hassard, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Entrepreneurial Opportunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Garabelli, Claudia Birkenshaw . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Introduction to the Accounting Process . . . . . 58
Hastings, Gerard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 45
Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 13 Gemba Walks for Service Excellence . . . . . . . 72 Introductory Regression Analysis . . . . . . . . . . 61
Hauselmann, Pierre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Entrepreneurship in Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Gender Equity in Science and Engineering. . . 37 Irene M. Duhaime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hawes, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Regional Gendering and Diversifying Trade Union Iszatt-White, Marian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Haynes, Kathryn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Ives, Yossi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Haynes, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Environmental Management Accounting . . . 60 Gendron, Corinne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Hayton, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Equipment Management in the Geometry of Strategy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Hemmert, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 J
Post-Maintenance Era . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 George, Amiso M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 66
Hendrischke, Hans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Jack, Lisa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Eshuis, Jasper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Ghauri, Pervez . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Henry, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Jackson, Duncan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
ESI International Project Management Series Ghirann, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 73 Herbane, Brahim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Jakobsen, Morten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Ghobadian, Abby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Esposito, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Hermann, Christoph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Jalilvand, Abol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Gilbert, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Essential Coaching Skills and Knowledge Herzig, Christian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Jeanes, Emma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Girginov, Vassil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 25 Hetico, Hope Rachel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Jenkins, Wyn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Global Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Essential Drucker, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Heusinkveld, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 John A. Wagner III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Global Business Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Essentials of Marketing Research, The . . . . . . 45 Hieronymi, Klaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 John Hollenbeck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Global Corporation, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ethical Biotrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 High-Tech Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 John, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Global Economics of Forestry, The . . . . . . . . . 52
Ethical Lessons of the Financial Crisis . . . . . . . 50 High-Technology Entrepreneurship . . . . . . . . 14 Johnson, Debra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Global Economics of Sport, The . . . . . . . . . . 60
Ethics and Management in the Public Sector . . 28 Hines, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Johnston, Don . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Global HRM (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Ethics for International Business . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hinson, Gary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Johnston, Mark W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Global Human Resource Management
Ethics for Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Casebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Hinterhuber, Andreas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Jones, D.G. Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Ethics in IT Outsourcing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Global Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Hippler, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Joyce, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Ethics in Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Global Lean Supply Chain, The . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Hirsa, Ali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Julie Chesley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
European Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Global Sport Marketing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Hispanic Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Events Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Globalisation and Advertising in Emerging History of Management Accounting, A . . . . . 60
History of Management Thought, A . . . . . . . 54
K
Evidence-Based Productivity Improvement . . . 39 Economies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Hodge, Graeme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Kahhat, Ramzy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
E-Waste Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Globalization and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Hoffman, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Kanban for the Supply Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Exploring Professional Communication . . . . . 65 Globalization of the Executive Search Industry,
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Hollenbeck, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Kane, Gareth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Ezzamel, Mahmoud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Goal-Focused Coaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Holloway, Immy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Karanika-Murray, Maria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
F Gold, Tandy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Golden-Biddle, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Holton III, Elwood F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Hopkins, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Kariv, Dafna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 12
Karlsson, Jan Ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fair Trade Organizations and Social Enterprise . . 51 Goldman, Barry M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Hopwood, Anthony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Karlyn, Matthew A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Faulconbridge, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Good Enough Manager, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Horne, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Karsten, Luchien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Female Entrepreneurship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Goodman, Malcolm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Hospitals & Healthcare Organizations . . . . . . 70 Keay, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Female Entrepreneurship and the New Gossip and Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 How Audiences Decide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Keidel, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Venture Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Gough, Clair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Howell, Jon P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Kelley, Scott P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Ferguson, Mark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Government Official History Series (series) . . . 55 Hoye, Russell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Kemp, Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Ferlie, Ewan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Grandey, Alicia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Hudson, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Kemp, Jacques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ferrand, Alain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Grandori, Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Hulbert, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Kennedy, Frances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Ferris, Gerald R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Gratton, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Human Resource Development as Kennell, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fetscherin, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Gray, Edmund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 We Know It . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Keuning, Doede . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Finance in Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Green Executive, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Human Resource Management in Nonprofit Key Ideas in Criminology (series) . . . . . . . . . . 48
Financial Information Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Greene, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Keyes, Jessica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Financial Management and Accounting in Gregory, Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Human Resource Management in Public Kickul, Jill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
the Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Service Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Klerks-van de Nouland, C.A.M. . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Greiner, Larry E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5
Financial Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Hunter, Jason D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Klijn, E.H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

index 77
Kline, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Machine-to-Machine Marketing (M3) via McDonnell, Dan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 O’Regan, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Knowles, Malcolm S.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Anonymous Advertising Apps Anywhere McElroy, Mark W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Organizational Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Koehn, Daryl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Anytime (A5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 McFarlin, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Organizational Behaviour in Sport . . . . . . . . . 38
Koenigsaecker, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Maclaran, Pauline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 McKenna, Eugene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Organizational Change for Corporate
Koetzier, Wim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 MacLennan, Andrew. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 McKie, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Kolk, Ans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Magala, Slawomir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 McLachlan, Carly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Organizational Change, Leadership and
Konrad, Alison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Magee, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 McPhail, Ken. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Korzenny, Betty Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Mahon, Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 McTavish, Duncan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Organizational Master Plan Handbook, The. . 66
Korzenny, Felipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Makarov, Roman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 McVay, Gloria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Organizations and the Bioeconomy . . . . . . . . 51
Krause Nozaki, Micki. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Make Your Business a Lean Business . . . . . . . 73 Men, Wage Work and Family . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Organizing Entrepreneurship. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Kuvaas, Bård . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Making and Managing Public Policy . . . . . . . 27 Mena, Jesus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Orr, Linda M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Making It All Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Mendenhall, Mark E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 25 Ortiz, Chris A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
L Making IT Lean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Maley, Claude H.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Metrics-Based Process Mapping,
Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Osland, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Osterling, Mike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
72
Laczniak, Gene R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Malliaris, Tassos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Metz, Terrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 O’Sullivan, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Lafleur, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 36 Miller, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Out of the Present Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lamming, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Management Accounting Change. . . . . . . . . 57 Mishra, Aneil K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Overly, Michael R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Lance, Charles E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Management Accounting Research in Mishra, Karen E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Larry Stimpert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Management and Information Technology . . 63
Mitchell, Falconer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 P
Lasthuizen, Karin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Mitra, Jay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Latreille, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Management Challenges for the 21st Century . . 3 Pacces, Alessio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Moberg, Dennis J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Lawton, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Management Consultancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Padovani, Emanuele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Modern Labour Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Lazzeretti, Luciana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Management Consulting Today and Paliwoda, Stanley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Moensted, Mette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Leadership as Emotional Labour . . . . . . . . . . 37 Tomorrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Palmer, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Moesgaard, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Leadership in the Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Management Consulting Today and Panibratov, Andrei. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Tomorrow Casebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Molenaar, Cor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Leadership Insight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Parboteeah, K. Praveen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 49
Management Frameworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Molesworth, Mike. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
LEADERSHIP: Research and Practice (series) . . 40 Parker, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Management in Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Moore, Dorothy P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Leading the Health Care Revolution Using Parker, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Management of Non-Governmental Morales, Emilio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
the Toyota Production Systems . . . . . . . . . 74 Pasquier, Martial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Development Organizations, The . . . . . . . . . 8 Moran, Robert T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Leading the Lean Enterprise Transformation, Paster, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Managerial Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Moran, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Paul Sweeney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Managers and Management in Vietnam . . . . 24 Moreton, Keith Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Leading the Sustainable Organization . . . . . . 52 Payne, Oliver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Manager-Subordinate Trust in Different Morfopoulos, Richard G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Lean 3P Advantage, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 PCI Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Cultures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Morley, Michael J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Lean Accounting Handbook, The . . . . . . . . . 72 Peñaloza, Lisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Managing Across Diverse Cultures in Morrow, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lean in the Public Sector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Peng, Kern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
East Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Morse, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Lean Management System LMS:2012 . . . . . . 72 Performance Evaluation of Industrial Systems . . 67
Managing Corporate Values in Diverse Moutinho, Luiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lean Production for the Small Company . . . . 70 National Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Pestoff, Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Mulholland, Joan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Learning in the Workplace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Managing Country Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Peters, B.Guy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Murphy, Patrick E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Learning to Think Strategically . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Managing Cultural Differences . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Petruska, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Murray, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Ledwith, Sue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Managing Development in a Globalized Phan, Anh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lee, Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Ping Li, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Lees-Marshment, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Managing Human Resources in Asia-Pacific. . 18
N Pinkse, Jonatan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Lehmann, Carl F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Managing in the Next Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nankervis, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Pioneers in Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Lejot, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Managing Local Governments. . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Nash, Mark A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Plenert, Gerhard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lennard, Diane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Managing Organizational Ecologies . . . . . . . 64 Nelson, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Png, Ivan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Levinson, William A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Managing People at Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Nemetz, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Poitras, Geoffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Levitt, Gail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Managing Performance Abroad . . . . . . . . . . 21 New Models of Human Resource Policy Transfer and Learning in Public Policy
Lewis, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Managing Public Services - Implementing Management in China and India . . . . . . . . 24 and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Lewis, Lawrence D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Cuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 New Public Governance, the Third Sector, Poling, Sheila R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Li, Jun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Managing Technology Entrepreneurship and Co-Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Politics in Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Liang, Neng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 and Innovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 New Venture Coursebook, The . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Positioning the Brand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Liang, Xiangfen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Mander, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Nicholas, John M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Poulfelt, Flemming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 5
Liberating the Corporate Soul . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Manion, Jamison J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Nicholson, Matthew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Power of Accounting, The. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Lin, Shu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Manufacturing Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Nnodim, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Power of Paradox, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Lind, Per . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Marcinko, David Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Non-Profit Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Practical Information Security Metrics . . . . . . 73
Liozu, Stephan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Margret, Julie E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Nonprofit Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Pratt, Cornelius B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 66
Lituchy, Terri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Marketing and Consumption in Japan . . . . . . 47 Nørreklit, Hanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Price, Ilfryn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liu, Dongfeng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Marketing Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Norton, Michael Norton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Pries, Kim H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Liu, Qiao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Marketing Management and Nurick, Aaron J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Principles of Equity Valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Communications in the Public Sector . . . . . 28 Pritchard, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Living With the Dragon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Llamas, Rosa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Marketing Management in Asia . . . . . . . . . . 46
Marketing Matrix, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
o Privatization of Public Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Llewellyn, Sue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Proctor, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Marketing Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Oakey, Ray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Production and Operations Management for
Locher, Drew A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Marketing without Advertising . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Oats, Lynne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Manufacturing and Services. . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Löffler, Elke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Marshall, Greg W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Obara, Samuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Progressive Corporate Governance for the
Logistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Martin, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 O’Connell, Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Lojenga, Rik Kutsch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Massimiliano Visconti, Luca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Oddou, Gary R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Project Management Concepts, Methods,
Lomas, Robert. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 and Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Mastering Your Business Dissertation . . . . . . 61 O’Dwyer, Brendan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
London, Manuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Project Management for Engineering,
Mastery of Innovation, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Official History of North Sea Oil and Gas, The . . 55
Loubier Ricca, Cynthia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Business and Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Masurel, Enno. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Official History of Privatisation, Vol. II, The. . . 55
Loudon, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Prothero, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Mathieu, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 O’Hare, Jim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Low-Carbon Energy Controversies . . . . . . . . . 53 Pryor, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Matten, Dirk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Ohlsson, Anne-Valérie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Lyly-Yrjänäinen, Jouni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Psychology of Assessment Centers, The. . . . . 40
Matthews, David R.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 O’Leary, Nigel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Lyons, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Psychology of Digital Media @ Work, The . . . 41
Mayrhofer, Wolfgang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Oliva, Maria Julia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Olson, Thomas H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Psychology of Lean Improvements, The . . . . . 68
Maznevski, Martha L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
M McAdam, Maura. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Olympic Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Psychology of Negotiations in the
21st Century Workplace, The. . . . . . . . . . . 40
Ma, Hao . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 McCandless Baluch, Alina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Open Source Data Warehousing and
Business Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Public Administration and Public Policy
MacCulloch, Angus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 McDonald, Paula. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

78 i n d ex
Public Management and Governance . . . . . . 31 Routledge Companion to Accounting Routledge Studies in the Management Stevens, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Public Policy beyond the Financial Crisis. . . . . 29 Communication, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 of Voluntary and Non-Profit Organizations Stewart, Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 38
Public Relations and Nation Building . . . . . . . 65 Routledge Companion to Accounting History, (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Steyn, Herman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Public Sector Transformation through The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Routledge Studies in US Foreign Policy Stoner, Charles R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
E-Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Routledge Companion to Cost Management, (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Stoner, Jason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Pulignano, Valeria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Straight Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Pullman, Madeleine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Routledge Companion to Digital Consumption,
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Strategic Alliance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Punnett, Betty Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 10 Agricultural Economics (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Strategic Leadership in the Public Services . . . 28
Routledge Companion to Identity and
Puplampu, Bill Buenar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Consumption, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Routledge Textbooks in Policy Studies (series) . . 34 Strategic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 2, 3
Routledge Companion to Organizational Routledge/EUI Studies in the Political Economy Strategic Management and Business Analysis . . . 3
Q Change, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 of the Welfare State (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Strategic Management in the Arts. . . . . . . . . . 3
Routledge Companion to Public-Private Run Grow Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Strategic Operations Management . . . . . . . . 16
Qualitative Research Methods in Public Partnerships, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Relations and Marketing Communications . . 61 Rupp, Deborah E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Strategic Public Relations Leadership . . . . . . . 45
Routledge Companions in Business, Russian Multinationals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Strategic Supply Chain Management. . . . . . . 16
Quigley, Jon M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Management and Accounting Ruvio, Ayalla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Strategic Thinking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 35, 44, 56, 57
R Routledge Contemporary China Series
s
Strategy and Business Process Management. . . 67
Strategy Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 49
Radeka, Katherine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Strategy for Sustainable Competitive
Routledge Contemporary Corporate Sales Force Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Radnor, Zoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Advantage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Governance (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Raj, Pethuru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Sarasvathy, Saras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Stredwick, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern
Ramchandani, Girish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Europe Series (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Saz-Carranza, Angel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Stuart, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Randall, Julian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Routledge Course in Business Chinese, The . . 65 Scarpaci, Joseph L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Styhre, Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Rayner, Julie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Routledge Critical Studies in Public Schaltegger, Stefan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Sundtoft Hald, Kim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Read, Stuart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Management (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30 Schnurr, Stephanie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Suomala, Petri. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Readings and Cases in International Human Routledge Handbook of Political Marketing . . . 46 Scholten, Victor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Superior Customer Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Resource Management and Organizational Routledge International Studies in Business Scholz, James A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Supply Chain Strategies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 History (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Schotter, Andreas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Sustainability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Readings in Organizational Behavior . . . . . . . 35 Routledge Interpretive Marketing Research Schuler, Randall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Sustainability Accounting and Accountability . . 57
Reddick, Christopher G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Schultz, John R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Sustainability and Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Redefining Business Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Routledge Introductions to Applied Linguistics Schwarz, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Sveiby, Karl-Erik. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Rediscovering Collective Bargaining. . . . . . . . 22 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Scott, Linda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Swanson, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Reducing Process Costs with Lean, Six Sigma, Routledge ISBE Masters in Entrepreneurship Segercrantz, Beata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Swartz, Ethné . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
and Value Engineering Techniques . . . . . . . 73 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Segmentation, Revenue Management Sweeney, Paul D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Reeves, Martha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Routledge Library Editions: Banking and Pricing Analytics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
& Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Reforming Capitalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Regions and Cities (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Routledge Library Editions: Banking
Segovis, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Seguin, Benoit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
t
& Finance (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Regulation Theory and Sustainable Seifert, Ralf W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Tafoya, Dennis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Routledge Masters in Public Management
Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Self-Initiated Expatriation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Taha, Hamdy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 28
Reinmoeller, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Series in Organization and Management Talbot, Lorraine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Routledge New Directions in Public Relations
Reis, Christina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 & Communications Research (series) . . . . . 65 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 41 Tang, Le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reliability and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Routledge New Works in Accounting History Seven Kata, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Tankov, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Research Methods for Sport Management . . 61 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 60 Shapiro, Debra L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Tarique, Ibraiz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Research Methods in Occupational Health Routledge Research in Comparative Politics Sheth, Jagdish. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Shimizu, Katsuhiko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Team Planning for Project Managers and
Research Methods: The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Routledge Research in Corporate Law (series). . 48 Shore, Lynn M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Business Analysts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Resilient Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Routledge Research in Employment Relations Silver, Lawrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Technical Analysis of Stock Trends,
Resource Management (series) . . . . . . . . . . . 68 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 23 Sim, Allan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Tenth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Rethinking Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . 48 Routledge Research in Environmental Politics Simakova, Elena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Teelken, Christine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Rethinking Public-Private Partnerships . . . . . . 29 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Tehrani, Noreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Simeon, Roblyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Return on Process (ROP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Routledge Research in Organizational Behavior Tetrick, Lois . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Sinclair, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
and Strategy (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Return on Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SIOP Organizational Frontiers Series Tetrick, Lois E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Routledge Research in Sport Business and
Revenue Cycle Management in Healthcare . . 74 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 40 Theory and Principles of Taxation . . . . . . . . . 58
Management (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rewarding Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Sisodia, Rajendra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Thomas, Roberts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Routledge Studies in Accounting (series) . . . . 59
Rewards for High Public Office in Europe Skinner, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 61 Tiger Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Routledge Studies in Business Ethics
and North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Slater, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Timm, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 51
Richelieu, André . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Sloan, Julia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tippett, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Routledge Studies in Business Organizations
Rickards, Tudor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 and Networks (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sloane, Peter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Tipton, Harold F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Riezebos, Rik. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics Small Business Management in Cross-Cultural Tittmann, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Rigby, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Tjemkes, Brian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 36
Right Choice, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Routledge Studies in Employment and Work Smith, Aaron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Toledano, Margalit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Right Measures, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Relations in Context (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Smith, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Tom Peters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Rinallo, Diego . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Routledge Studies in Entrepreneurship Smith, PR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Tombs, Steve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Risk Management and Corporate (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Snapshots of Great Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Tools and Techniques of Leadership and
Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Routledge Studies in Human Resource Social Construction of the Employee, The . . . 38 Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Risk Management in Organizations . . . . . . . . . 4 Development (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Social Entrepreneurship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Total Quality Management for Project
Robertson, Iain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Routledge Studies in Innovation, Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Social Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Organizations and Technology
Rodger, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Sociology, Work and Organisation. . . . . . . . . 39 Toulouse, Nil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 46, 63, 64
Role of Business in the Development of Soltero, Conrad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Townsend, Beverly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Routledge Studies in International Business
the Welfare State and Labor Markets in Solution Focused Coaching in Practice. . . . . . 25 Toyota by Toyota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
and the World Economy (series) . . . . 9, 46, 47
Germany, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Trade Unions and Workplace Training . . . . . . 22
Routledge Studies in Management, Solvency in Financial Accounting . . . . . . . . . . 59
Rona, J. Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Transformation of Employment Relations,
Organizations and Society (series) . . .37, 38, 51 Sondergelt, Sue Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Ronkainen, Ilkka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Routledge Studies in Organization and Spence, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Ronkainen, Ilkka A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Systems (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Treadway, Darren C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Sport Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Roper, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Routledge Studies in Technology, Work and Trott, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Sports on Television. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Rosoff, Nina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Organizations (series). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Trust and Confidence in Government and
Stacey, Ralph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies Public Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
and Finance (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Stahl, Günter K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 25
of Asia (series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Tsitsianis, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Routledge Advances in Management and Starr, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Turner, Colin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Business Studies (series) . . . . . . 10, 46, 47, 63 Stevens, Michael J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Turnock, Chris. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

index 79
U Varbanova, Lidia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Various . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Westerbeek, Hans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Whittington, J. Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
X
Understanding International Art Markets and Varma, Arup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Whyte, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 X-SCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Verschuere, Bram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Wibbeke, Eileen S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Understanding Management in China . . . . . . 24
Understanding Organizational Change
Video Game Industry, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Wickramasinghe, Danture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Y
Viere, Tobias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Wijnhoven, Fons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
(series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 35 Yehoue, Étienne B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Villeneuve, Jean-Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Wilburn, Darril . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Understanding Social Entrepreneurship . . . . . 11 Yin, Ya Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Visser, Hessel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Wilde, Nick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Unerman, Jeffrey. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Young, David W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Voehl, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Williams, Eric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Uniting Diverse Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Young, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Vos, Pepijn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Williams, Helen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Unleashing the Power of 3P . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Williams, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Upham, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
w Williamson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Z
Using a Positive Lens to Explore Social
Willis, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Zackariasson, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Change and Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Waddington, Kathryn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Wilson, Darryl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Zafarullah, Habib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Usui, Kazuo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Wagner III, John A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Wilson, Mark Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Zambon, Stefano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Utilizing the 3Ms of Process Improvement . . . 68 Wagner, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Wilson, Timothy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Zaric, Gregory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Walker, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Wiltbank, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
V Walker, Stephen P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Witzel, Morgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 54
Zeronauts, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zhao, Qiuli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53
65
Walliman, Nicholas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Wolff, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Value Stream Maps from the Customer
Perspective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Walters, Diane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Women in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Values-Centered Entrepreneurs and Their Walther, Matthias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 WomenPreneurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Companies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Wang, Mo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Wood, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
van den Berg, Leo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Ward, Keith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Woods, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
van der Duin, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Warner, Malcolm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Wooton, Simon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
van der Grinten, Jaap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Waterhouse, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Work Stress and Coping in an Era of
van Engelen, J.M.L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Watson, Tony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
van Gelderen, Marco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Watts, Gerald . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Workforce Engagement Equation, The . . . . . 70
van Haaren, Jeroen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Weaver, Sallie J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Working in the Global Economy . . . . . . . . . . 20
Van Riel, Cees B.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Webster, Allen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Workplace Bullying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
van Sten-van ‘t Hoff, H.J.M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Weerakkody, Vishanth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Wrenn, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
van Tuijl, Erwin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Weinstein, Art. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Wu, Zhaohui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
van Tulder, Rob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Werhane, Patricia H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
van Winden, Willem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 West, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Order your books today…
All of our books are available to order direct.
Alternatively, contact your regular supplier.
ORDER ONLINE
Telephone: +44 (0)1235 400524 AND RECEIVE FREE P&P!
Order your books from
Online: www.routledge.com
and receive FREE postage
Order online and receive free P&P & packaging when
Order your books from www.routledge.com and receive FREE spending £20 or more.
(in UK only)
postage & packaging when spending £20 or more. (in UK only)
Prices and publication dates are correct at time of going to press, but
may be subject to change without notice. All prices are net in the UK.
Postage & Packaging

UK: 5% of total order (£1 min charge, £10 max charge).
Next day delivery +£6.50*
Europe: 10% of total order (£2.95 min charge, £20 max charge).
Next day delivery +£6.50*
Rest of World: 15% of total order (£6.50 min charge, £30 max charge).
*We only guarantee next day delivery for orders received before noon.
Our books are always changing so visit our website to stay up-to-date:
eBooks:
If you want information on our eBook titles, whether as whole subject-specific

collections, mini-collections or if you would like to ‘Pick and Mix’ individual titles,
please visit www.ebooksubscriptions.com. Alternatively you can contact us
directly and we will happily assist:
BSNS1201
UK and ROW customers Customers in North America,

South America and the Caribbean
Tel: +44 (0)20 7017 6062 / 6058
Toll-free: 888-318-2367
ISBN: 978-0-418-26421-8
Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699

Email: online.sales@tandf.co.uk International: 561-998-2505
Email: e-reference@taylorandfrancis.com
Routledge
Page 6 Page 11 Page 16 Page 16
Page 18 Page 31 Page 41 Page 56
Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RN

Tel: 020 7017 6000 • Fax: 020 7017 6699 • Email: business@routledge.com
Visit Routledge.com
e and
Brows nline
Why Should You try our Website?
o
order ay!
Improved search, product listings and product detail pages
Enhanced shopping experience, shipping options and security
tod New ways to browse our books; “Textbooks by Course”
online oRdeRS oveR £20 Receive fRee poStage & packaging in uk

Business 2012 Uk

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Business 2012 Uk

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Routledge View any

editoRial US, Canada and Latin America: eUpdates

strategic 3rd Edition

2010: 246 x 174: 264pp At Routledge we always look for

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

The Cores of Strategic Strategy Execution The Essential Drucker

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

Managing in the Next Society New iN 2013 New

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

New The Geometry of Strategy

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

Management Consulting Today New Corporate Sustainability

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

2010: 246 x 189: 528pp

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

New International Business New

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

New International Business and The Management of

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

New New New

of less stringent and a smaller cluster of more stringent

July 2012: 234 x 156: 256pp

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

New New New

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

2009: 229 x 152: 256pp

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

Textbook New New

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

entrepreneurial concepts. Small Business Management in

FREE P&P Online!

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

Entrepreneurship, Innovation New Organizing Entrepreneurship

2010: 246 x 174: 208pp For more information, visit:

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

Entrepreneurship in Context New New

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

management all at University of Exeter, UK

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

New X-SCM Logistics

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

human resource management

Series Edited by Randall Schuler, 4th Edition Global Human Resource

Taking an expert look at an increasingly

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

8th Edition 5th Edition New

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

The Chaos Theory of Careers Managing People at Work 7th Edition

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

New New New

2011: 229 x 152: 324pp

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

Rewarding Performance New

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

New New New

September 2012: 297 x 210: 152pp

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

New New iN 2013 New

complimentary exam copy e-inspection new in Paperback companion Website

Business leadership. From the development of leadership skills to

is on facebook these up-and-coming leaders in an indispensable text

Browse and order online: www.routledge.com/business

New iN 2013 New The Power of Paradox

May 2012: 229 x 152: 272pp